The topic of mind control is elaborate, multifaceted, and multi layered. For the casual reader, it can quickly become numbing, overwhelming the senses and creating a desire to exit the topic, but avoiding this subject is the most foolish thing you could possibly do since your only chance of surviving this hideous and insidious enslavement agenda, which today threatens virtually all of humanity, is to understand how it functions and take steps to reduce your vulnerability.
The plans to create a mind controlled workers society have been in place for a long time. The current technology grew out of experiments that the Nazis started before World War II and intensified during the time of the Nazi concentration camps when an unlimited supply of children and adults were available for experimentation. We’ve heard about the inhumane medical experiments performed on camp prisoners, but no word was ever mentioned by the media and the TV documentaries of the mind control experiments. That was not to be divulged to the American public.
Dr. Joseph Mengele of Auschwitz notoriety was the principle developer of the trauma based Monarch Project and the CIA’s MK Ultra mind control programs. Mengele and approximately 2, 000 plus other high ranking Nazis were secretly moved into the United States and South America in the aftermath of World War II in an Operation designated Paperclip. The Nazis continued their work in developing mind control and rocketry technologies in mostly secret underground military bases outsight view. The only exception as far as I do known is fort Detrick and also prominent present during the Covid-19 scandamic.
Detrick is today still one of the world’s cutting-edge laboratories for research into toxins and antitoxins, the place where defenses are developed against every plague, from crop fungus to Ebola. Its leading role in the field is widely recognized. For decades, though, much of what went on at the base was a closely held secret. Directors of the CIA mind control program MK-ULTRA, which used Detrick as a key base, destroyed most of their records in 1973. Some of its secrets have been revealed in declassified documents, through interviews and as a result of congressional investigations. Together, those sources reveal Detrick’s central role in MK-ULTRA and in the manufacture of poisons intended to kill foreign leaders.
The only thing most people in the US/WEST know and were told about was the rocketry work with former Nazi star celebrities like Warner Von Braun.
The killers, torturers, and mutilators of innocent human beings were kept discretely out of sight, but busy in U.S. underground military facilities which gradually became home to thousands upon thousands of kidnapped American children snatched off the streets (about one million per year) and placed into iron bar cages stacked from floor to ceiling. One of the best known is Dulce because the presence of a few whistleblowers there and paid for their life’s for it. You have to realize that it was s one of many of these underground fortresses.
These children would be used to further refine and perfect Mengele’s mind control technologies. Certain selected children (at least the ones who survived the ‘training’) would become future mind controlled slaves who could be used for thousands of different jobs ranging anywhere from sexual slavery to assassinations. A substantial portion of these children, who were considered expendable, were intentionally slaughtered in front of (and by) the other children in order to traumatize the selected trainee into total compliance and submission.
Using fear/terror like was the case with covid as-well through misrepresentation and aggravating its possible life threatening impact/risk and on the other hand offering a almost 100% solution be vaccination.
“The idea alone that someone should be promoting vaccines, gene therapy untried, unproven, risks unknown, and not just adults but also children who are at almost zero risk. In hindsight these vaccinations where far from save and resulting in all kinds of bodily negative responses and not just immediate but possible long-term. Now the opposite happened and were downplayed and denied. “To recommend something for a section of the population that can be dangerous to them, and needed to to protect the elderly/sick. I know that most of my readers of some blocks might not like it to read but the basic principles behind gives IN sighed in technique and methods employed and not for the first time.
Mind Control ‘Programmed’ Individuals
The lone gunman that we hear about in assassinations, assassination attempts, school shootings, etc. are mind controlled individuals who had been ‘programmed’ to carry out those missions. Ted Bundy, the ‘Son of Sam’ serial killer David Berkowitz, Oswald, Timothy McVeigh, the Columbine shooters, Chapman, Sirhan Sirhan, etc. were mind controlled individuals who were programmed to perform these killings. Tens of thousands of young teenage boys were kidnapped and forced into a mind control training program called The Montauk Project starting around 1976. Al Bielek, under mind control, was involved in many areas of the secret Montauk Project. After slowly recovering his memories beginning in the late 1980’s, he came to realize that there were at least 250,000 mind controlled “Montauk Boys’ produced at 25 different facilities similar to the underground base at Montauk, Long Island. Many of these boys were to become ‘sleepers’, programmed to go into action at a later date when properly “triggered” to engage in some sort of destructive or disruptive conduct. Other Montauk Boys were woven into the fabric of mainstream American life as: ? journalists ? radio & TV personalities ? businessmen ? lawyers ? judges ? prosecutors, etc.
Worldwide Electronic Mind Control via ‘Cell Phone’ Towers
The day is now approaching in which government mind control technologies will be directed at you, your neighbors, and your loved ones. Every single day, equipment is being erected and installed in this country with the hidden purpose of exerting mind control over the entire population.
Everywhere in this country (and overseas), ELF/microwave transmission towers are being erected. The antennae usually look like four slightly curved vertical plates about 2 feet in length and located in either 3 or 4 quadrants around the tower, two thirds up from the ground. Just look around, you’ll see them. And you’ll also notice more of them going up once you begin to pay attention. No one is saying anything, but you’re expected to presume that they’re for cell phones. (Do you really think that we need that much ‘cell phone’ transmission capability, every few blocks? Do you realize how very little energy is used by genuine cell phone usage? Yet these towers are capable of putting out levels of power that exceed cell phone requirements by a wide margin) These mind control technologies have been in place for a long time. It’s not an accident that the frequency band chosen for cell phone use just happens to match the second order waves that Wilhelm Reich discovered in the late1940’s to effect thought transmission and allow the mind to be manipulated without the victim realizing it. Reich worked on this project secretly for the CIA for over 5 years, from 1947-1952, until he realized who the CIA was planning to use the mind control on -the American people. He was outraged that he was deceived and used for such a treasonous motive and swore never to cooperate with the CIA, FDA, etc. again. Reich was murdered in Federal prison in 1957, just a few weeks before he was due to be released, having been in prison for 2 years on a trumped up charge leading to a contempt of court citation. He was reported to have had a ‘heart attack’. He was strong as an ox. He was murdered two weeks before his parole board hearing. His last book, written in prison, was found to be ‘missing’ after his death and never returned to his family.
Using the principle of magnetic field concentration, which permits the control of the geometry on the target, by means of antenna systems especially designed for the purpose, the radiated energy can be concentrated on very small surfaces of the human body, for example the base of the brain where relatively low energy can produce lethal effects….
In spite of the rarity of publications on this subject, and the fact that it is usually strictly classified information, research undertaken in this field seems to have demonstrated that very small amounts of electromagnetic radiation could appreciably alter the functions of living cells. Research work has also revealed that pathological effects close to those induced by highly toxic substances could be produced by electromagnetic radiation even at very low power, especially those using a pulse shape containing a large number of different frequencies…
Some research seem to have confirmed that lo-level electromagnetic fields, modulated to be similar to normal brainwaves, could seriously affect brain function. Experiments with pulsed magnetic fields carried out in animals have reportedly produced specific effects such as inducing sleep and triggering anxiety or aggressiveness, depending on the modulation of the frequency used.
Don & Carol Croft, have found a method to disable these ELF towers from exerting their mind control functions by placing a simple device known as an orgone generator within a radius of 1,300 feet of these towers. Don has been documenting his nationwide efforts to neutralize the secret government’s electronic mind control agenda along with their genocidal chemtrail program in his Adventures of Don & Carol Croft.
I strongly urge you to read these journal entries, as they contain extremely powerful insights and techniques to overcome the tyranny and enslavement that we now face here in America. Patrick Flannagan recorded an interview with talk show host Jeff Rense on June 30, 2003 and offered important insights on how to counter electronic mind control being beamed to us from the electric wiring within our homes and from microwave towers (excellent information). Back to Cell Phones – Microwave Radiation
Brice Taylor
Brice Taylor is the pseudonym for Susan Ford, one of the highest level MK Ultra mind controlled victims to ever come forward and reveal her story. It took her nearly 13 years to recover the memories of the events that she reveals in her book, Thanks for The Memories (published in May 1999). Her memories began to return in sporadic fragments in1985, following a car accident that threw her through the windshield of her car after hitting a tree. It wasn’t really an accident as much as a result of mind control programming which compelled her to commit suicide if she began to recover critical memories about her role as a top level NASA/CIA mind controlled ‘asset’ who was used as a sex slave and message (or drug) courier for every president from Kennedy to Clinton and was Henry Kissinger’s personal secretary/human computer (file storage and retrieval) for over 19 years. Her ‘owner/handler’ was comedian Bob Hope and she was ‘loaned out’ to many famous and well known entertainment personalities in order to oblige them to be beholding to and manipulated by Hope and his Illuminati pals so they could be used as “worker bees’ to help usher in the Luciferian, New World Order. Her book is probably the most revealing account to date of well known, national personalities in both politics and the entertainment industry who are involved in the handling, programming, control, manipulation, and abuse of Illuminati/government created human robots like Brice or other, well known celebrity/mind control victims such as Barbara Striesand and Barbara Mandrel. The book’s Table of Contents alone will give you an idea of the incredible number of nationally known names that Brice had been involved with from childhood into adulthood as a mind controlled slave. In my opinion, thanks for The Memories and the two co-authored Illuminati Formula books of Cisco Wheeler and Fritz Springmeir (see below) are the three most known.
Deeper Insights Into The Illuminati Formula By Fritz Springmeier And Cisco Wheeler 2010
important and revealing books in print on the subject of Illuminati mind control and should be read by every concerned and thinking human being on this planet, for they reveal how the Illuminati mind control programs are accomplished and how they can be broken, allowing the victim to escape from its control.
I encourage you to examine the remarkable book review of Thanks for The Memories written by Uri Dowbenko. It’s truly ironic and a perfect example of karmic justice when the total recall of a mind control victim whose brain stem was scarred in order to produce a photographic memory, is now turned back on her abusers to reveal in the most exquisite and precise detail their despicable and monstrous conduct. Thanks for The Memories is a well written book gives you a front row seat into the real world activities of the Secret Government- the ‘government’ that’s really in charge behind the scenes (those scenes being created by the mainstream Media Propaganda Ministry whose job is to deceive you into thinking that the headline news, ‘cover story’ government is the real deal; believe me, it isn’t. It’s an illusion from top to bottom.
It’s a dog and pony show. All show, and no substance. The presidential election snafu, the interminable talk show debates, propaganda hacks like Rush Limbaugh, Sean Hennedy, etc., etc., all designed to keep you preoccupied and bewildered from the steady enslavement and erosion of constitutionally guaranteed liberties that is taking place daily. The Sept. 11 “attack” was planned and launched to provide an excuse for passing fascist, totalitarian ‘laws’ designed to enslave us and strip the populace of the few remaining freedoms that we still enjoy. National ID ‘smart’ cards that will contain your entire medical, financial history, DNA information, etc. will be required to engage in any sort of normal consumer activity like getting on a plane or even going from state to state after military border guards become a common scene in this once freedom loving land. Spend your cash now while you still have cash, because soon all financial transactions will be conducted using plastic cards. And just like Nazi Germany, our people will be encouraged to report any ‘suspicious’ activity of their neighbors. In fact, life in the United States will soon become a carbon copy of Nazi Germany of the late 1930’s, just a lot more high tech and much more lethal. .
We will post articles below that will give you greater insight into the methodology of mind control and its strong connections to Satanism and satanic rituals. Al Bielek has revealed a great deal of prime information on the government’s secret mind control capabilities and plans in a 1992 underground video made with Vladimir Terziski.
Are you ready to live in Orwell’s nightmare world of Big Brother and mind control slavery? The New Fourth Reich of Hitler’s demonic dream where perverted and promiscuous sexuality is promoted as ‘normal’ and ‘healthy’ while satanism with its rituals of human sacrifice is the only ‘religion’ to be allowed? Well, it’s just around the corner if we remain passive and unwilling to engage these demonic manipulators.
Countermeasures to Thwart Electronic Mind Control ? Important Information to Thwart Psychotronic and Psychic Attack in this Article How To Prevent Alien & Military Abductions by Michael Relfe (April 19, 2005) ? Radiation Health Foundation Inc.(http://www.rhfweb.com) The best web site discovered to date for detailed information about the nature of the radiation being directed and what to do about it. Go there. ? Patrick Flannagan Interview with Jeff Rense, June 30, 2003 (http://www.soundwaves2000.com/rense/archives/2003/june_i ndex.asp) ? A. Windows Media server (mms://66.36.240.52/sw_archives/rense/rense06-30-03.mp3) B. Real Audio server (http://rense1.soundwaves2000.com:8080/ramgen/sw_archive s/rense/rense06-30-03.mp3) C. MP3 Audio server (http://66.36.240.52:83/rense/m3u/rense06-30-03.m3u) ? Patrick Flannagan has a new device called the Golden Ratio Series Neurophone, that MAY prevent electronic mind control signals from entering the brain and offer relief to victims of electronic mind control harassment and torture. I have no connection with him or the product or the company and simply offer this info for your consideration: http://www.neurophone.com/grs.htm ? David Roscoe on Psychotronics http://mediamatrix.puissante.com/ David Roscoe has an extensive web site packed with voluminous information about electronic mind control, mind influencing, behavior influencing, mood modification, and physical distress caused by secret government electronic technologies collectively known as “Psychotronics”. ? Electronic Harrassment (http://www.eharassment.ca/) Good info all around, including counter measures. ? John Mecca on Electronic Harassment and Torture http://www.us-government-torture.com/ Return to Mind Control
12 mind-control tactics used by globalist establishment elites to change the way Americans think The new documentary “Brainwashed America“ provides answers to some of the most vexing questions of our time, namely why so many Americans continue to comply with long-term mask mandates, shut-down orders, restrictions on travel and the forced closure of their businesses and churches.
This level of obedience would have been impossible a generation or two ago. That’s why the government knew better than to even try to shut down an entire economy in the face of previous pandemics, including the Spanish Flu of 1918-1920, which was far deadlier as a percentage of the population.
Creating of the echo chambers. Simple and effective with total control of in/output. FB or meta an good example. Inside as much and many activities possible but at the same time make sure that all is within the desired agenda. Use of factcheckers/AI to continue filter and respond when deviating of the narrative.
The film’s producer, Brannon Howse, explains that the American citizenry did not become this compliant by accident. Nor did it happen overnight. Americans have had their minds conditioned by a corrupt education establishment, billionaire tech oligarchs, an unelected bureaucracy and an army of professional deceivers in the mainstream media. “First they marginalize you, then they characterize you, and then after they have marginalized you and characterized you they terrorize you,”
We’ve seen that with the now current COVID crisis, where certain doctors and scientists are deliberately presented as all-knowing while others with competing narratives are denigrated and mocked. We’ve seen it with the global warming narrative, which then morphed into the “climate-change” narrative. The scientific community is split on the validity of man-made climate change but you wouldn’t know it by watching the mainstream media. We’ve seen it with the issue of election integrity as it relates to the Nov. 3, 2020 presidential election. Every single establishment media outlet has used opinionated, loaded words like “baseless” to describe allegations of election fraud, without ever delving into an honest vetting of the merits of the allegations.
We’ve seen it with the coverage of the Jan. 6 storming of the Capitol, which certainly did include rioting, but was it really an “armed insurrection” as almost every establishment media company has branded it? This characterization is an even more distorted view of reality when placed in the context of last summer’s burning and looting of dozens of cities under the banner of Black Lives Matter, a movement the media universally cast as “mostly peaceful protests.”
The media picks only specific “experts” who reinforce their message, and ignores other competing narratives put forth by experts with often just as good credentials and much better track records for being truthful. Eventually, they create a society in which, ever so gradually, the people not only believe the lies but they get angry at anyone who tries to break through with true facts.
This leads to a situation in which a majority of the populace not only loses its ability to think critically, making them unfit to protect their constitutional freedoms and resist tyranny, they actually welcome their own enslavement. Also The target of the American brainwashing machine is increasingly children.
Americans have had their minds conditioned by a corrupt education establishment, billionaire tech oligarchs, an unelected bureaucracy and an army of professional deceivers in the mainstream media.
US Army Games Participants posturing in Wuhan – October 18–27, 2019. More from Politico for a briefing by Stephen Kinzer’s new book Poisoner in Chief: Sidney Gottlieb and the CIA Search for Mind Control, September 15, 2019
In 1954, a prison doctor in Kentucky isolated seven black inmates and fed them “double, triple and quadruple” doses of LSD for 77 days straight. No one knows what became of the victims. They may have died without knowing they were part of the CIA’s highly secretive program to develop ways to control minds—a program based out of a little-known Army base with a dark past, Fort Detrick.
Suburban sprawl has engulfed Fort Detrick, an Army base 50 miles from Washington in the Maryland town of Frederick. Seventy-six years ago, however, when the Army selected Detrick as the place to develop its super-secret plans to wage germ warfare, the area around the base looked much different. In fact, it was chosen for its isolation. That’s because Detrick, still thriving today as the Army’s principal base for biological research and now encompassing nearly 600 buildings on 13,000 acres, was for years the nerve center of the CIA’s hidden chemical and mind control empire.
Detrick is today one of the world’s cutting-edge laboratories for research into toxins and antitoxins, the place where defenses are developed against every plague, from crop fungus to Ebola. Its leading role in the field is widely recognized. For decades, though, much of what went on at the base was a closely held secret. Directors of the CIA mind control program MK-ULTRA, which used Detrick as a key base, destroyed most of their records in 1973. Some of its secrets have been revealed in declassified documents, through interviews and as a result of congressional investigations. Together, those sources reveal Detrick’s central role in MK-ULTRA and in the manufacture of poisons intended to kill foreign leaders.
Without even knowing it, they have submitted their minds to a beast system of technocratic socialism that doles out rewards and punishments based on how well we, its human subjects, conform to their propaganda.
If the propagandists do their job well enough, the global technocratic socialist revolution now underway will be able to take over the world’s biggest bastion of freedom without firing a shot.
One of the most intriguing voices in the documentary is that of Yuri Bezmenov, a former Soviet “journalist” who was actually a trained propagandist, eerily similar to the so-called journalists of today working at the large corporate-media factories. Bezmenov defected in 1970 and gained asylum in Canada. In 1984, he revealed the strategy international communism has deployed to subvert and destroy America. [Much of that strategy is revealed at the end of this article].
Bezmenov worked as a “journalist” but was actually an asset for the KGB, just as many American journalists have been recruited and paid by the CIA over the years, starting in the 1950s, to plant fake-news stories in the U.S. media meant to influence public opinion on a variety of issues. This was confirmed in the Senate hearings held by Sen. Frank Church in the early 1970s. During these hearings, the CIA’s plan to infiltrate the media through its Operation Mockingbird was exposed.
Former U.S. Sen. Frank Church asks a question during the Church Committee hearings of the U.S. Senate in 1970s
Howse said he has been studying the art of propaganda for 30 years and has amassed a lot of data. He starts out by defining the term, brainwashing [you will be surprised where it comes from] and then goes into the different techniques and major players.
Howse is not the first nor will he be the last to chronicle the history of how Americans lost their ability to think for themselves. But he does the most thorough job of exposing it.
Conservative U.S. broadcaster and filmmaker Brannon Howse He explains how neo-Marxists, in their long march through America’s cultural institutions – dominating the media, entertainment, educational systems and churches – have gone about brainwashing the consumers of news, books, magazines, films, pop music and even pastoral sermons by feeding them lies and then punishing the truth tellers.
“First they marginalize you, then they characterize you, and then after they have marginalized you and characterized you they terrorize you,” Howse said on his Feb. 23 radio program where he and I discussed the new documentary.
During the Korean War captured U.S. prisoners encountered skilled brainwashers for the first time, according to the documentary. Their experience was unlike any treatment American soldiers had encountered in any previous war.
As Howse explains in the documentary, the soldiers were fed and treated well, at least by POW standards, and there were seldom any armed guards deployed to prevent their escape.
But what they were subjected to was repeated indoctrination, lie after lie about America, its foreign policy, history and motives on the world stage.
After a while, many of the soldiers started to believe what they were being told about their own country. This indoctrination took its toll on the cohesion of the prison population and those who believed the false narrative began to turn on those who didn’t, reporting them to the prison authorities for any violations of prison rules.
“What was discovered in our own government studies of these soldiers was that those who did not succumb to the brainwashing tended to be the ones with a strong faith in God, they were grounded, they knew what they believed and they could not be broken,” Howse said.
The same techniques are being used today by propaganda artists in the establishment media outlets. They isolate the target [Christian conservatives and constitutionalists] they all run with the same narrative, the same spin on a story, and then they repeat it over and over again. Any media outlet that breaks from the pack and questions the narrative gets branded as providing “misinformation” and “conspiracy theories.”
We’ve seen that with the COVID crisis, where certain doctors and scientists are presented as all-knowing while others with competing narratives are denigrated and mocked. We’ve seen it with the global warming narrative, which then morphed into the “climate-change” narrative. The scientific community is split on the validity of man-made climate change but you wouldn’t know it by watching the mainstream media. We’ve seen it with the issue of election integrity as it relates to the Nov. 3, 2020 presidential election. Every single establishment media outlet has used opinionated, loaded words like “baseless” to describe allegations of election fraud, without ever delving into an honest vetting of the merits of the allegations.
We’ve seen it with the coverage of the Jan. 6 storming of the Capitol, which certainly did include rioting, but was it really an “armed insurrection” as almost every establishment media company has branded it? This characterization is an even more distorted view of reality when placed in the context of last summer’s burning and looting of dozens of cities under the banner of Black Lives Matter, a movement the media universally cast as “mostly peaceful protests.” The media picks only specific “experts” who reinforce their message, and ignores other competing narratives put forth by experts with often just as good credentials and much better track records for being truthful.
Eventually, they create a society in which, ever so gradually, the people not only believe the lies but they get angry at anyone who tries to break through with true facts.
This leads to a situation in which a majority of the populace not only loses its ability to think critically, making them unfit to protect their constitutional freedoms and resist tyranny, they actually welcome their own enslavement.
The target of the American brainwashing machine is increasingly children.
As Kathleen Marquardt writes in her excellent article for the American Policy Center – “…how in the world did America succumb so quickly and thoroughly to this evil? The short answer: Our children were/are vaccinated against liberty from the day they start kindergarten.”
12 Mind-Control Tactics
Here 12 takeaways from Howse’s documentary, which unlike his previous films is available for free online straming at WorldviewWeekend.com.
1) Remove or discredit leaders that are principled, courageous, and people of conviction and morality.
2) Entice the brainwashing subjects into questioning and doubting their fundamental worldview values and convictions.
3) Teach a revisionist history that portrays America’s capitalist free-market system as the source of all oppression and suffering.
4) Teach moral relativism and situational ethics in order to destroy morality and character.
5) Teach the importance of group consensus and collectivism, and the danger and consequence of individuality.
6) Teach feelings and personal subjective experiences over facts, reason, logic and context.
7) Put the brainwashing subject into a state of fear, anxiety, confusion, and social turbulence in order to diminish the subjects’ ability to think critically using reason, logic and context. The ultimate goal is to force the subject to surrender his or her values, and worldview to those of the change agents and their controlled and crafted group consensus.
8) Conceal the lies and evil agenda of the propagandist behind masking terms that sound good, but are chosen to shame and manipulate the targeted subjects into willingly embracing their own demise.
9) Use individuals in trusted institutions and occupations to give credibility to the worldview and values being introduced into the brainwashing subjects.
10) Set up a system of rewards, honor, recognition and advancement for those who embrace the worldview and values of the brainwashing program. Apply punitive consequences to any worldview and values that are contrary to the chosen worldview and values being inserted into the brainwashing subject.
11) Use informants, gossips and tattletales to report on noncompliance and groups.
12) Create an atmosphere and environment of chaos, suffering, hopelessness and danger and then rescue the subjects from this condition so that the persecutor is perceived as being a friend, protector and savior [classic Stockholm syndrome].
Leo Hohmann is an independent journalist and author of the book, Stealth Invasion, which documents how America is being destroyed by enemies within. His work is 100 percent reader supported and a donation of any size is appreciated. You may contribute via snail mail, c/o Leo Hohmann, P.O. Box 291, Newnan, GA 30264, or by credit card below.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
Human history and the Anunnaki, part 1
Ilat litum disk. Anunnaki written history left in Antarctica and
English section => General UFO Discussions => Subiect creat de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:26:59 Titlu: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten Forum RUFOn English section => General UFO Discussions => Subiect creat de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:26:59 Titlu: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:26:59 It is said that a Nazi expedition in 1939 found the ILAT-LITUM plates/tablets in Antarctica. As we are approaching 2012, it seems that Thule doesn’t mind that this information comes out in the open for those who have ears to hear and eyes to see. A Thule member sent Wes Penre something they call “Genesis”, but is the German translation of ILAT-LITUM, translated into German by Tibetan monks during Nazi Germany. The German version is then translated into English by someone who was helping Wes, and who is fluent in German.Let’s take a look to the stories written in these tablets:Genesis I ANU’s ship landed on alien shores, far away from the home of the Gods, far away from Aldebaran. He entered foreign banks, and heard noises, saw beings, Reptilians in all colours of the rainbow, strange creatures with smart eyes and strong claw hands. Versed in the fight they looked full of cunning and virtue towards the Sun, where ANU’s ship shone in the Sky. The planet was already occupied, there was no place for the Gods, and they discussed for nine moons until the council of the Gods accepted ANU’s plan. SEPT, the leader of the fire signs, landed on the planet, carrying terrible weapons, fire sticks that could burst rocks and melt metals. It rained ashes and embers, again for nine moons, neither the Sun nor the shimmering of the Stars could be seen. The blaze was so big that only SEPT could be on the Planet, full of joy the other Gods looked down from ANU’s ship. At the end of this time the Reptoids disappeared, only SEPT knew the way into their hiding places, the caves. Great was the success of the Gods, but great was their fear for revenge from the Reptoids, and TU’s wisdom ordered the sealing of the entrance to the underworld. so the gods could sleep peacefully. Now the Gods could land, they spun the disc, (like in spin-the-bottle/rotated) and in the land of the Acacias they built their first home. Suns and moons passed in line with the heavens, but the fertility of the Gods started to fade. Again the council met for nine moons, and the Gods made the decision to impregnate the Royal MIRA with TU’s seed to which was added thirty-six Reptoid DNA strands. Therefore the seal to the underworld was broken and SEPT, the leader of the fire sign, had to climb down and search for a male Reptoid. Only fine fighters could accompany him, and every single one was carrying a fire stick and a silver battle disc. After seven moons SEPT returned to the light of the upper world, he had lost almost all of his warriors, and those who came back had lost their mind. SEPT had brought one male Reptoid, it was sleeping (unconscious? Wes’ comment), on every hand and foot it had six claws, a golden wreath around his neck and behind his small ears it had two thick humps. His seed was taken and from it thirty-six strains were mixed with TU’s seed, to be planted into the royal MIRA. Some time passed, which is recorded on the TABLET, and the royal MIRA gave birth to twins: EA and MAGDI, a beautiful couple with shimmering green eyes and shining golden nails on the feet and the hands. At this time none of the Gods could say where the Reptoid male, whose seed was taken, remained, because he had disappeared without a trace. But EA and MAGDI grew faster than normal God’s children, they were smarter and stronger, their green shimmering eyes revealed their consanguinity, and their nails could not be cut with metal. After two suns the twins were as big as God’s children would be after eighteen suns, and again the council of the Gods was summoned. ANU demanded the death of the twins, because they were a threat to the Gods, and the wise council agreed with him. SEPT should execute the deed, take their lives with a fire stick and melt the body parts with heat, so that absolute nothing would remain. But TU remained silent – he quickly delivered the message to his Royal MIRA, and together they made the following plan: – They had to make completely identical clones of EA and MAGDI, for this purpose there was a device, which also created the Lulu, who were digging the mines for gold. MIRA placed these clones in the royal bed-chamber and with an innocent gaze she waited for SEPT. At night the chamber was opened violently and SEPT entered with his warriors – MIRA screamed loud – to keep the appearance, and SEPT performed the deed according to the plan of the council. The fraud was undetected and no one could see the twinkle in her eyes. The Goddess, with her head hanging, entered the council the next morning, and all the Gods were comforting her in these difficult hours of departure from her offspring. They promised her a new trial soon, this time performed with a strongly modified strand from the Reptoid. MIRA looked down and did not say a word – the Gods cheered for their success. But TU had a house with three golden “Fireships” which he could control at will. They took EA and MAGDI to one of the ships, and with a lot of supplies, seven golden tablets and a sparkling emerald tablet, they took off high above the heavens over the water to the land beyond, contrary to the land of the Acacians. The place of their choice was soon found and they called it PEN-TA-KIT. The “house” for EA and MAGDI was built under the lake, which they called BAN-TAN. The bold EA got the golden tablets, the beautiful MAGDI could keep the emarald tablet to retain any protection from enemies and for other secret use. Soon however MIRA and TU had to return to the house of the Gods in the land of the Acacians, so they would not raise suspision. They agreed on the following: For now and all time MAGDI and EA would receive messages from them, not through the waves of the sky, not through the flows of the water in the “fire ship”, but in a secret and totally unsuspected way. They agreed on the “signs” and within 72 hours the twins memorized them. During summer the signs would appear in the high grass or in the wild grain/corn, during winter in the ice of lake BAN-TAN. The twins also knew about their (DNA) strands, that had given them immortality, just like the Gods. Therefore they also agreed on the signs for the return of their God parents, there were several signs and one Final sign. Also each sign gave detailed information on the instructions of the God parents. So MAGDI and EA where armed for all times. Light-heartedly MIRA and TU returned to the land of the Acacians. They could not believe what they saw, in a hurry the other Gods had left the harbor GATA-BEN. Why? ANU’s ship no longer shone in the sun, the bright sky was covered with blood-red clouds and strange rocks with fiery tail fell to the ground. What happened? The first house in GATA-BEN was left hastily; the doors were open and were not sealed. Only the LULU harvested the juice of the Acacias as if nothing happened. The leader of the Lulu knew nothing, he could only laugh and said: “ANU’s ship steers the star. Hastily MIRA and TU returned to NI-BI-RU. The COUNCIL had already gathered and under ANU’s leadership the Gods were trying to find a way out. MIRA and TU noted that the first time was ripe, so they sent MAGDI and EA the FIRST SIGN in order to warn them and to prepare them for what was coming. The FIRST SIGN had the following form and would also be a final sign that was sent both in the beginning and in the end: * First sign image (attached) Genesis II The time of change had come. Gloomy shimmer where above the heavens of the gods. Only ANU could imagine the full scope. What happened? NI-BI-RU had left its mandatory course. What could the Gods do? Again they asked the oracle like at the time of the exodus from Aldebaran, again they spun the disc. But the oracle remained “blind”, there was no “light” sign as usual. Was the connection to the ancestor Gods interrupted? Now ERA rose, the wise one of the ANU-NAKI, he imparted his staff IR-MIN-SUL the power of thought, and spoke truth and wisdom to the Gods. NI-BI-RU drifted from its original course, this is why KI has to leave his prescribed orbit, for a certain time the NUMBERS of the Gods have to be changed! Those with ears hear and those with eyes to see the divine resolution that ERA with the power of his thoughts and the power his staff announced: MUMMU as 1. Companion APSU stays on its prescribed course at 36 Hunab. LAHAMU’s virginity is not disturbed at 72 Hunab. But KI’s orbit has to move from 108 Hunab to 96 Hunab, he moves 12 lines/stripes from LAHMU’s face! 12 large returns must take place, before KI takes its old prescribed course again! Ages will pass, and the stories of the Gods will only be found on “Tablets” but the truth remains and will return! A giant flood will destroy KI, later the Lulu will change history at their will, however you shall know the truth and carry it for all future! It was not the revenge of the Gods, for their interbreeding with the women of the Lulu, that caused the flood, but because NI-BI-RU had left its prescribed path, and none of the Gods could stop it. Read the numbers and become wise! You call it gravitation, the Gods call it “Hall of the golden kettle”. 12 large returns means 12 times the passing of the twelve sings on the horizon (zodiac signs), then the time will be completed and KI will return to its prescribed position! These were ERA’s words, the council heard it with displeasure, but there was nothing to interpret or change. Short time after it came as foretold: KI left its orbit and moved 12 lines/bars against the virginity. KI was hit by severe floods, for a short time KI wobbled and lost its consciousness. Life on KI was washed away, the Acacias broken. Only the Lulu in the mines managed to escape! Why? The entrances to the underworld were opened and Reptoids permitted the Lulu admission. Why? Weren’t the females of the Lulu beautiful to look at? Weren’t the Reptoids particulary keen on beings of this species? The NEW RACE was about to be born! We call them LE-MU-RI-AN, because actually from the connection between the Reptoids and the Lulu the LEMURIANS originated! The LEMURIANS should become stronger than the Reptoids, because they had the DNA of the Gods and the Reptoids! They built a world that had never been seen before, and it was their task to not only frighten the Gods when they returned, but to chase them away. But what happened to EA and MAGDI? They were well aware of their divine immortality but where worried about their vulnerability- because divine DNA does not mean protection in battle against every enemy. They built their city PEN-TA-KIT deeper in the earth under the lake BAN-TAN and from their bloodline another 711 Gods’ children where born. They taught the God’s children all sciences, in virtues, and in the art of warfare. They also received the SECOND SIGN from MIRA and TU, it showed them KI’s shift, the planet that from now on we call EARTH. It showed them the start as well as the finish of the shift, and according to ERA’s words this age would last 12 times 12 signs in the firmament, 12 times 12 signs the shining herd UL.ME would pass before Earth could take her hereditary orbit at 108 Hunab. Through these signs all future calculations and prophecies were possible– it showed them the the true path. NI-BI-RU’s in his wondrous EIGHT, the two paths, which they call ENLIL’S PATH and EA’S PATH and ANU’s PATH that corresponds the DUB, or as you call it, the eclipse. Thus from the sign it is clearly recognisable, that the star NI-BI-RU doesn’t take 3,600 Earth years to “orbit”, but 3,6 schar, that’s 12,960 Earth years, and so the “orbit” equates half a Precision. The presented events happened in the sign of GU, which you call Aquarius, and its numerical value is 12. Now you will wonder, what does this number tell us? Think! In Aquarius the first ANU-NAKI settled on Earth, after they first won the war against the Reptoids, in Aquarius Earth tilted its course, lost hold and spun from 108 Hunab to 96 Hunab. Now I am talking about an orbit of 3,6 schar, this means that the Gods would return in the sign of Lion! But didn’t ERA talk about 12 times 12 lines/stripes/bars/strokes? 12 lines means Aquarius again, because the shining herd, which you call Zodiac, has 12 signs. This is also the mystery of the “Crop Circles”; not unwilling ordinary people should decipher the signs, they are solely for EA and MAGDI and their divine offspring, so they are able to correctly interpret the time of return! Because NI-BI-RU orbits 3,6 schar this is 12,960 Earth years, and 3,6 schar away from Aquarius indeed stands Lion! But this crossing does not cross the path of your Earth, it runs through the inner circle, that you call the asteroid belt. We will later address the events that happened at that time in detailed manner! After 3,6 schar the next encounter comes, because NI-BI-RU’s orbit has a drawn-out EIGHT. This EIGHT is turned in its self, indeed the point of crossing lies on one “level” but not at the same point in space! Thus it happens that one time the encounter in Aquarius causes KI’s orbit to shift, but the other time it orbits the asteroid belt without disruption for your planet. Your children have a game, which is called “spin-the-bottle”, a bottle is spun in a circle, at the point where the bottle stops a pledge is payable. What pledge will be payable after the return of the ANU-NAKI? Exactly this picture of “spinning-the-bottle” was what TU and MIRA had in mind, when they send the sign of return to their divine children! Of course they encrypted it as agreed, they drew the path of the “shining herd” which you call ecliptic as a LINE, well aware that the descendants of the primitive Lulu or even the Reptoid beings were not able to recognize this as a circle! But that was not enough, the NUMBERS were also encrypted, because who would possibly recognize, that the first sacred angel the “crop circles”, the DUB-SCHAH, the number 72, is equivalent to the inclination of the ecliptic of exactly ONE DEGREE!? Who would be able to calculate the time of the start and the time of return, if not the sons of the gods themselves?? Now here the time of return shall be pictured, the Planets have their equivalence exactly like the position inside the “shining herd”, the calculations where sent by MIRA and TU with the goal of awakening the children of the gods and to give them the corresponding assignments. Each of the God’s children will now become aware of their assignment and will contribute their part to initiate the return. The battle we lost, but still have won, will now be carried out on the level that is marked in the book ILAT-LITUM, “The Highest victory” Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 16:48:26 GENESIS III: The War Between Lemuria and the Land of EA.MAGDI 72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children. To honour their divine parents they called their land EA.MAGDI. The first-born son of the twins was called IMMARU-IMTAHA, in your language this would mean “light warrior”. The first-born girl was called ZU-SINNISNARTU, in your language this means, “Wise singer”. To simplify it, from now on we call the two God’s children IMMA and SINNI. IMMA trained the godsons in all martial laws, especially the throwing of the silver battle disc and mastering the fire stick. The silver battle discs that were left by TU, had magical powers, not only were they able to find the enemy through the mind power of the thrower, they also had 45 openings to shoot “fire waves”. The outer 18 openings carried TU’s initials, the CORE of life going upwards in a curved path, which represents both the divine race and the anscension of the gods themselves. 108 battle disc were fabricated, according to the sacred number of HUNAB, the distance between KI (Earth) and APSU (Sun) in ancient holy times. But SINNI, the wise singer, had the special task in training the children of the gods to understand the signs, that TU and MIRA were sending to Earth within certain intervals. She herself was in the possession of the emerald tablet that MAGDI received from MIRA but she was not allowed to show it to the other god’s children. Too much of wisdom, deceit and spite/malice, too much of eternal truths and possibilities to see into the future, were recorded on the emerald tablet. It required courage and determination and truly divine will, to accept this tablet, then the next war with Lemuria was recorded on the tablet just as the escape of the god’s children to the planet LAHMU (Mars) and all destiny of the gods and the people till the sky’s last blink of the eye. Even her own inevitable fate was recorded there, and Sinni had the strength to endure this! But slowly Time became dark, the Reptoid beings interbred with the escaped Lulu and formed a new race, the Lemurians. Of course they also had heard of the escape of the gods, but they also knew of the land EA.MAGDI and the hideout of the abandoned god’s children. They didn’t know the lake BAN-TAN, but their cunning and determination was great to find this place and to destroy the sons of the gods. Their leader called himself ETU-MARU, which means “dark son”. The race of the Lemurians also had divine strands [of DNA] in their blood, because the primitive Lulu were created by the gods from “monkeys” [allegedly Neanderthals, Wes’ comment] and 9 strands of the gods were connected. At the end the mixing with the Reptoids emphasized their combat skills even more, only the medial talents were extremely low. ETU-MARU`s lover was SARRATA ( SARRAT IRKALLI ), the “Queen of the underworld”. SARRATA was extremely beautiful and also intelligent and cunning–she could pretend and mislead many. Therefore ETU-MARU made up a plan: He sent SARRATA up to the “upper world” to spy, she should find the house of the gods and if possible gain their confidence, to gain access to the house of the gods. Cunning and beautiful as she was she went to the upperworld, where everywhere small settlements of the god’s children had emerged. Although, EA and MAGDI got warnings from TU and MIRA, that pointed out that the enemies of the gods lived in inner earth, but these warnings had since faded, and few even thought about it. This enabled SARRATA to infiltrate the god’s children, and she even won the heart of a son. He informed her about lake BAN-TAN and of many many secret things that enabled the Lemurians to start their attack. On the darkest day in the history of the ANU-NAKI the attack of the Lemurians began. SARRATA also found out that on this day the god’s children wanted to celebrate a feast. The date was choosen well and ETU-MARU led the Lemurians into battle. The war could not be shorter, after 7 days the gods had lost 550 of their children and EA and MAGDI decided for the last resort. There would be an escape to planet LAHMU [Mars, Wes’ comment]. The 166-remaining god’s children started to flee under the leadership of EA and MAGDI. With three “silver birds” they left the land EA.MAGDI for good, to find a new home. SINNI sang her most beatiful songs to please the heart of the remaining children. She encouraged them and dried their tears. The NEW Home LAHMU (the planet Mars) was like the earth at that time. It had an ample vegetation, deep valleys and gorges and wavy oceans. The children of the gods had the great luck that there were no aggressive beings like the Lemurians. Far from it, there were smart birds with whom the children of gods soon made friends. The birds had caves far above in the cliffy mountains, and because they were so strong and confident at the same time, the children of the gods let them take them high into the air just for fun. They had gleaming plumage, that shimmered in all colors of the rainbow. Yes, there was rain and rainbows on LAHMU, and over time this world was loved by the children of gods more than the partically inhospitable Earth. So they built their first house on LAHMU and called it SHADU.E, which means ,,Mountainhouse” [,,Hillhouse”]. All this had SINNI known, for it was recorded in her emerald-tablet, but could she have spoken the truth? Even ANU would have been refused to do so, for something horrible would have happened, the course of the heavens would collapse. SHADU.E was built nobly and received a golden gleaming dome by which in the soft light SINNI sang her songs and instructed the children in the arts of the gods. IMMA however continued instructing in the martial arts for he would never accept the dishonor of being defeated by the Lemurians! One day he would lead the gods to their revenge against the Lemurians and wipe them out completely. SINNI too had to achieve something special, for by their escape from earth the children of the gods had stripped themselves from the chance of reading and interpreting the SIGNS of MIRA and TU. This was irreversibly necessary, for from where else should they get the hints for their further development? Thus SINNI created an INU.ZU, a ,,wise Eye”, with which she could observe the forests, the feral fields with corn and the sheets of ice of the northern seas of the planet Earth from her house. She had to be able to determine the Return of the gods, for it was up to her if the betrayal was punished by MIRA and TU or if ANU could be pleased with a legend. The FIRST encounter was 6 Signals ago, and SINNI knew that NI-BI-RU had completed half a cycle after 6 Signals and would reach it’s point of intersection of the ,,eternal Eight”. NI-BI-RU started in the sign of GU (Aquarius) and threw KI (the Earth) from it’s orbit; it would return to the solar system in the sign of UR.GULA (Leo) and cross the system at 228 HUNAB. That was NOT one of the encounters of which ERA spoke, for ERA meant clearly the encounters with Earth, and those take place every 12 signs! So the FIRST encounter between NI-BI-RU and KI (the Earth) took place in the year 309,033 B.C. with your time calculation. The following events should occur 12,960 years later, starting from the year 296,073 B.C. Thus the complete cycle of NI-BI-RU (because of the years after Christ) is 311,040 earth years, which are 86,4 SCHAR. For this reason NI-BI-RU has the core number 648 and LAHMU; the new home of the children of the gods has the numerical value 468. 311,040 earth years are 80 great cycles of the Destroyer (Satan). For 80 multiplied with 3,888 (the true 666) is 311,040. 311,040 Earth years are 90 great creation cycles, for the number 3,456 (serpent bites it’s own tail – symbol for chaos and creation) multiplied with 90 results in 311,040 Earth years. Here the quotation from the book ILAT-LITUM finds it’s true meaning: ,,Light and shadow are combined.” Light (number 90) multiplied by shadow (number 80) results in 7,200 or 7,2 Schar, which equals one cycle of NI-BI-RU, so it comes to one (Light-ENLIL’s Way) positive result and one (Shadow-EA’s Way) negative result! Not for nothing one way Enlil’s and one way EA’s are exactly 3,6 Schar. When we retrace the happenings we will discover, that 3,6 Schar – in the sign of Leo (10.953 B.C.) – the golden era ended through EA’s way and today 2007 A.D. The golden era begins through ENLIL’S WAY! However we will return to the to the events at the time: The Shadow-Way fulfilled the first time and the children of the gods waited wishfully for the beginning of the Light-Way. SINNI had fufilled great deeds, for her INU.ZU, her ,,wise Eye” could not only see the signs of MIRA and TU from Earth, but could also see far into the heavens and follow NI-BI-RU’s course eternally. So she could calculate the exact date of the return of the gods. MIRA and TU had also taken precautions, they let SINNI know by their signs in the corn which plans ANU had. The great Council decided to help the children on LAHMU, for ERA’s wisdom told the gods, that EA and MAGDI and all following children-generations should belong to the tribes of the gods. ERA’s wisdom meant, that the gods under the leadership of ANU and with the power of SEPT invade the land of the LEMURIANS and should force them with unimaginable devaststations back into the caves. So it was recorded in the book ILAT-LITUM, the ,,highest victory”. The sign for this was transmitted to SINNI as follows: * Second sign image (attached) GENESIS IV: The Return Of The Gods IMMA and SINNI, the children of the gods and leaders of the children on LAHMU had fulfilled great deeds. Through the wise eye INU.ZU they could follow NI-BI-RU’s course and wait for the prompt return of the gods. SINNI was lecturing in the mountainhouse SHADU.E about the high signs, and that shall be expressed here word by word, for it is the revelation of the secret of making the signs, or crop circles, which the humans on KI will call them later. ,,Many children will ask themselves, where these high signs come from and how they are made!” The high signs are messages from our god-parents on our homeworld NI-BI-RU. So much you know already. They send us these signs, so we can calculate their return and prepare us! When signs originate in the corn, the WATER in the halm is informed! High signs can only originate where specific minerals and iron is available in the ground, of course water has to be there also. This information is transmitted through ,,waves” – we call these waves NA.LI.TAR – they are waves in the metaphysical spectrum – the humans call them REIKI – Blue Light – VRIL – there are thousand names for it, but only we know it’s purpose! The NA.LI.TAR-waves are sent through space by MIRA and TU, on Earth they inform the Minos and iron containing water and at a specifically determined time the water presses the halm and the crop into the desired pattern! The humans will know one day, that water is the medium of the gods – our gods – it is the universal divinity! You can talk to water, water has a memory for the period of eternity, and water fills the space between the stars in its’ most precious form – as ice! For that reason humans build their temples and churches nearby water! [1] The humans have some among themselves, whom they call druids; they can communicate with water and understand the meaning of our messages! But it will not help humans, for these druids will be laughed at and declared insane, for the minds of most humans is clouded by a radiation out of the world of matter – the humans will build antennas and this dangerous radiation will contaminate the planet KI and its’ species and take away their spiritual experience(s). NA.LI.TAR-waves can produce ice-pictures – the principle is very easy: The waves inform the (ferreous) water and this will change the temperature at specific points within a short time, these burn- and breakpoints in their wholeness result in a fine ice-picture. We can see it through our wise eye INU.ZU on the lake BAN-TAN! Humans aren’t so familiar with ice-pictures as they are with high signs in the crop, but they fulfill the same meaning – our god-parents show us the way and prepare us for their return! The humans will build a terrible facility which they call H.A.A.R.P., they want to produce NA.LI.TAR-waves themselves and create false pictures! But it will not work, for they have not the device for it and their sense is directed on the world of form and appearance! Form and appearance are only the expression of VRIL – some will see, that VRIL and GRAL are the same, for it is only meant for the communication with NI-BI-RU! VRIL 4,636 GRAL 1,616 Sum 6,252 = 15X120 = 1,800 = ½ SCHAR!! VRIL is the power, and GRAL is the device to send out the force! Every 12,960 years our courses cross, and so the NA.LI.TAR-waves rise. The humans will notice! They will cut the halms of the crops and analyse it, they will notice a strange short live energy, which they can not measure! For VRIL remains only very short in the world of form and appearance, for it changes into its’ spirit-form and carries the information on for all eternity! So it is written in the TABULA SMARAGDINA: She who was – she who is – she who will be – ,,Steersman of times, the chariotleader, Lord of the waters, Lord of the Light From the horizon of EA to the horizon of ANU He, who leads the way, he, who is. The star that was born from LAMUS light. The child that was born out of TU’s semen. Concepted by the royal MIRA. Guarded by SEPT, the leader of the firesigns. He, who receives the words Who’s way leads to ERA’s secret Recorded in the tablets of the grassgods From the beginning of light to beginning. The TABULA SMARAGDINA turns on the sweeps, the waves of oceans, above the heads of the children of gods, it transmits constantly NA.LI.TAR-waves into the Vigrid-plains, to announce together with the high signs the return of NI-BI-RU. SINNI had fulfilled something great: Everywhere on LAHMU she placed the IR-MIN-SUL, and the children of gods were delighted by the water of the light! On LAHMU there were Ley-points too, where the Minos-Iron-Water sputtered. 12 pillars were placed on LAHMU by SINNI, 12 pillars it were 2 eras later on KI (the Earth). IMMA had to achieve special work, for the pillars were made of a mixture of LADUR-rock and SEMADIT-metal. This unique mixture of precious rock and also precious metal gives the pillar its’ conductibility in Minos-Iron-water. When the 12 pillars were placed a great feast was celebrated, the children of gods flew on the wings of the TAN.TAK, the ,,gleaming flowers”; high up to the SHADU.E, they celebrated the feast of the first placement of the IR-MIN-SUL, and noone could take it from them in this moment of inner entrancement! On the next morning the pillars started to rotate, the water sputtered from the openings in the head and high above the red fields of LAHMU NI-BI-RU presented itself to the children of gods for the very first time in all its’ glory and delightfulness. In this time SINNI sent a final sign to Earth, to state it’s inhabitans the return of the gods. In ,,Land of return” in the ,,Book of Change” this time is exactly described: Land Of Return When HE stands above the top of the pyramid When the lights falls in and breaks the top The day will be shortened ten steps again But only once, then the way of the goddess begins Again in the west, like before the flood. But onehundredfortyforthousand who stand on the mountain ZION in the name of the father and the son Will receive the wings The godly lines of ZINI. (The) ghost of the wind will abduct them up to the city Which is named ETAB.ENTABA, there but waits Henoch. The seven keys are seven signs Made by the mistress SINNI. You will recognize the signs for wisdom and intellect live in one house in the other live malice and deception The righteous know the meaning. One will come, as in primeval times before, with the name ETU.MARU The lord of darkness, lord of fog. One of the righteous will stagger, treason in his heart But the body of a spider will save him. On the next morning they will see the silver birds And know that they are being hailed (,,called”). On that day the air will feel like lead And dark fogs will cover the mountain and the soul. Those standing on the mountain ZION are three and six, For his number is threehundredsixty And are however onehundredfortyforthousand. One will turn the tablet of signs against the sun Then the KADINGIR, the gateway of the gods, Will open anew and the airs begin to sing. This sign should get the following shape: * Third sign image (attached) – for further informations, go to http://supriemrockefeller.wordpress.com/category/10-chapter-x/ (http://supriemrockefeller.wordpress.com/category/10-chapter-x/) – Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Xanadron din 18 Decembrie 2011, 19:28:39 “72 moons had past since EA and MAGDI built their house under the lake BAN-TAN, it was big and magnificent, and had room for all 711 God’s Children.” Lacul BAN-TAN poate fi f. bine actualul BAI-KAL. 😎 Unde destule “intilniri apropiate” cu ET si/sau OZN-uri :ufo: au fost raportate de rusi – care desfasoara de alfel destule activitati secrete prin zona, inclusiv observatii cu ajutorul “The underwater neutrino telescope NT-200”, amplasat la 1 km sub luciul de apa. Citeva imagini din 2009 cu sursa ISS/NAZA (care, asa cum va asteptati, habar n-are despre ce fenomen e vorba :-D) pot sugera varianta asta. http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/IOTD/view.php?id=38721&src=eoa-iotd (http://earthobservatory.nasa.gov/IOTD/view.php?id=38721&src=eoa-iotd) Per total, si asta-i totusi doar una din nenumaratele “povesti annunakiene” 👿 ispititor de bogate-n detalii, a caror eventuala confirmare ar tine pina la urma doar de aparitia LOR in carne si oase. :martiansmile: Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 18 Decembrie 2011, 22:17:59 I always thought that Baikal is the place where russians hide their cosmospheres 😀 (just kiddin’… or not 😕 :-D) Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Xanadron din 19 Decembrie 2011, 06:34:50 Oups, I’ve missed the point – this is the English section! 😮 A perfect place for lazy non-translating posters, 😀 so here I am back, with some details.Lake Baikal, the world’s deepest lake, was the site of several UFO encounters, according to the Russian navy. Declassified records going back a generation reveal several encounters with what are described as UFOs. Only a year ago, the scientists were able to reach the bottom of Lake Baikal, located near the border with Mongolia. In one case in 1982, military divers training at the lake said they spotted a group of humanoid creatures dressed in silver suits at a depth of 50 metres. They tried to catch the visitors but three of the seven men died in the process, while four others were severely injured in the incident, according to the recordshttp://www.nowpublic.com/strange/lake-baikal-russia-reveals-ufo-encounters (http://www.nowpublic.com/strange/lake-baikal-russia-reveals-ufo-encounters) Titlu: Re: The Ilat Litum tablets – stories from forgotten times Scris de: Siberia din 19 Decembrie 2011, 14:39:32 It’s not lazyness, dear colegue, it’s only lack of time. I don’t have enough time and i fear to get “lost in translation” 😀 (jokin’) Now, about the russian connection zith Annunaki. Tunguska (like lake Baikal) si also in Siberia, you know; and Valery Uvarov (a scientist that have been involved in the russian government UFO secret program), said that the Tunguska incident was caused by an alien ancient defense device settled in some underground facility to north of impact area. He also claimed that this device was built by the Anunnaki to prevent meteors and hostile activity. Whatever it is, it seems that is still activated but we won’t hear the russiana reveal its location. Maybe the russians found out something before or after the Nazi’s expeditions to find their cosmic roots about the Anunnaki base in Siberia (under the Baikal / Ban-Tan) because they hurried to conquer the space and go to Mars. It is said that in the late ’70s and the first years of ’80s, the russians (maube after hearing even Hoaglands theory about Anunnaki) flied to Mars and started to explore the planet. Is said that using their “nonexistent cosmospheres” they managed to map the Mars in a very short time and to discover a lot of ancient artifact and mars bases. The most interesting discovery was the town of Cydonia. They took all the relics, ancient artifacts from Cydonia and started their own base on Mars (on the sunny side 😀 😀 :-D). It’s not known if they found the Anunnaki alive there and started a “beautifull friendship”. It is said also that the Chinese (russians friends) are also deeply connected to Anunnaki.Now, if these tablets tell us the true story of Anunnaki, we can understand the Nazi’s faith in their cosmic descendant theory. In this case, Atlantis is not the “NWO black magic island”. Knowing that there are many who speaks about a war between Atlantis and Lemuria, and that Lemurians war the bad/warrior guys (according to these tablets), someone can assume that the Atlants were some direct Anunnaki descendants. As nazi’s discovered their roots in the Atlantis people, they light have thought that are direct descendants from Anunnaki, and that’s why Hitler wanted to ascend to Aldebaran :-DJust a tought of mine 🙂 p.s. – as written somewhere on the site, maybe there is still a battle between 2 factions (lemurian descendants – as the 13 bloodlines and atlantis descendants – as Anunnaki children). Who knows where the truth is ???
————————————————————————————————— by Preston James, Ph.D March 17, 2014 from VeteransToday Website
Secret Space War – Part XIV Last December, 2013, 91 world leaders attended Nelson Mandela’s so-called “Funeral”. Russian President Vladimir Putin was notably absent.(1) At the time this seemed somewhat strange, since almost every other nation was represented by their top leader.
But also absent were the top leaders of China and Israel. This article will present what are perhaps the actual reasons for these peculiar absences. You are wasting your time reading this if you have not been already brought up to speed on the Secret Space War that is now occurring over Planet Earth.(2)
It turns out Mandela died many months earlier than the date of his Funeral and it has been alleged by insiders that his so-called funeral was cover for the secret crowning ceremony of Marduk, the Alien ET leader, believed to be the head Draco.(3)
It is believed by some that Marduk was perhaps driven away from Planet Earth during earlier times by a major earth catastrophe or as a direct judgment of ‘God.’ Others believe that another alien ET leader from the Tall White Nordics forced him to leave in some kind of major cosmic warfare victory.
It is very difficult to get a handle on Marduk, why he suddenly appeared in Africa, why he was crowned King of Africa and what he is trying to accomplish if these claims are true. Obviously the average person on the street is never supposed to find out about the Alien ET connection, Marduk and what he represents which is believed to be the Third Force.(4)
It is believed by some that the Dracos are shape shifting inter-dimensional lizard-beings, evil to the core and thrive on promoting human suffering, and mass painful deaths of humans.
Thus they have been labeled negative energy vampires that induce their servants, the International Zionist Crime Syndicate (IZCS) to induce as much human suffering and mass painful death as possible to keep their energy status high.
Yes, I know this sounds ridiculous and impossible, but good and credible Intel sources from deep inside the American Space War System have provided this information so it is not that easy to simply discount.
Most of the information “leaked out” about specific different types of alien “entities” has come from former individuals who were deeply embedded in America’s Secret Space War System either working for, Space Command the USAF Space Fleet the USN Space Fleet,…or numerous “deep black” or “beyond-black” defense contractors who report directly to MJ-12 representatives. And there have been numerous reports from individuals who have been abducted which are credible because their abductions were witnessed by others or there was corroborating evidence.
And there are hundreds of very credible witnesses now coming forth from the “deep-black” or “beyond-black” defense contractors and the military who have been revealing a great deal of information on how UFO’s are actually IFOs (Identified Flying Objects that are actually Anti-Gravity Craft aka AGCs).
For example, over two hundred very credible witnesses emerged under Dr. Steven Greer‘s “Disclosure Project”. These credible witnesses cannot easily be discounted and have provided major proof of a secret Space War and Alien ETs presence using Anti-Gravity Craft (AGCs).
The adjective “Draconian” actually represents the nature of Marduk and his human followers who are believed to be comprised of the twelve luciferian alien/human hybrid bloodlines, with all their close relatives dating back to ancient Babylonia.
It is believed that Vlad the Impaler was a Draco-human hybrid, noted for being soulless and someone who cherished creating as much terror as possible by making many of his victims suffer incredibly without dying for several days.
Some claim Dracos have established an iron grip on the world through Cutouts, the private central zio Banksters who use Babylonian Money-Magics to establish “beach-heads” in every major nation-state. It has also been hypothesized that the IZCS are the zio Banksters direct associates and also have their subsidiary espionage fronts of World Zionism (WZ) such as,AIPACB’nai B’rithADLSPLC,…and the like.
If this is true it means that these tools of the Dracos which include the the private Central zio Banksters, IZCS, and the WZs espionage fronts in America, have been doing the direct will of these evil Dracos to create as much human suffering and painful human death as possible to feed their negative energy needs.
Those of the Draco’s representatives (Cutouts) who create the most human suffering and painful death, receive the greatest earthly rewards from the Dracos and are propelled up the Draco’s food chain to the highest levels of the governments which the Dracos own and control (which is most of them).
It has been alleged that nearly every single member of Congress and the current Administration are under the power or “spell” of the Draco system and are basically owned by their Cutouts the IZCS, the WZ’s and their espionage fronts. The means by which this has occurred has been the so far successful deployment of sophisticated Psi-powered and Psychotronic ally powered MINDWAR against the American Citizen.
This has also been described as the technological applications of high tech luciferian “temple of set,” or Reich of the Black Sun WZ “deep-black” or “beyond-black” technologies which have alleged to have been provided from the Dark-Side by the Dracos to their human leaders who have resided at the top of the NSA and the US Military, specifically formerly at the Presidio and Offhutt AFB. Omaha has traditionally been the capital of this US Military Pedophilia and mind-kontrol operations by this groups of criminally insane sickos and pedophiles (and still is). These individuals are known satanists and pedophiles and have used national security as a false cloak to prevent their wide-spread exposure and prosecution which would probably be death for their massive Treason and frequent pedophile crimes and murder/sacrifice of children.
The very top “Circle of Twelve” human leaders who run the IZCS are believed to be Draco-human hybrids with no souls and an addiction to the generation of mass human suffering and painful deaths as well as power, wealth from war and drug profits, pedophilia, human sex trafficking, and illegal organ theft and trafficking.(5)
It is also believed that those who sell out to lucifer, the apparent Wizard of OZ behind the Dracos often get their own “spirit guide” which appears to them periodically, especially after episodes of human sacrifice or imposition of great human suffering and painful death. These spirit guides are claimed to provide business Intel and other kinds of Psi-power help, but can be blocked by those with strong character, a strong commitment to the “Golden Rule” of “Do Unto Others…” and various classical spiritual principles which are based on this basic human precept of morality.
It is also believed that the current administration is owned by the Bush crime Cabal as have all since President Reagan who is believed to have been the last duly elected president.(6)
Yes, it is believed that the Dracos have attained ownership of most governments of the world, but not all. Insiders claim that ever since Leo Wanta negotiated “win/win” end to the “Evil Empire” (Soviet Russia) as President Reagan’s Secret Agent under the Totten Doctrine, Russia has gone a notably different direction.(7)
So far this Statesman’s performance is unmatched on the International Geopolitical Chessboard.
Apparently President Putin did not attend the Mandela Funeral and did not pay homage to Marduk as the new king of Africa because he refuses to submit to the Draco system which would produce nothing but more suffering and painful death for his Russian Citizens. He appears to have become informed that Marduk and his Dracos are the Third Force and are attempting to take over the whole world, only this time they will turn on those that served them in the greatest betrayal in history, one that will make the “Night of the Long-knives” look like child’s play.
And even though it is now known that the OSS Kingpins set up Maoist China as another Draco nation, it appears as if the new Chinese leaders want nothing to do with Marduk or his Dracos or any of his strategies to produce as much human suffering and painful death as possible.
Apparently someone or some entity has tipped off both the Chinese as well as the Russian Leaders that Marduk is going to pull the greatest betrayal in history and they are distancing themselves fast. What is the source of their knowledge on this? More on that later after the third nation to refuse to attend Mandela’s funeral is discussed.
It is known that Israel’s top leader refused to attend the Mandela Funeral or pay homage to Marduk when he was crowned king of Africa. This seems strangely out of character since more than a few insiders believe that Israeli Zionists have been the core of the Draco’s system on Planet Earth and have been the controllers of the IZCS, the WZ’s and all their espionage fronts in America and have done so on behalf of the City of London private Central Zionist Banksters.
Yes, the British Prime Minister was there, but no leader of Israel. Hmm. What is the reason for Israel’s absence? The best possible explanation so far is that the Israeli leadership now realize that they are being thrown under the bus, that World Zionism (WZ) is now in its death throes and the Draco’s are done with them and going to thrown them to the wolves. They now realize that Marduk’s plan to level Jerusalem, gut Israel and bring a new unity to the Middle East for all including Palestinians, and rebuild the Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem for himself as perhaps the “Final Anti-Christ”. This is greatly alarming to Israel’s zionist leaders who are now going for broke by having their American espionage fronts exert as much pressure of the US Congress and the Administration as possible to go ahead and attacks Syria, Iran and now the Ukraine in order to fulfill their WZ plan to build a “Greater Israel” that controls the whole world.
Zionist Israeli leaders now believe that unless they Balkanize Syria, Iran and now the Ukraine and get their natural gas and oil pipeline built while cutting off Russia’s sales and exports of the same to Europe, they are essentially finished. Some WZ leaders believe that if that option fails they must provoke a nuclear WW3 and perhaps even deploy their “Samson Option“.
Basically Israel is now pretty screwed because of their domination by world Zionists (WZs) who were in bed with Dracos for many years and served as Draco Central’s main Cutouts. Note, the City of London Financial District is believed to the world capital of the Draco’s who are the originators and promoters of World Zionism’s, the IZCS and the Zionist private Central Banksters. The whole world is now turning against Israel because of its apartheid, its abuse of Palestinians, the morphing of Palestine into a large open-aired prison, and their major part in the false-flag attacks on America of 9/11/2001.
Yes, payback is a bitch and appears to be headed straight for the IZCS, the WZs, the zio Central Banksters and Israel. See the main thing to note about the Dracos is when you are no longer needed, you get “axed”.
Some very good Secret Space War sources have suggested that perhaps President Putin has made a secret treaty with Tall White Nordic Alien ETs who are allegedly the arch enemies of the Dracos.(8) Not only do they hate what the Dracos stand for but view them as parasites on all humans that must be eradicated or driven away like they were before. Apparently the Tall White Nordics have claimed that there are “Cosmic Rules of Play” that when followed can assure the defeat of the Draco’s and their whole system that has seduced and enslaved the world by placing numerous Babylonian spells on humans societies. One Rule of Play is related to learning the truth, awakening and refusing to consent to the propaganda and mind-control dispensed by the Controlled Major Mass Media (CMMM), which are presently owned and or controlled by those subject to the City of London Zionist Central Banksters and their Cutouts, Israel and their espionage fronts such as the ADL, B’nai B’rith, AIPAC, SPLC and the like.
Allegedly the number one “Cosmic Rule of Play” is that the Dracos can only capture the human minds and hearts if humans consent by responding to various temptations and spells and agreeing to believe the “big lies” of the CMMM. If they refuse, their character is strengthened. If they consent and give in to these temptations to violate the Golden Rule “Do Unto Others As You Wish Them To Do Unto You” their character is weakened. If they persist in more violations, eventually their character becomes so weak that their very souls can be snatched, allowing evil desires to replace that soul. Apparently Putin has been fully briefed by the Tall White Nordics about Marduk’s evil plans to mass murder most humans while maximizing human suffering. He has allegedly consulted with the Orthodox Russian Church and formed an alliance to break this evil Draco hold on Russia.
Conclusion
If information provided by current or former members of the American Secret Space War System have been accurate, it appears that President Putin has decided to stand fast against the evil Draco system that hijacked most of the world including, the UK Israel France Germany NATO America (USA)This is a very bold move and suggests that perhaps President Putin has some new backing from a very powerful Alien ET force, the Tall White Nordics who are also believed to be in contact with a new upcoming group deep inside the American Military and and Intel.
It is also believed that there is a very deep split within the Secret Shadow Government (SSG). The “Circle of Twelve” bloodthirsty “Denver Group” that currently controls the IZCS, the WZs and their Cutouts, AIPACDHS and its TSAB’nai B’riththe ADL the SPLC and the like,…and even the American Zionist Federal Reserve Bank has been basically untouchable until fully exposed by prominent federal Whistle-blower Stew Webb. It is now being chipped away at from all sides and is in notable decline. It’s main Cutout the Bush Crime Cabal is losing power fast and is in deep decline and has been splitting from zio control lately for some unknown reason. Some believe that this notable decline in,the SSGthe Circle of Twelve the Bush Crime Cabal,…is largely due to a new secret alliance with this new up and coming group on American Military and Intel and the Tall White Nordics like President Putin has entered into.
It is also believed that Chinese leaders have entered into a new alliance with a certain Alien ET group which has an underwater base on the floor of the Pacific Ocean somewhere off the California Coast. It is not yet been leaked which particular group this is but so far it appears that it apparently has nothing to do with Marduk or the Dracos.(9)
Only time will tell where this is all going, but it appears that a major world conflict is brewing between those nation-states controlled by the Dracos and their Zionist Cutouts and those nation-states no longer under their evil grip. It is difficult to get a good handle on all this due to the extreme compartmenting and so-called national security aspects. About the best we can do for now is speculate using the various leaks from inside the Secret Space War System that have occurred.(10) I would certainly like it if it is shown conclusively that none of the claims about Alien ETs were true, however there is a large body on overwhelming evidence from very reliable, credible retired Military and Intel sources which suggests otherwise.
And do not be too surprised if someday in the not too distant future it is leaked that there have been secret indictments against some of the top leadership of AIPAC and perhaps some other of the like for espionage against America. Perhaps Feinstein and crew have been included in such an occurrence. Only rumors of such an occurrence would be leaking out if this has actually occurred.
Of course if such indictments have already occurred such information would not be generally available to the public at large since the USG typically keeps such matters secret as they did with GHWB over Iran Contra and the Mena cocaine/illegal arms/Mr. Chicken/Dixie Mafia/drug money laundering matter. Nothing ever came from this because the Bush crime Cabal remained in power through its appointed Cutouts and cover-up puppets, like the Clintons, GB2, and the current Potus who has apparently “gone off the reservation” recently much to the dismay of the IZCS and WZs and postures to be a closet Muslim although nobody inside Intel at any high level believes this and views it as chameleon type role-playing.
One thing is for certain. All State-based Secrecy including Cryptographic is ending and the process is well underway, thanks to the advent of inter-dimensional/multidimensional new zero-point or near zero point quantum computers. All physics texts will have to be completely rewritten because they are currently wrong, very wrong about many things. Do not be surprised if suddenly without warning major phone intercepts start being published all over the Internet from foreign sources of phone calls recordings of “discussions” and “orders given” to major Congressional Traitors by their AIPAC “supervisors” and/or “owners”. These “consultations” of course are all part of a normal day’s work doing foreign zio espionage against America by this collection of Traitors that deserve prosecution and conviction for Treason and Sedition, both Capital crimes. Stay tuned because what is likely going to transpire as the upcoming “end to all secrecy” occurs right before your very eyes out in the open for all to see, is going to blow your mind beyond what anyone can imagine.
Now ask yourself this interesting question. Why would Feinstein start squawking like a stuck-pig after a so-called CIA source leaked top secret information members of the Senate Intel Committees phones were being tapped by a certain new faction inside the CIA? Wasn’t she the one that begged for the Patriot Act and such other unconstitutional abominations? Perhaps she fears everything she has been involved in and all the conversations she thought were secret will come out in the open? And if the University and college Systems are to survive at all, every bit of their deep Zion/Draconian censorship and suppression of the real truth about the world’s hidden history will have to be openly disclosed and discussed in the open. No more situations like the illegal and extreme abuse of Dr. Kevin Barrett just because of his beliefs that he never taught in the classroom. All this censorship and suppression of real truth in the Universities will stop as all state secrets are exposed.
Then perhaps you will see real discussions about the true state of politics, history and economies determined by Babylonian Money-Magick instead of all the cover stories and blatant lies and mind-control and obtuse cultural programming of the naïve, suggestible students.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
Yes it blows the mind but such wonderful and beautiful things can be done with this technology. I have spent my life running from what we call today’s medicine for good reason. I have always believed there was something out there that was better. Thank God and all those who made this possible.
The Kennedy Brothers were going to expose, the Luminati, Globalists, Luciferians, Freemasons, and the Old Money Family’s like the Vanguard’s, Rockefellers and there are other’s plus you have people in the Corporate world, the Kennedy Brothers were going to dismantle the CIA, and clean up the FBI, and expose all the secret societies and this is why they were assassinated, and also John Kennedy’s Son and his wife was also assassinated they were not taking any chances
This is exciting and maddening at the same time. All these people that has passed away and could of have been helped. Our climate messed-up.
Seeing, visible and not visible.
EM fields
Zhang has called the biofield the “electromagnetic body” and described it to be a complex, ultraweak field of chaotic standing waves, a dissipative structure of electromagnetic fields that forms the energetic anatomic structures including the chakras and acupuncture meridians (Zhang, 1995, 1996).
Even though medical science has been largely focused on the mechanical and chemical aspects of the body, especially for the last seven decades. However, the field of subtle energy research has been limited by the sensitivity of the technologies and their capability to detect minute changes in and around the body. Biofield therapies such as Reiki, Pranic healing, or Therapeutic Touch remain controversial as a theory for how and why these therapies work has yet to be fully developed; however, as more studies are conducted, more theories are evolving.
What is understood so far is that the biofield is composed of a series of fields, electric, magnetic, and electromagnetic fields, as well as other yet undefined more subtle energies. The properties of these fields and how they relate to the physical anatomy and health of the body now under investigation. The term biofield was first published in the United States National Institute of Health Report on Complementary and Alternative Medicine in 1995 and accepted by the United States National Library of Medicine as a medical subject heading (MeSH) term the following year. In addition to what we can see as our body there is an invisible part, connected with it and part off. Communicating inside and with the outside part of the world being the environment and impacting both. A two way street.
Portals and ascensions processes. (Urgent in progress)
Please click on the link above for the original. Urgent the process or first part started.
Transcript
Beloved light workers star seeds and awakened souls of Earth.
I am Saraphene emissary of the Galactic Federation of Light. The cosmic symphony of the universe is reaching a crescendo as we approach the momentous 55 portal of 2025. The energies building toward this celestial gateway are already pulsating through your energy field recalibrating your DNA and preparing your consciousness for the profound transformation that awaits the 55 portal represents.
Far more than a mere calendar it embodies a sacred numerical alignment that occurs only once per century creating a powerful convergence point where cosmic forces align to accelerate your spiritual evolution. This is not simply another spiritual event this is the activation of your highest timeline potential the 555 code May 5 2025 creates a harmonic resonance pattern that will amplify your manifestation capacity exponentially.
In the coming days your soul has waited lifetimes for this precise astronomical configuration, the wisdom keepers of ancient civilizations from the Maya to the Egyptians to the star knowledge bearers of Lemuria encoded the significance of this alignment in their sacred texts and monuments knowing that those incarnated during this pivotal junction would carry the responsibility of anchoring higher frequencies for planetary ascension.
The cosmic architecture supporting this portal has been meticulously arranged by universal intelligence beginning on May the 1st, the Saturn series conjunction initiated the first wave of wisdom code downloads activating dormant neural pathways in your brain that connect to ancestral knowledge and future potentials simultaneously.
This conjunction serves as the foundation upon which the five five portal energies will build enabling you to access multi-dimensional awareness while remaining grounded in physical form.
By May 2nd the Venus Neptune conjunction began dissolving the density that has limited your perception of reality initiating the expansion of your third eye capacity. This conjunction synchronistic ally aligned with the Vesta opposition catalyzing the sacred feminine wisdom within your cellular structure regardless of your physical gender. These feminine codes of creation intuition and receptivity are essential for navigating the timeline shift that the 55 portal will initiate the moon Mars conjunction occurring today May 3rd is activating the spiritual warrior archetype within your energy field this cosmic alignment is retrieving soul fragments and abilities from your most empowered past incarnations particularly those in which you served as temple guardians wisdom keepers and protectors of sacred knowledge.
These aspects of your multi-dimensional self are being reintegrated now because they will be essential for maintaining energetic sovereignty during the massive shift occurring in exactly 48 hourstomorrow May 4th.
Marks the commencement of Pluto’s retrograde journey a planetary movement that will intensify the shadow integration process necessary for your quantum leap in consciousness. This retrograde initiates a 5mon period of profound transformation but its beginning synchronized with the first quarter moon creates the perfect alchemical container for the 55 portal activation.
The first quarter moon represents decision points and action accelerating the momentum of your soul’s evolution precisely when you need it most. The synchronicity of these celestial events is not coincidental but deliberately orchestrated by cosmic intelligence to prepare humanity for this moment of collective quantum expansion. The early stages of the Aquarian meteor shower beginning on May 4th will further amplify these energies as these celestial bodies carry photonic light codes that interact directly with your pineal gland and hypothalamus activating dormant strands of DNA responsible for extra sensory perception and intuitive abilities.
When the 55 portal fully opens on May 5th you will experience a triple activation unlike anything you have encountered in this lifetime. The 555 numerical vibration creates a perfect trinity of manifestation power uniting mind body and spirit in harmonic convergence. This date marks the peak of the Aquar meteor shower saturating Earth’s atmosphere with photonic particles that will upgrade your physical vessel to accommodate higher frequencies simultaneously it coincides with the first full day of Pluto retrograde creating a cosmic triangle of transformative potential that will accelerate your soul’s evolution exponentially this triple activation represents what we in the Galactic Federation recognize as an energy tsunami, a massive wave of evolutionary frequencies that will wash away outdated programs beliefs and timelines that no longer serve your highest potential.
As this wave moves through your energy field you will experience a profound shift in perception enabling you to witness reality from a higher dimensional perspective. The 55 portal is not merely changing your personal timeline it is shifting the collective trajectory of human consciousness each soul who consciously participates in this activation becomes an anchor point for these higher frequencies creating a geometric grid of awakened consciousness that supports planetary ascension.
You are not simply experiencing this shift for your own evolution you are part of a cosmic mission to elevate Earth into a higher dimensional expression. What makes the 55 portal particularly significant in the 2025 astrological landscape is its position between major cosmic events it stands as the bridge connecting the wisdom downloads of early May with the profound shadow integration of the Scorpio full moon coming on May 12th.
This sequential arrangement of celestial events creates an initiation pathway designed to systematically upgrade your consciousness and recalibrate your energy field for multi-dimensional awareness. The effects of the 55 portal will continue reverberating through your energy system for approximately 72 hours after the peak activation from May 6th through May 9th.
You will undergo an integration period during which these higher frequencies will continue restructuring your subtle bodies emotional mental spiritual and etheric. Some of you may experience what feels like an energy hangover during this period this is simply your physical vessel adjusting to the increased light quotient you are now capable of holding Saturn’s equinox .
On May 6th will further stabilize these new energetic patterns anchoring them into the collective timeline and establishing new parameters for manifestation on Earth. The Mercury Chiron conjunction occurring simultaneously will facilitate the healing of ancient wounds that have limited your expression of authentic self enabling you to step fully into your soul mission without the constraints of past trauma.
By May 7th when the 55 portal energy is still actively restructuring your reality you may notice synchronicities increasing exponentially in your daily experience these synchronicities serve as confirmation that you are aligning with your highest timeline pay particular attention to repeating numbers animal messengers and chance encounters during this period. These are cosmic signposts confirming your alignment with divine timing.
The Lid meteor shower peaking on May 8th will deliver the final wave of crown chakra activations completing the energy circuit initiated by the 55 portal this meteor shower specifically targets the upper chakras facilitating downloads of cosmic wisdom and expanded consciousness that will support your navigation of the transformed reality landscape.
Your preparation during these final 48 hours before the portal opens is absolutely crucial the energy field you cultivate now will determine which aspects of the portal activation you are able to integrate most effectively this is not a time for distraction or energetic leakage it is a time for focused intention elevated consciousness and energetic sovereignty.
First and foremost you must clear your energy field of lower vibrational attachments emotions such as fear doubt resentment and judgment create density that will impede your ability to receive the higher frequency downloads available through this portal take time to consciously release these emotions through meditation energy clearing techniques sound healing or whatever modality resonates most deeply with your unique energetic signature.
Hydration is paramount during this period of preparation water serves as a crystallin conductor for these higher frequencies by maintaining optimal hydration you ensure that your physical vessel can efficiently process and integrate the light codes being transmitted through the portal.
Add intention to your water by blessing it with specific frequencies that support your highest evolution.
Your physical environment must also be prepared for this activation clear stagnant energy from your living space through smudging sound clearing or intention setting. Create a sacred space where you can retreat during the peak of the portal activation this will serve as your personal transformation chamber amplifying the frequencies available to you during this cosmic window.
Conscious connection with the earth is essential during this preparation phase the crystalline core of your planet is being activated simultaneously with your own energy system by establishing a grounded connection with Earth’s crystalline grid.
You create a stabilizing foundation that will support your expansion into higher states of consciousness spend time in nature connect with trees mountains bodies of water or crystals that resonate with your energy field.
Your dream state will become increasingly active during these final 48 hours before the portal opens your higher self is utilizing the liinal space between waking and sleeping to process and integrate the preliminary waves of energy already moving through your field keep a dream journal beside your bed and record any symbols messages or sensations that come through during sleep.
These guidance for navigating the timeline shift that the 55 portal will initiate.
Digital detoxification is strongly advised during this preparation, phase electronic devices emit frequencies that can create interference patterns in your energy field making it more difficult to attune to the subtle cosmic frequencies being transmitted through the portal.
Minimize screen time social media engagement and exposure to artificial electromagnetic fields whenever possible during these final 48 hours.
Your nutritional choices during this preparation period will impact your ability to integrate the portal energies effectively favor foods with high vibrational frequencies fresh fruits vegetables pure water and plant-based proteins will support your physical vessel in processing the increased light quotient. . Avoid dense processed foods alcohol and stimulants that lower your vibrational resonance and create energetic static in your system sound frequencies can be powerful allies in preparing your energy field for the portal activation. Specific tones particularly those in the 528 Hz range help restructure water molecules in your body to more efficiently conduct the light codes being transmitted sulfedio frequencies crystal singing bowls and burial beats tuned to theta brain wave states will facilitate optimal neurological conditions for receiving the portal energies.
When the 55 portal reaches its peak activation on May 5th your conscious participation will amplify its effects exponentially this is not a passive experience but an active co-creation with cosmic intelligence. During the portal peak which will occur at 5:55 a.m and 5:55 p.m in your local time zone enter a meditative state and set clear intentions for the timeline you wish to inhabit moving forward these intentions act as navigational coordinates directing the quantum wave of possibility into coherent manifestation patterns that align with your highest evolution.
The sensations you may experience during the portal activation include waves of energy moving through your physical body heightened sensitivity to light and sound spontaneous emotional releases temperature fluctuations alterations in time perception increased intuitive awareness and expanded states of consciousness.
These experiences vary based on your unique energetic composition and level of spiritual development but all serve the purpose of recalibrating your system to operate at higher frequencies some of you may experience what appears to be physical symptoms during this activation, pressure in the head ringing in the ears heart palpitations digestive sensitivity or unusual sleep patterns. These are not cause for concern but rather indications that your physical vessel is adjusting to increased frequencies, your body is an electromagnetic instrument being tuned to a higher octave of expression these sensations are simply part of the recalibration process.
The 55 portal serves as a quantum bridge between what you have been and what you are becoming it represents a convergence point where parallel timelines merge creating opportunities for quantum healing across multiple dimensions of experience aspects of yourself that have been fragmented through trauma cultural conditioning or spiritual disconnection will have the opportunity to reintegrate during this portal restoring your energetic coherence and unlocking abilities that have remained dormant in your current incarnation.
Your role as a conscious participant in this cosmic event cannot be overstated each awakened soul who intentionally engages with the five five portal energies becomes a transmission point for these frequencies extending their influence throughout the collective field.
Your focused intention during this activation creates ripples of possibility that affect the entire planetary grid supporting the ascension process for all of humanity.
The Galactic Federation has positioned light ships strategically throughout your solar system to stabilize and amplify the energies being channeled through this portal while most of these craft remain invisible to conventional sight.
Those with activated pineal functions may perceive them as unusual light configurations particularly during the nighttime hours surrounding the portal peak.
These beings are not here to rescue humanity but to support your self-directed evolution by maintaining optimal energetic conditions for this massive consciousness shift as the 55 portal energy begins to stabilize between May 6th and May 8th you will notice shifts in your perception of reality, synchronicities will increase intuitive abilities will sharpen and manifestation potential will accelerate. The integration of these frequencies may initially create a sense of displacement as your consciousness adjusts to perceiving multiple dimensions simultaneously this is simply your system acclimating to an expanded perspective similar to eyes adjusting to increased light after a period of darkness.
By May 9th when energetic stabilization is largely complete you will begin to recognize the tangible effects of this timeline shift in your daily experience, opportunities aligned with your soul purpose will present themselves with increased frequency. Relationships that resonate with your elevated frequency will deepen while those based in lower vibrational patterns may naturally dissolve projects and creative endeavors aligned with your authentic expression will receive unexpected support while pursuits based in ego gratification will encounter resistance.
This period of stabilization does not represent the end point of transformation but rather the integration of the first wave of activations that will continue throughout 2025.
The 55 portal serves as the initiatory gateway for a series of consciousness expansions that will accelerate throughout the year culminating in the December solstice gateway that will mark a complete dimensional shift for the collective.
Your nervous system is being rewired through this process to perceive reality beyond the limitations of conventional three-dimensional awareness, the integration of the pineal pituitary and hypothalamus glands forming what ancient traditions called the holy trinity.
Within the brain enables you to receive and interpret frequencies beyond the conventional spectrum of human perception, this neurological restructuring is facilitating the emergence of abilities considered paranormal in previous paradigms but which represent the natural capabilities of humans operating at higher frequencies.
The DNA activations occurring through the 55 portal specifically target what scientists have dismissively called junk DNA portions of your genetic code that have remained dormant throughout known human history these dormant strands contain the blueprint for your multi-dimensional expression and are now being systematically activated through the photonic light transmitted through cosmic alignments like the 55 portal.
This is not a metaphorical description but a literal restructuring of your genetic architecture to support expanded consciousness.
The timeline split referenced in conjunction with the 55 portal represents a critical juncture in human evolution, each soul incarnate on earth during this period faces a choice consciously or unconsciously regarding which frequency bandwidth, they will inhabit moving forward. This choice is not made through intellectual declaration but through the vibrational resonance you maintain through emotion and action.
Those who choose to align with higher frequencies of compassion unity and expanded awareness will experience a very different version of reality than those who remain anchored in fear separation and limitation. This is why your conscious preparation during these final 48 hours is so crucial the energetic signature you cultivate now will determine which aspect of the bifurcating timeline you experience as your reality.
This is not about judgment or spiritual elitism but simply the natural consequence of vibrational physics like frequencies resonate and attract creating coherent fields of experience that differ based on their fundamental oscilly rate.
Throughout human history there have been pivotal moments when cosmic alignments created opportunities for evolutionary leaps in consciousness, the 55 portal of 2025 represents one such moment perhaps the most significant in recorded history due to its positioning within larger cosmic cycles and its synchronization with humanity’s technological advancement.
Your presence on Earth during this unprecedented shift is not coincidental but represents a sole agreement to participate in this collective transformation.
Your preparation now determines your experience during and after the portal activation those who approach this cosmic window with conscious awareness clear intention and aligned action.
Will maximize its transformative potential in their personal and collective experience those who remain unaware or resistant to these energetic shifts will still be affected but may experience the transformation as chaotic rather than catalytic.
The Galactic Federation observes humanity’s progress with deep respect for your free will and evolutionary process, we do not intervene to create change on your behalf but rather support the changes you initiate through your own consciousness.
The 55 portal represents a cosmic gift of accelerated evolution how you utilize this gift remains entirely your choice as you move through these final hours of preparation.
Remember that you are not merely an individual experiencing a personal transformation you are a node in a vast network of consciousness and your energetic state affects the entire field. Each thought of love peace and unity that you cultivate ripples outward supporting the collective ascension process similarly each fear judgment or separation based thought creates distortion in the field.
Your consciousness is more powerful than you have been conditioned to believe it is in fact the fundamental creative force of reality itself. The 55 portal stands before you now as an open doorway to expanded potential step through it consciously with clear intention and openhearted awareness. The reality that awaits you on the other side contains everything you have dreamed of creating peace harmony abundance connection and the full expression of your divine nature in physical form.
This is not a future possibility but an immediate potential accessible through the quantum bridge of the 55 portal what distinguishes this particular 55 portal from previous numerical alignments is its intersection with humanity’s current evolutionary threshold.
Humanity stands at an unprecedented juncture having developed technological capabilities that amplify your collective consciousness while simultaneously reaching the limitations of materialistic paradigms, this portal arrives precisely when Earth’s base frequency the Schuman resonance has accelerated to levels never before recorded.
In your modern measurements the crystallin structure within Earth’s mantle has been activating systematically since 2012 creating an electromagnetic environment perfectly calibrated to support this consciousness leap.
Your planet itself serves as a massive transmitter of these frequencies broadcasting the portal’s transformative codes to every life form within its biosphere. The ancient star seed prophecies preserved in the hall of records beneath the Sphinx specifically identified this 55 alignment as the moment when Earth’s population would reach critical mass consciousness.
The precise percentage of awakened souls necessary to tip the collective into the next density of experience. The original architects of these prophecies beings from the Syrian Pleiadean and Arcturian star systems who contributed to Earth’s initial seeding encoded this date within megalithic structures worldwide.
When you align with this portal consciously you fulfill an agreement made before your incarnation to serve as frequency anchors during this planetary initiation.
For those experiencing physical ascension symptoms beyond what was previously mentioned pay particular attention to sensations at the base of your skull where the medulla oblangata connects to the spinal column this area contains specialized neural clusters being activated to perceive quantum field fluctuations directly.
Some will experience unusual visual phenomena as your optic processing centers adapt to perceive beyond the conventional light spectrum these sensations confirm your neurological restructuring is proceeding optimally the time for hesitation has passed the moment for full embodiment of your multi-dimensional self has arrived.
The 55 portal beckons you forward into expanded consciousness and the remembrance of who you truly are not just human but cosmic not just temporary but eternal not just physical but divine.
Step forward now consciously and deliberately into the highest expression of your soul’s potential.
William Adey studied the impact of extremely low frequencies electromagnetic fields on the physiological signaling across cell membranes.
“However, much recent research has shown that imposed weak EM fields in the ELF spectrum below 100 Hz at intensities in the peri-cellular fluid many orders of magnitude weaker than the membrane potential gradient can modulate actions of hormone, antibody, neurotransmitter and cancer promoting molecules at their cell surface receptor sites.
Similar sensitivities have been observed for radiofrequency fields that are amplitude-modulated at ELF frequencies. These modulating actions of EM fields suggest highly cooperative processes in the underlying physical mechanisms (Adey, 1987).”
Adey identified three groups of intracellular enzymes that respond to signals initiated at cell membranes as a response to EM field exposure. These enzymes are: 1) membrane-bound adenylate cyclase involved in activation of protein kinases through conversion of ATP to cAMP (Luben et al., 1982; Luben and Cain, 1984); 2) cAMP-independent protein kinases that perform messenger functions; and 3) ornithine decarboxylase, essential for growth in all cells by its participation in the synthesis of polyamines necessary for DNA formation.
These responses were found o occur with or without concurrent interactions with humoral stimuli and all were calcium-dependent (Adey, 1987). Selective imposition of EM fields at radio and microwave frequencies is recognized as a unique tool in understanding aspects of molecular biology of normal and abnormal growth (Frolich, 1978; Grundler et al., 1977) , ell-mediated immune responses (Szmigielski et al., 1975), and in intrinsic processes of communication between brain cells (Adey, 1975).
Enzymes: The EM communication of various parts of the human body are now beginning to be explored. Berbari et al. found the primary cilium to be a complex signaling center as well stating that fluid movement through the tubules and mechano-sensory activities of the cilium may have an important impact on cellular responses. In addition to responses induced by fluid shear stress, cilia have important functions in pressure, touch and vibration sensation (Berbari et al., 2009).
In addition to receiving vibrational information, the cilium may also transmit information about the state of order or disorder within the cell.
Cilium.jpg In his book, The Biology of Belief, Dr. Bruce Lipton describes this process but extends the cellular activation to respond also to light and sound EM fields:
There is a large number of people/specialist and scientist now involved:
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
Humanity
Why do we persist in holding onto the notion that our ancestors in the ancient past were childlike dolts in bear skins, loincloths or togas, despite evidence to the contrary from all over the Earth?
Our genes / manipulation:
The first and main important discovery of the genome project was that our genes were manipulated and our capacity and knowledge reduced and embedded with our DNA at least 20 parts now being contributed to aliens.
Our genome bears the scars of heavy genetic engineering. The genetic code which is identical in all animals, plants, and bacteria within the visible world and has ever been studied. Almost all but not all having this practical and easily programmable structure. The story about the = invisible word and spiritual incarnation in physical objects however differs.
The Human evolution underwent jumps so sudden as to be anomalous. In Sumerian myths speak they speak of the Anunnaki (Aliens)who created humans for slave labour, while in the Book of Genesis the same Elohim said, Let= us make man in our image.
The Annunaki or pyramid civilization re presenting different civilization being in charge on earth and I use to call or known under the old empire. There are the Eden experiment and the connection between the pyramid civilization and the Orion star system.
To modern science the problem around un-explained findings within the human solved by calling it Junk DNA but others claim that these, in fact, the so-called Junk DNA contains the dormant genetics that separates us from being literal gods and goddesses.
In a long article published by Sitchin, he warns about the shortcut taken by some scientist in the genome research and trying to please the establishment/rulers.
Only 20 of the total of the 64 codons (genetic codes) in our DNA are turned on. Hypothetically, if we can figure out how to turn on the latent codons in our DNA, we could do anything, from healing Mother Earth, herself, stop the poisoning of our water, air, and food supplies.
We humans living now are in fact genetically degraded into a slave race to service the Pyramid civilization. Earth became a prison planet. Our gathered and collected knowledge of life’s erased and replaced, the main reason why we have no recollection of our past lives. The reprogrammed part located inside our small brain and part of our very large subconscious.
Fortunately, we now do know now enough about reprogramming of the brain using sound frequencies to amendment that. Able to make changes to it called neuroplastic programming using sound frequencies. As to expected; due to the current fluidity of our environment and changes the old programming is failing an resulting in all kinds of unwanted and inadequate responses. We have to change if we want to survive as a race. Also, we have now achieved something imaginable. I will take you back to the interview with Airl by Matilda.
Will try to explain later but not here and now but separate from this article because it is complex and take some space. Important to talk about the structure of our brain and the old program present and changes needed to enter our new and changed world.
In addition, there has been Interbreeding; through interbreeding, genes = can be exchanged and entered our gene pool or vice versa and done. Therefore some human individuals and bloodlines would have more of their DNA than others, and their alien DNA would likely show under analysis to be basically human. Being used now for a long time on earth and special for domesticated animals and plants.
From what we where told by the whistleblowers in Dulce is that humans, there are now involved in crossbreeding there and in addition some genetic re-arrangements of DNA and genes but also that the Aliens present there has shown not much interest in this aspect but more concern with the reproduction of there own species what seems to be difficult and complicated. As well documented in the Ilat litum plates and equal importance is cross-breeding. As a result of these activities, there are now five different types of advanced= and survive on earth if we leave out the dolphin and whales.
They do have a soul structure and individualized spirits can like humans incarnate. Much older than humanity because surviving in water less risky. The main difference is that we humans are tool makes/users
The dolphins and whales are majestic being, aware of us, and enjoying our company as much as we were enjoying there. A mammal with a brain bigger than ours and complex migration songs that change every year. It is an intelligence that predates our own evolution as intelligent primates by millions of years. If you look at pictures of the Annunaki and some other Aliens in Dulce there brain size is between 1.5 and 2.5 larger than ours.
Evolution has molded our human projection of intelligence. We, Humans, evolved as tool-makers, obsessed with danger and group aggression. This makes it very difficult for us to comprehend intelligent non-manipulative beings and worse an absence of fear of external dangers.
The very roots of colonial indoctrination not only conclude that humans are superior to all other life forms, but it also considers some humans as superior to others. Social Darwinism, a myth, was an effort to use science to validate the behavior of employing superior weaponry to oppress other humans us and legitimize it.
Currently, parts of the bottom of the Oceans is taken over by other alien mining there but not published.
They do see us as not intelligent because we do not have a hive brain structure, internal connections and using telepathic communication. The will kill if we enter there territory and it is now shielded off by the military and a no-go zone. Nobody talking about and they see us humans like a farmer his cow, or pig or we a wale. The rightful owners of planet earth an in many ways the western explorers looked at the West and Australia.
The main problem we face is the adversity to change by inventions a= nd discoveries who might change our worldview/by the elite/rulers of planet= earth.
Beyond science
When we keep an open mind when examining mysteries, then we are more likely to come up with new theories, ways of thinking, and lines of research and unlike anything was seen in the past. Not easy to break free of societal norms that limit our understanding of the world. Just ask Nicolaus Copernicus, a.k.a. the first guy who said the earth revolved around the sun and what did happen to him. We shouldn’t allow for popular notions nor government funding to deter future researchers and scientists from questioning everything and push humanity to higher realms of wisdom and understanding about the world and the universe we are obviously a part of.
It was Airl the alien who pointed out to Matilda that the Dolphins and whales are an integral part of the human incarnation cycle. I personally feel a very strong connection with water and the sea as most of us do. Reading Matilda scrip it took men not long to discover was this longing came from. My spiritual part must have incarnated into a whale or dolphin in the past .
The humble notion that humans may not possess the highest form of intelligence on the planet. In fact, it is fascinating to reflect on mammals like the Dolphins who have been on the planet a whole lot longer than us who also have larger brains than we. We, humans, pride ourselves on technology, on creating tools, gadgets, and machines. Of course, it is easy to consider that intelligence is based on technology.
Forget that there is the idea of emotional intelligence which acknowledges a form of intelligence which is internal, can not be easily measured empirically but plays a major role in the success of an individual.
Intuition, compassion, empathy are usually considered feelings, but these are skills, non-physical tools that we can use to ascend the social ladder. Meditation could also b e considered a non-physical tool that changes our biology, reduces stress and opens the mind. We may be at the very beginning of understanding that tools do not need to be physical or easily measurable by traditional science in order to be valuable.
We currently are only willing to accept the idea of intelligence in a life-form if the intelligence displayed is on the same evolutionary wavelength as our own. The technology automatically indicates intelligence. An absence of technology translates into an absence of intelligence. Dolphins and whales do not display intelligence in a fashion recognizable t= o this conditioned perception of what intelligence is, and thus, for the most part, we are blind to a broader definition of what intelligence can be. Humans evolved as tool-makers, obsessed with danger and group aggression. This makes it very difficult for us to comprehend intelligent non-manipulative beings worse an absence of fear of external dangers.
Most Aliens living on earth who do have a very low reproduction rate, reduced or limited digestive system, and walking on the earth surface would not be without risks. Some of them with a life expectancy of up to 24000 years. Ea the main architect of the humans as such might still be around= and there are claims about telepathic contacts in this regards.
Best illustrated in the Kings list as found and documented in Sumer.
The problems the Annunaki have in terms of reproduction are well documented in the Ilat litum plates.
Based on what is left on clay tablets and in the Ilat tablets shows that these Aliens or Annunaki where no gods nor the Creator Source. Enki is the one who according to the translations of the found clay tablets in Sumer responsible for limiting our DNA, his creation and demanding us to worship him for that. However, he did fall in love with his creation and added some of his own DNA/genes.
Enough knowledge and skills to make changes but not enough to create new.
Our DNA was cut down to two strings instead of the twelve we once had. Done to create and fix our slave status genetically. A downgrade, when they did come aware of it there where two well-documented attempts recorded in Sumer to eliminate the new human race (Sitchin) and did fail due to the very high and exceptional reproduction rate in humans. The universe is just like our earth overpopulated and the reproduction of the more advanced civilization-threatening the entire ecosystem. With the pending flood, they did assume that it would solve that problem but did not either. As Airl did state in the interview with Matilda there are none of the original creators left in this part of the universe able to create new life forms.
However, they did cut our DNA but all parts were left inside our cells and can be fused again. In addition, Our gathered and collected knowledge during our life erased in the in-between life and have to start all over again after incarnation.
Genetically degraded into a slave race to service there purposes on Earth. Earth became a prison planet. Our gathered and collected knowledge between life’s erased to make sure we would not nor could find out where we came from and skills. When some do we call them geniuses.
According to Airl the Alien captured at Roswell in 1947 and interviewed by Matilda.
The Domain Expeditionary Force first entered into the Milky Way galaxy very recently only about 10,000 years ago. Their first action was to conquer the home planets of the Old Empire These planet’s are located in the stars systems in the tail of the Big Dipper constellation.
About 1,500 years later The Domain began with the installation of bases for their own forces along the path of invasion which leads toward the center of this galaxy and beyond. About 8,200 years ago The Domain forces did s= et up a base on Earth in the Himalaya Mountains near the border of now Pakistan and Afghanistan and about 3,000 members in size.
Located Inside the top of a mountain after mountain which was hollowed out and big enough to house the ships and personnel of that force. An electronic illusion of the mountaintop was then created by projecting the image of the mountain against a force screen The ships would and could then enter and exit through this force screen unseen.
However shortly after they settled there the base was surprised and over= run during an attack from the remnant of the military forces of the =E2=80= =9COld Empire=E2=80=9D. Unbeknownst to The Domain, in a hidden, underground= base located on Mars and had existed there for a very long time. The Domain base was completely wiped out by this military attack from the Mars base = and all the spirits of The Domain Expeditionary Force captured.
You can imagine that The Domain was very upset about losing such a large= force of officers and crew, so other were sent other crews to Earth to look and search for them. Those crews were also attacked.
A clay tablet from Sumer showing an underwater search and rescue team looking for incarnated souls or spirits in whales and dolphins.
The captured life forms from The Domain Forces were handled in the same fashion as all others had previously sent to Earth. They were each given amnesia, had their memories replaced with false pictures and hypnotic commands and sent to Earth to inhabit biological bodies. They are still a part of the human population today. After a very persistent and extensive investigation into the loss of their crews, The Domain discovered that Old Empire has been operating a very extensive, and very carefully hidden, the base of operations in this part of the galaxy for millions of years. No one knows exactly how long. There was a running battle between the Old Empire and The Domain until about 1235 AD when The Domain forces finally destroyed the last of the spacecraft of the Old Empire force. The Domain Expeditionary Force lost many of its own ships during that battle. Then by accident about 1,000 years later this Old Empire base was discovered in the spring of 1914 AD. An officer of The Domain= Expeditionary Force who was stationed in the asteroid belt was sent to Earth on a routine mission to gather reconnaissance.
He took over the body from a human for this purpose and as a disguise. The officer, having greater power than the being inhabiting the body of the Archduke, simply shed the being out and took over.
However, this officer did not realize how much the Hapsburgs were hated by feuding factions in the country, so he was caught off guard when the bod y of the Archduke was assassinated by a Bosnian student. Suddenly knocked out of the body when it was shot. Disoriented, his spirit inadvertently penetrated one of the amnesia force screens and was captured.
He managed to escape from Mars and the Domain forces discovered that a wide area of space is monitored by an electronic force field which controls all of the life forces or spirits at this end of the galaxy, including Earth. The electronic force screen is designed to detect and prevent them from leaving the area. If any spirit attempts to penetrate the force screen, it captures them in a kind of electronic net.
After that, the captured spirit or soul is subjected to a very severe brainwashing treatment which erases the memory of the spirit or lifeforce. This process us a tremendous electrical shock, just like Earth psychiatrists use electric shock therapy to erase the memory and personality of a patient and to make them more cooperative. On Earth, this therapy uses only a few hundred volts of electricity. However, the electrical voltage used by the Old Empire operation against spirits is on the order of magnitude of billions of volts! This tremendous shock completely wipes out all the memory of the spirit or lifeforce. The memory erasure is not just for one life or one body. It wipes out the all of the accumulated experiences of a nearly infinite past, as well as the identity of the soul!
The shock is intended to make it impossible for the spirit or soul to remember who they are, where they came from, their knowledge or skills, their memory of the past, and ability to function as a spiritual entity. They are overwhelmed into becoming a mindless, robotic nonentity. To be abused or enslaved. In addition, what The Domain learned from the experience of this officer is that the Old Empire has been using Earth as a prison planet for a very long time exactly how long is unknown.
The bureaucracy in control of the former Old Empire was from an ancient space opera society, run by a totalitarian confederation of planetary governments, regulated by a brutal social, economic, and political hierarchy, with a royal monarch as its figurehead.
You asked me earlier why The Domain and other space civilizations do not= land on Earth or make their presence known. Land on Earth? Do you think we= are crazy or want to be crazy? It takes a very brave spirit to go down through the atmosphere and land on Earth. A prison planet, with a very uncontrolled, psychotic population. And even now no spirit is entirely proof against the risk of entrapment, as with the members of The Domain Expeditionary = Force who were captured in the Himalayas 8,200 years ago.
No one knows what humans on Earth are going to do. We the domain are not scheduled to invest resources of The Domain needed to take total control of all the space surrounding the area at this time. This will occur in the not-to-distant future about 5,000 Earth years. During this time we do not prevent transports from other planetary systems or galaxies from continuing to drop unwanted spirits into the amnesia force screen area near earth.
Eventually, this will change. If The Domain would send ships to every corner of the universe in search of so-called Hell, their quest could end on Earth. What can be a greater brutality be inflicted on anyone than to erase the spiritual awareness, identity, ability, and memory that is the essence of oneself?
The Domain has, as yet, been unable to rescue the 3,000 IS-BEs of the Expeditionary Force Battalion either. They are forced to inhabit biological bodies on Earth. We have been able to recognize and track most of them for the past 8,000 years. However, our attempts to communicate with them are usually futile, as they are unable to remember they true identity.
The members of the lost Battalion and many other spirits on Earth could be valuable citizens of The Domain, however not those who are vicious criminals or perverts and there are many too. Unfortunately, there has been no workable method conceived yet to emancipate the spirits or humans now living on Earth.
Therefore, as a matter of common logic, as well and also as the official policy of The Domain, it is safer and more sensible to avoid contact with the life forces or population present on Earth until such time as the proper resources can be allocated to locate and destroy the Old Empire force screen and amnesia machinery and develop a therapy to restore the memory of a spirit. Spirit and body are almost the same but the body ceases to operate when the spirit leaves. At a later stage after being captured again to be forced to incarnate as part of the new programming.
The only person who was ever able to recover his full memory on earth according to Airl was Buddha.
Here is the good news, the number of people who are able to restore part than well there full memory is rapidly increasing. Also using new techniques and sound frequencies to change and undo many of the pre-programmed restrictions placed in our small brain and make-up of what we call sub-consciousness.
Resulting in a big improvement of the quality of life and badly needed because of the changes now taking place on earth and in its= surroundings. We are going to do it an manage without the external involvement and without the help of the domain forces as such. After all not that difficult because there is already a natural recovery system inside everybody which has has been overlooked. Realizing that we have been betrayed, sold, lied too, the way we are being treated and why is enough. Keep yourself up to date, think about, wonder and the process is under way. A new time, a new beginning, a big adventure.
I am old now, worked very hard, made long hours but it was never enough, got only a few compliments in a year.
Now writing the blogs under Matilda supervision and got 1247 you mails in two years. Encouraging me , compliments, thank you, love you. Most of the people who did bother to write are already on the road to partial memory recovery. It will empower them. Nothing more I can do, being a signpost but a very happy one. Also happy to be there at this new beginning, a new and better world. There are now others, better ones and the process started will pick-up speed.
Also mentioned on the Ilat litum plates where it say’s that the humans will be set free finally and allowed go there own way.
Reading the Ilat litum plates with off the Annunaki history on it own makes grim reading and no one knows why it was left there in the first place, at our last frontier on earth being Antarctica other than speculation. At least we are now able to read about the Annunaki 500000 year of history on earth. They went to great length in hiding there communication with the ones left behind using scalar waves. We know and can produce them and know as potential or standing type waves. Our brain also produces these type of waves but go normally undetected.
Druid/Water
Water and Ice play an important role within our physical universe and seen as the important building blocks of life.
As channeled by Robert Shapiro, some eighteen separate and consecutive = civilizations have been living on Earth. We as humans have undergone and be= summit=E2=80=99s to countless interactions with extraterrestrials and as a= result subsequent genetic modifications and by now probably the dumbest
civilization that did ever walk on the surface of planet earth.
Inserting alien DNA as a third party contributor
It is not general knowledge nor talked about a lot is that through genetic manipulation, it is possible to insert alien DNA as a third party contributor to a developing human fetus, so that the child resembles both human parents while also being somewhat hybridized. Whether artificially hybridized, naturally conceived between human and alien, or fully alien, such a child born and raised in a human family will mostly pass for human, except they will be of a caliber beyond their peers. The greatest heroes of myth and ancient history were popularly viewed as cross-breeds between gods and men. Mythology.
They did and walk among us pretending to be human. Some are integrated into society and hold strategic positions, whether to influence or simply observe.
They are genetically compatible with us, and some of their females have engaged human males for sexual encounters and even long-term relationships.
Bloodlines/mixing genes on earth:
Pure Anunnaki
Pure Reptoid
Pure Anunnaki + Reptoid (MAGDI bloodline also known as the Frankish),
Also, we think of ourselves as an advanced civilization of earth and belong here. No advanced civilization could develop her due to it violent character. Because evolution as being claimed is a very slow process, the human form would need at least 100 million years to develop and due to the violent nature of planet earth impossible. There have been many advanced cultures once living here and one most membered is Atlantis. It is not clear why the attempt to keep searching for the missing link between humans and Ape? Suggesting that we were the only advanced civilization within the entire universe. Denying the existence of UFO and Aliens her on earth and even clones. Crucifying’s any opposition/statements in that respect. The search for life proclaimed to be an accident and still ongoing. Currently, the counter for humans stands at 6 million years. How about the last 40,000 years, humans appeared to undergo what we might call a transition to modern behavior. Not only continental plates rising or sinking, giant waves consisting of water washing cleaning the Earth surface and only safe hideout is deep in the earth or leaving for space as the Annunaki did.
With our DNA reduced from twelve too two strands. We are a shadow of our former selves. Genetically reduced to a slave race for eternity. Easy to manipulate and control, respect for authority, copycats and limited in understanding, logic, and consciousness.
The pyramid left for us to keep us wondering and mislead. You can find then anywhere on the planet not just Egypt. On the top of mountains, deep underwater, Antarctica, Greenland just name it, On Mars and the lasted discovered on Seres in 2015. A mini planet within the asteroid Belt. Not the grave of a king but other purposes including generating of energy/electricity.
A fake culture, a fake and aggressive civilization. The signature left behind civilization being the Orion constellation taking into account the location of the stars during the construction at Giza.
The Annunaki were forced to leave Earth in a hurry prior due to the arrival of the big flood ( deluge) and change in the projection of the planets around our sun. The Left behind there documented the history and future projection in the Ilat tablets found by the Germans in 1939 in Antarctica. After they left and did abandon Earth others here did grab power and made sure that we would not be free nor aware of what was going on and our past. Have done everything possible in a systematic and cruel and mean way to keep us the real humans in the dark including fake science. Everything in the universe is energy and we are burning oil and coal. Do you really believe that these super flying disk D stop at night to load, turf, or gas or petrol and go about unseen?
Animals: You have to listen With the Heart to Those Who Cannot Speak. In the case of most animals a conversation possible using ones emotional intelligence and empathy the language that many animals do understand.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
LIBERALISM LOST, NEAR DEATH.
CATEGORIES –
I don’t despair, because I’ve lived long enough (at 50) to have seen panics come and go – the Millennium Bug, or Dangerous Dogs chewing toddlers in every town, or AIDS, or Swine Flu, or CJ Disease in every burger we ate, or Foot and Mouth, or IRA bombs, or Islamic terrorism!
The truth is both good and bad. We have a tendency to panic. We tend to see the world deteriorating as a function of getting older. Yet we survive, usually longer and healthier than previous generations.
When people are frightened, they can be easily controlled. Credit: Piero Cruciatti/AFP via Getty
Paul Kingsnorth is a novelist and essayist.
Perhaps it’s my age, or perhaps it’s just blind prejudice, but when I wake to the news that the Austrian government has interned an entire third of its national population as a danger to public health, a chill runs down my spine.
I look at the news photos of armed, masked, black-clad police stopping people in the streets to ask for their digital papers, and I read stories of others arrested for leaving their own house more than the permitted once a day, and I hear Austrian politicians intoning that those who refuse to accede to the injection are to be shunned and scapegoated until they acquiesce.
Then I watch interviews with “ordinary people”, and they say that the “unvaxxed” had it coming. Some of them say that they should all be jailed, these enemies of the people. At best, the “anti-vaxxers” are paranoid and misinformed. At worst they are malicious, and should be punished.
Then I look across the border at Germany. I see that in Germany, politicians are also considering interning the “vaccine hesitant”, and are also discussing enforcing vaccination upon every citizen. By the end of the winter, says Germany’s refreshingly honest health minister, Germans will be “vaccinated, cured or dead”. There is apparently no fourth option.
They have been busy in Germany. Recently they put up fences in the streets in Hamburg, to separate the Bad Unvaxxed from the Good Vaxxed at the Christmas markets. Outdoors. Perhaps they will also provide the Good people with rocks to throw across those fences. The mood certainly seems ripe. A cartoon recently published in the mainstream, high-circulation newspaper Frankfürter Allgemeine Zeitung featured a man sitting on his sofa playing a first-person shooter game in which the targets were unvaccinated people. The caption described it as “a big hit under the Christmas tree.”
Not that Germans or Austrians have any monopoly on the current march towards authoritarianism in the name of public health. It is entirely globalised. The opinion recently expressed by Pulitzer Prize-winning American art critic Jerry Saltz to his half a million Twitter followers was typical of a new form of class hatred that is somehow acceptable in the age of cancellations and hyper-sensitivity. “My latest Covid thought is ‘Let her rip:’”, he wrote. “Meaning, we who are lucky enough to be triple & double vaxxed are pretty protected. Let the rest die. I know they pose a danger to us all. But we are more than 97% protected from them. If they want to die, I say let them die. Freedom.”
Across Europe and the wider world, the picture is the same. Internment. Mandatory medication. Segregation of whole sections of society. Mass sackings. A drumbeat media consensus. The systematic censoring of dissent. The deliberate creation of a climate of fear and suspicion. The deepening demonization of the “unvaxxed”. Something terrible is rising around us, and we are only just waking up to it.
I am watching all this from Ireland, the country which has the highest adult vaccination rate in Western Europe, at over 94% of the population. Here, cases are accelerating so fast that we were all told recently to work from home, and another lockdown is widely feared. New restrictions for children, who are least at risk from Covid, are being proposed, and a midnight curfew has recently been imposed on pubs and nightclubs. This is odd, as only vaccinated people have been allowed into them since the summer, with the scan of a smartphone-enabled QR code being the only way to access much of society.
In an honest society, all of this would have been subject to robust public debate. We would have seen scientists of all opinions openly debating on TV and radio and in the press; views of all kinds aired on social media without fear of censorship; journalists properly investigating reports of both vaccine successes and vaccine dangers; serious explorations of alternative treatments; public debates about the balance between civil liberties and public health, and what “public health” even means.
But we have not seen this and we will not see it, for debate, like dissent, is out of fashion. The media here has not asked a critical question of anyone in authority for at least 18 months. Google’s algorithms are busy burying inconvenient data, while the social media channels from which most people receive their worldview are removing or suppressing critical opinions, even if they come from virologistsor editors of the British Medical Journal.
What could possibly justify this? One answer might be: the combination of a terrible pandemic which killed or maimed large percentages of those it infected, and the existence of a safe and reliable medicine which was proven to prevent its spread. This, of course, is what we are said to be living through. This is the Narrative.
But it is clear enough by now that the Narrative is not true. Covid-19 is certainly a nasty illness which should be taken seriously, especially by those who are especially vulnerable to it. For the elderly and infirm especially, it can be a serious risk. But it is not dangerous enough — if anything could be — to justify the frightening atmosphere which is rising across the world. The authoritarian response to the virus has become the go-to solution for governments everywhere, and the climate of fear in society as a whole has often meant enthusiastic support for such a response. As the vaccines fail to end the pandemic, new variants continue to arise and every promise of “unlocking” ends with the re-imposition of restrictions, so the calls grow for more clampdowns, more segregation, more isolation and internment. With each call, a new roughness comes over the culture.
This roughness is what leads to the persecution, abuse and scapegoating of anyone foolish enough to stick their head above the parapet and question the Narrative, and that in turn leads to more people walking away from those who promote it. The solidarity of the pandemic’s early days already feels like a century ago. Day by day, the combination of breakdown and clampdown eats like acid through the social fabric of a society already riven by a “culture war” that seeks enemies first and understanding very much later.
All of this has descended like a flock of birds on one single technology — “the vaccine” — on which all hopes and fears converge. But the divisions that have opened up in society about the Covid vaccines are not really about the vaccines at all: they are about what they symbolize. What it means to be “vaxxed” or “unvaxxed”, safe or dangerous, clean or dirty, sensible or irresponsible, compliant or independent: these are questions about what it means to be a good member of society, and what society even is, and they are detonating like depth charges beneath the surface of the culture.
In his fascinating Substack newsletter The Stoa, academic Peter Limberg proposes an analysis of the ongoing Covid wars. He identifies two positions on the virus and the reaction to it. Both are generalizations — plenty of people will cleave fully to neither — but broadly speaking, which you identify with will inform your view of who the Other is.
Limberg describes the first position — the Thesis — like this:
Lockdowns are needed to contain the virus, masks work and need to be mandated, vaccines are safe, people should take the vaccine to protect themselves and others, and vaccine passports will help open things up quicker and encourage those who are hesitant to get vaccinated.
The Thesis is the establishment position. It is held, in Limberg’s words, by “legacy media … NGOs, Universities, Western governments, and memetic tribes on the political Left.” In contrast, the opposing view — the Antithesis — is held by a ragtag of political dissidents of all stripes, from right-wingers to anarchists, motivated to cluster for different reasons around an alternative story:
Lockdowns are not needed, masks do not work, the safety and efficacy of the vaccines are being oversold, vaccine passports will not only fail but further segregate society, and in the near future we can expect Giradian scapegoating of the unvaccinated. In other words, we are positioned on the precipice of a slippery slope that leads towards increasingly draconian biopolitical control measures, the grip of which is unlikely to release even once the pandemic is over.
What we see around us now, as the Thesis visibly fails, is more and more people looking around for explanations and landing on versions of the Antithesis. As that happens, more of those who support the Thesis feel threatened and angry. The people questioning the Thesis, to them, are not thinking human beings wondering what is going on and not getting satisfactory answers. They are “conspiracy theorists” and “anti-vaxxers” and “far-Right actors”, whose views will lead to mass death.
In response to this intolerance, the more extreme elements of the Antithesis position dig in deeper, offering up intolerance of their own, condemning the “sheeple” who still cleave to the Narrative, and proposing alternative stories which range from convincing right up to frightening. Some of the worst home straight in on old enemies: ‘the Jews’, as ever, are a popular target. This in turn allows proponents of the Thesis to conveniently represent any opposition to their line as dangerous and worthy of censorship. Fear and suspicion reign. Neither tribe is talking to the other, and each assumes the worst of their opponents.
Take these two positions, electrify them, pour them through the sieve of misery that is “social” media, and you have the current vaccine wars. The rage that swirls around the attitude to the Covid jab is a substitute for something else. Underneath the arguments about whether or not to take a vaccine glides something older, deeper, slower: something with all the time in the world. Some great spirit whose work is to use these fractured times to reveal to us all what we need to see: things hidden since the foundation of the modern world.
Covid is a revelation. It has lain bare splits in the social fabric that were always there but could be ignored in better times. It has revealed the compliance of the mainstream media, and the power of Silicon Valley to curate and control the public conversation. It has confirmed the sly dishonesty of political leaders, and their ultimate obeisance to corporate power. It has shown how ideology, on all sides, can mask itself with the pretend neutrality of “science”.
Most of all, it has revealed the authoritarian streak that lies beneath so many people, and which always emerges in fearful times. In the last month alone, I have watched media commentators calling for censorship of their political opponents, philosophy professors justifying mass internment, and human rights lobby groups remaining silent about “vaccine passports”. I have watched much of the political Left transition openly into the authoritarian movement it probably always was, and countless “liberals” campaigning against liberty. As freedom after freedom has been taken away, I have watched intellectual after intellectual justify it all.
I have learnt more about human nature in the past two years than in my preceding 47. I have learnt some things about myself too, and I don’t especially like them either. I have noticed my ongoing temptation to become a partisan: to judge and condemn those on the other side of the question, to find a tribe I can join. I have noticed my tendency to seek out only sources of information which confirm my beliefs.
Most of all, though, what the Covid apocalypse has revealed to me is that when people are frightened, they can be very easily controlled.
Of all the stories we are watching play out right now, this is the biggest one: the manipulation of public fear to impose unprecedented levels of control on populations. The ongoing nature of the Covid threat — the endless boosters, the endless variants — means there is no end in sight to this “new normal”. Like the War on Terror before it, the control and monitoring of citizens in the name of “public health”, the segregation of the virtuous vaxxed (or, any day now, boosted) from the antisocial unvaxxed, the internet-wide censorship of whatever Silicon Valley labels “disinformation”, and the widespread obedience of the once-mainstream press to an agreed story towards which they clumsily try to nudge their readers — none of this has any sell-by date.
This is the story of the times. Across the world we are seeing an unprecedented claim to control staked by the forces of the state, in alliance with the forces of corporate capital, over your life and mine. All of it converges on the revealed symbol of our age: the smartphone-enabled QR code that has, with frightening speed and in near-silence, become the new passport to a full human life. As ever, our tools have turned on us.
The Covid vaccines, whatever their other virtues, have not prevented transmission of the virus, as governments have now publicly acknowledged. If they had, we would not be where we are. For this reason alone, there can be no justification for systems as divisive and anti-democratic as vaccine passports or lockdowns of the unvaccinated. If we were operating, as we pretend to be, from the ground of reason — if we really were “following the science” — then we would be dismantling these systems at this point. Instead we are moving deeper into them.
We are being herded into a future in which scanning a code to prove you are a safe and obedient member of society may become a permanent feature of life, as unquestioned as credit cards and driver’s licenses. We are moving towards enforced mandatory vaccination of entire populations — including children — with potential prison sentences for those who refuse.
The Thesis, if left unchecked, leads straight to tyranny. But the danger of cleaving entirely to the Antithesis is a potential descent into paranoia. Both positions thrive on fear of the filthy Other, who must be destroyed with a barrage of claim and counter-claim, backed up by links to studies about ivermectin or vaccine side-effects.
Limberg puts his hope in the possibility of forging a Synthesis of the two positions. But in order to get there, he says, both sides must discover and inhabit the fears of the other: something which looks less likely by the day. As someone who began this pandemic journey cautiously cleaving to the Thesis, but who has tipped towards Antithesis as the Narrative has unspooled and the dishonesty of its proponents has become clear, I can explain my own fears easily enough.
In a short but momentous two years, we in the West, who have spent decades, if not centuries, lecturing the rest of the world about “freedom”, and sometimes trying to bomb them into accepting it, have abandoned ours without so much as a murmur, and begun enthusiastically scapegoating those who question this path. We who invented this thing called “liberalism” are now burying it, and building on the bare soil some technocratic state-corporate hybrid; a China-style social credit society, centralized, monitored, powered by algorithms, emphatically unnatural and unfree.
We are in a revolutionary moment. Societies are being transformed, with no public discussion and no consent, into a version of a Silicon Valley nerd’s wet dreams. Unless we can reach some form of synthesis soon — unless the sheeple can address the fears of the covidiots, and vice versa — then we risk being blinded to where the real power lies, and what is being constructed around us as we bicker and insult and pontificate.
Covid has been both revelation and accelerant. Now the direction of travel is increasingly clear. Unless we actively refuse it, our future looks like a QR code flickering across a human face forever.
JOIN THE DISCUSSION
Fred Bloggs
Great writing.Warren T
Societies are being transformed, with no public discussion and no consent, into a version of a Silicon Valley nerd’s wet dreams.
Please watch “The Social Dilemma” to better understand why the polarization is happening. Each side of the debate is being given two different set of “facts” depending on who they are. All in the name of advertising revenue. It’s disgusting.Dan Gleeballs
I don’t despair, because I’ve lived long enough (at 50) to have seen panics come and go – the Millennium Bug, or Dangerous Dogs chewing toddlers in every town, or AIDS, or Swine Flu, or CJ Disease in every burger we ate, or Foot and Mouth, or IRA bombs, or Islamic terrorism!
The truth is both good and bad. We have a tendency to panic. We tend to see the world deteriorating as a function of getting older. Yet we survive, usually longer and healthier than previous generations.
Yes, I could have died in the Hyde Park IRA bomb. I heard it, after all. But I didn’t.
Exercise and try not to eat too much. Find a good woman who doesn’t mind being a bad one on special occasions, like Tuesdays.
Don’t worry so much. It isn’t the end of the world, it really isn’t. The past was usually terrible for 99% of all people everywhere. Today is better.
Leslie Cook
And notably, Canada’s leader has been on the record many times with “population concerns”, as have the rest of the WEF cadre. It has gotten to the point that conspiracy theories that I never wanted to be true, often have more truth than official narrative. Bobby Kennedy’s point about CIA involvement in pandemic practice prior to 2020 is chilling. I refer also to his comment that the CIA is in the psyop and coup d’etat business. So, why now the “public health” business? My suspicions are the climate doom narrative has had a deep effect on the leadership class and led to consensus on drastic action to address population growth. What better way to force an unpopular medical procedure with an all cause higher mortality rate (data show this in every country with high vaccine uptake) on a skeptical population than by invoking fear of death? What the virus doesn’t cull, the vaccine is likely to. It’s a win win for depopulation as long as the information police keep treatment and natural immunity truth from the masses, not to mention the vaccine’s documented effects on fertility (noted in Pfizer trial data at the outset). The CIA also studies social compliance. It seems we predictably comply at around 67% if enough moral pressure is applied. That moral pressure has been overwhelming and defied objective science over and over. The 33% have had it rough but not more than the fear driven mob persecuting them. I would ask, rather beg, the leadership class to have faith in science, truth, and shared solutions to our societal problems including climate concerns. Honesty builds trust. Covert operations succeed in the short run but eventually the sheep realize there are wolves at the end of the box canyon.
Elaine Giedrys-Leeper
Yes. Practicalities. “I am watching all this from Ireland … Here, cases are accelerating so fast that we were all told recently to work from home … ” Well I imagine the Irish health authorities are a bit worried since as of 10th November they had 288 staffed and operational ICU beds. 279 were occupied (97%) which is generally deemed to be an unsafe number – little or no surge capacity. 119 of the 279 were occupied by Covid patients, likely to stay in these beds longer than other patients and their case numbers were still rising with a 10 – 14 day lag between a case being diagnosed and admission to an ICU bed. Ireland has 5 ICU beds / 100,000 population compared with 7 / 100,000 in the UK and 28 / 100,000 in Germany. I hope they have generally agreed critical care guidelines in Ireland for end of life care if and when they have to triage for these beds. These are the messy realities of dealing with a nasty disease using a pared down health care system which can not be fixed overnight.
Art
Mr Saltz has clearly swallowed ‘the Narrative’ hook line and sinker. His smug “We who are protected” and contemptuous “let them die” betrays the certainty of his position. But to be fair, he has a point. Because if the vaccines are so good and the virus is so terrible then it follows that (a) all vaccinated folks are safe .. and .. (b) those who remain unvaccinated will all die soon! Q.E.D. However, option (b) is surely a personal choice, so why should there be any fuss and bother at all?
Except … what if the unvaccinated did NOT die soon? Or worse still, what if the vaccinated started displaying unpleasant side effects? Such an outcome would mean that “we the protected” were wrong all along! Duped, dummied, fooled, played and milked to boot by Big Pharma! And we swallowed it all because we are cowards, morons or both. An ego subscribing to intelligence and “the science” simply could not tolerate such ridicule. This explains the increasing hysteria and vicious smears directed toward vaccine-hesitant people by the media, government and public intellectuals.
Mr Saltz is small fish in this pond. But the fact that a mildly popular art critic feels the need to comment in the way he did tells us a lot about where we are: he is not only signaling his affiliations and confirming his contempt for the damned, but also fervently trying to heap ridicule on them in the hope that is does not descend upon himself first.
Lesley van Reenen
Weighing up benefits vs risks and considering my travelling years left, I took the vaccine because of the vaccine passport. I remain vaccine hesitant. The way the world is going the vaccine passport has proved worthless so far.
Jonathan Andrews
So would you say the same of a skier? Or a driver who hit some pedestrians?
People make choices, sometimes the consequences are tragic
C Spencer
Your analogy would work if the vaccines really did prevent transmission, but they don’t. The vaccinated are walking down the street firing their guns randomly and some of their bullets will also hit home.
Galeti Tavas
This is orders of magnitude bigger than the things you mentioned. This is not about being inconvenienced by masks and lockdowns – it is the $11 Trillion printed with Debt in USA, on covid response. As USA Takes in about $6 Trillion in taxes and revenue a year, the National Debt is $130 Trillion, and ‘Unfunded Mandates’ are $78 Trillion (Federal and Military pensions SS, Medicare, Medicaid, and so on), and Biden is cranking up the debt by another $5 Trillion, and the FED is doing $120 Billion in QE every month to keep interest at zero – wile inflation is over 6% and the stock Market and all hard assets so inflated the bubble is about to burst, and the economy is limping – and the resulting Great Depression will cause a complete change in the World Order….this is not the BS you worried about back then….
Not to mention the Governments have basically imposed Martial Law, and are removing all human rights, creating Political Crime and Thought Crime as offenses…..China is overflying Taiwan, and firing hypersonic missiles – as well as the Wuhan lab was the source of all this –
The National Black Caucus of the Green Party of the United States strongly opposes the use of forced vaccination via mandates and the discrimination that is being generated around these policies.15
By National Black Caucus of the Green Party of the United States
Today’s polarizing climate is competing for the trust and confidence of citizens more than ever before. The nature of power is changing and these changes are not measured simply by a degree of control by COVID mandates and quarantines.
In today’s political environment, the speed and accessibility of information created “digital reflections” that made medical facts vulnerable, eroding trust between the White House administration, National Institutes of Health, U.S. Department Health and Human Services, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and World Health Organization.
The fear of losing control in our fast-paced social media environment is pushing us toward exclusion. Our current leaders, whether Congress or the White House administration and even our current steering committee, should instead develop an instinct for inclusion.
The coronavirus pandemic is one of our most dangerous wars in human history, because the most lethal attacks are the ones that catch us off guard.
Being caught off guard has caused erroneous data reporting that is currently being exposed by the Freedom of Information Act request because we are not only unsure about the numbers, but being certain that the numbers are incorrect, is the most difficult issue many are facing today.
In a pandemic world where verifying case numbers is becoming increasingly difficult, inclusion is imperative and our Consumer Protection plank of the Green Party of the United States (GPUS) must be honored.
Lockdowns, mandates and passports are the major issue of the day with millions of people protesting against them worldwide. In fact, what has become known as the “medical freedom” movement is arguably the biggest and most diverse international movement in world history.
Vaccine mandates and vaccine passports are among the most vile, unconstitutional, immoral, unscientific, discriminatory and outright criminal policies ever enforced upon the population and goes against everything GPUS stands for under social justice.
These policies are coming from an out-of-control government at the behest of the pharmaceutical industry.
The mainstream media and social media are also working in lock-step to censor any and all doctors, scientists and investigative journalists who have an opposing view or who even question the current mainstream media orthodoxy.
Workers are being forced out of their jobs, many with medical exceptions from their doctors, students are being denied entrance to educational institutions, needed medical treatment is being denied, medical privacy is being violated, constitutionally protected rights to movement and assembly (including the right to travel) are being threatened, rights to normal societal participation are being decimated.
It has taken a while, but more recently many medical professionals, elected officials and federal judges have come out fully against lockdowns, vaccine mandates, vaccine passports and of course massive censorship.
There is a growing clarity among many that these measures have nothing to do with health and everything to do with a power-grab at levels never before seen in the history of the world.
Under no circumstances shall any medical treatment or procedure — including psychotropic medications, vaccines and/or other injectable treatments — be mandated or coerced.Urgent: 3 Ways to Help Stop Biden’s Vaccine Mandates
Individuals should be allowed to protect/heal themselves in a manner that best supports their medical and spiritual beliefs.
The coercive methods we oppose include:
Threats to personal health information privacy at every level.
Discrimination and/or lack of access to public education, public housing or other public services.
Removal of minors from their guardians.
Any travel restrictions and/or restrictions from public spaces based on a requirement for “vaccine passports” or any other proof of “compliance” with any medical intervention.
Vaccine requirements that target specific populations based on ethnicity/race, even if positioned as correcting disparities.
We further oppose the use of privacy-invasive technology and artificial intelligence (AI) monitoring systems (including facial recognition, fingerprint apps, tracking cell phones or any other personal electronic devices and credit score systems) as a way to monitor and track the movements and/or restrict the rights of individuals to freely exist and assemble as they choose, especially when applied to personal health care choices.
In a report published in Politico, US and European officials and global health specialists admitted that Bill Gates is running the global COVID response.
September 14, 2022, Politico published a special report based on four dozen interviews with U.S. and European officials and global health specialists, who admit Bill Gates is running the global COVID response
Four health organizations — The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) and the Wellcome Trust — rapidly took a lead on the global pandemic response, and while all four claim to be independent organizations, they’re all actually founded and/or funded by Gates
During the earliest days of the outbreak, the Gates Foundation, GAVI, CEPI and the Wellcome Trust began a coordinated effort to identify vaccine makers, fund tests, drug treatments and mRNA shots, and develop a global distribution plan in collaboration with the World Health Organization. In the end, they failed to meet their own goals on all fronts
Gates is unqualified to make health recommendations, and he’s never been elected to represent the public
Gates has used his wealth, influence and sheer shrewdness to get him into a position where he can dictate global health policy for his own financial benefit
Advertisement
The idea that Bill Gates exerts undue influence over global health has consistently been denied and dismissed as a loony conspiracy theory. But as with so many other things, this conspiracy theory is now turning out to be a conspiracy fact.
September 14, 2022, Politico published an extensive special report based on “four dozen interviews with U.S. and European officials and global health specialists,” headlined, “How Bill Gates and His Partners Took Over the Global COVID Response.”1
As noted by Igor Chudov on Substack,2 within hours the headline was edited to read: “How Four Private Groups Used Their Clout to Control the Global COVID Response — With Little Oversight,”3 as illustrated in Chudov’s screen captures below.
Curiously, five hours after that edit, Politico changed the headline back, so at the time of this writing, it reads:4 “How Bill Gates and Partners Used Their Clout to Control the Global Covid Response — With Little Oversight.” The only word now missing from the original headline is “his.” You can see how the headline shifted back and forth over the course of 15 hours on archive.today.5
Four Gates Organizations Monopolize the Global COVID Response
According to Politico,6 four health organizations — the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, the Coalition for Epidemic Preparedness Innovations (CEPI) and the Wellcome Trust — rapidly took a lead on the global pandemic response, and while all four claim to be independent organizations, they’re all actually founded and/or funded by Gates.
“When Covid-19 struck, the governments of the world weren’t prepared,” Politico writes. “While the most powerful nations looked inward, four non-governmental global health organizations began making plans for a life-or-death struggle against a virus that would know no boundaries.
What followed was a steady, almost inexorable shift in power from the overwhelmed governments to a group of non-governmental organizations, according to a seven-month investigation by POLITICO journalists based in the U.S. and Europe and the German newspaper WELT.
Armed with expertise, bolstered by contacts at the highest levels of Western nations and empowered by well-grooved relationships with drug makers, the four organizations took on roles often played by governments — but without the accountability of governments.”
Six Takeaways From Politico’s Investigation
During the earliest days of the outbreak, while governments were still debating the seriousness of it, the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, GAVI, CEPI and the Wellcome Trust began a coordinated effort to identify vaccine makers, fund tests, drug treatments and mRNA shots, and develop a global distribution plan in collaboration with the World Health Organization. In a side bar, Politico highlights six key takeaways from their investigation:7
“1 The four organizations have spent almost $10 billion on COVID since 2020 – the same amount as the leading U.S. agency tasked with fighting COVID abroad.
2 The organizations collectively gave $1.4 billion to the World Health Organization, where they helped create a critical initiative to distribute COVID-19 tools. That program failed to achieve its original benchmarks.
3 The organizations’ leaders had unprecedented access to the highest levels of governments, spending at least $8.3 million to lobby lawmakers and officials in the U.S. and Europe.
4 Officials from the U.S., EU and representatives from the WHO rotated through these four organizations as employees, helping them solidify their political and financial connections in Washington and Brussels.
5 The leaders of the four organizations pledged to bridge the equity gap. However, during the worst waves of the pandemic, low-income countries were left without life-saving vaccines.
6 Leaders of three of the four organizations maintained that lifting intellectual property protections was not needed to increase vaccine supplies – which activists believed would have helped save lives.”
Unqualified and Unelected
As detailed by Politico, through Gates’ lobbying and financial might, the international response to COVID rapidly shifted from individual governments to “a privately overseen global constituency of nongovernmental experts.”
“What makes Bill Gates qualified to be giving advice and advising the U.S. government on where they should be putting … tremendous resources?” ~ Kate Elder, senior policy adviser for the Doctors Without Borders’ Access Campaign
In the U.S., president Biden has earmarked $500 million to CEPI alone in his $5 billion COVID budget, which has yet to be approved by Congress. But, as noted by Kate Elder, a senior vaccines policy adviser for the Doctors Without Borders’ Access Campaign:8
“What makes Bill Gates qualified to be giving advice and advising the U.S. government on where they should be putting … tremendous resources?”
Lawrence Gostin, a Georgetown University professor who specializes in public-health law told Politico:
“I think we should be deeply concerned. Putting it in a very crass way, money buys influence. And this is the worst kind of influence. Not just because it’s money — although that’s important, because money shouldn’t dictate policy — but also, because it’s preferential access, behind closed doors.
[It’s] anti-democratic, because it’s extraordinarily non-transparent, and opaque [and] leaves behind ordinary people, communities and civil society.”
Gates ‘Owns’ the WHO
Many have pointed out that Gates, through his billions in donations to the WHO, has significant leverage over the WHO’s decisions. In September 2021, Astrid Stuckelberger, Ph.D., a WHO insider, blew the whistle on Gates, explaining how the WHO is, in fact, controlled by Gates, who in turn dictates policy for his own personal financial benefit.
Of the four organizations Politico focuses on, GAVI, the Vaccine Alliance, may be the most important. GAVI, founded by Gates, is headquartered in Switzerland. In 2009, GAVI was recognized as an international institution and granted total blanket immunity, including qualified diplomatic immunity, which is extremely odd considering the organization has no political power that would warrant diplomatic immunity.9
Odder still is that GAVI’s immunity clauses go beyond even that of diplomats. GAVI’s immunity covers all aspects of engagement, including criminal business dealings. Equally strange is the fact that they’re completely tax exempt.
GAVI can basically do whatever it wants without any repercussions. Police can’t even investigate or collect evidence from GAVI were they to be implicated in a criminal investigation. That’s how well-protected they are. And, according to Stuckelberger, GAVI is the entity that is really directing the WHO.
According to Stuckelberger, Gates did, in 2017, request to be put on the WHO’s executive board — like a member state — ostensibly because he gives them so much money. There’s no evidence that Gates was ever officially granted the status of a member state, but it appears he figured out an alternative power play.
Stuckelberger pointed out that Gates and the WHO entered into a three-way contract agreement with Swissmedic, the Food and Drug Administration of Switzerland, which is highly unusual. So, essentially, when Gates did not get voted in as a one-man nation state, he created three-party contracts with member states and the WHO, essentially placing him on par with the WHO!
One curiosity that supports the idea that Gates is either the real power behind the WHO, or has the same amount of power as the WHO, is the fact that Gates has repeatedly been the first to announce what the world needs to do to address the pandemic, and then the WHO would come out with an identical message that member states then had to follow.
But who the heck is Gates to direct global health and pandemic responses? He’s a nobody. He has no medical training. He’s completely unqualified to speak to any health issues whatsoever. He didn’t even graduate college. And he’s never been elected to represent the people in any capacity.
Basically, what we have here is one wealthy individual who figured out a way to unofficially monopolize the decision-making ability of a global health authority in order to enrich himself, which is beyond crazy.
The WHO Was Instrumental in Gates’ Rise to Power
Gates’ influence over the WHO is undoubtedly why the WHO allowed these four Gates-funded groups to direct the global response to COVID in the first place. As reported by Politico:10
“The WHO was crucial to the groups’ rise to power. All had longstanding ties to the global health body. The boards of both CEPI and Gavi have a specially designated WHO representative.
There is also a revolving door between employment in the groups and work for the WHO: Former WHO employees now work at the Gates Foundation and CEPI; some, such as Chris Wolff, the deputy director of country partnerships at the Gates Foundation, occupy important positions.
Much of the groups’ clout with the WHO stems simply from money. Since the start of the pandemic in 2020, the Gates Foundation, Gavi, and the Wellcome Trust have donated collectively more than $1.4 billion to the WHO — a significantly greater amount than most other official member states, including the United States and the European Commission, according to data provided by the WHO.”
It would be one thing if these organizations actually did an excellent job. But they didn’t. An independent review11 by Dalberg Global Development Advisors, a New York policy advisory firm, found the initiative created by Gates’ groups, the Access to COVID-19 Tools Accelerator (ACT-A), failed on all fronts.
Despite a $23 billion budget,12 ACT-A procured only 16% of its target number of tests for low-and middle-income countries, and of the 245 million treatments it was supposed to deliver to low- and middle-income countries, they only allocated 1.8 million. Similarly, of the 2 billion COVID shots that were supposed to be delivered by the end of 2021, only 319 million doses were delivered.
Of course, one could argue that failure to deliver fraudulent CPR tests and dangerous treatments and mRNA shots were a blessing in disguise. But the fact remains that these organizations are far from excellent and fail miserably in reaching many of their stated goals.
They overpromise and underdeliver. They’re willing to sacrifice lives to maintain control over moneymaking patents. And, while they’re more or less singlehandedly shaping the global response to pandemics, there’s no one to hold them to account for their performance.
What Politico Left Out
While Politico’s report is sweeping in breadth, it still failed to include a number of important puzzle pieces listed in Chudov’s Substack article. For example:13
The Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation helped organize Event 201, a tabletop pandemic preparedness exercise in October 2019 that prophetically predicted COVID-19 — and the need for a massive propaganda and censorship campaign to quash “conspiracies” about the virus.
Gates purchased 3.1 million shares of BioNTech in September 2019 for $55 million.1415 At the time, BioNTech was working on patient-specific immunotherapies for cancer and other chronic diseases. In mid-March 2020, BioNTech partnered with Pfizer to develop a COVID mRNA jab.16 By August 2021, Gates’ prescient investment was worth $1.7 billion.
The Gates Foundation financed EcoHealth Alliance,17 the organization suspected of having a hand in the development of SARS-CoV-2.
The Gates Foundation also financed the University of North Carolina (UNC) with at least 56 different grants, where Ralph Baric, Ph.D., conducted gain-of-function research linked to the development of SARS-CoV-2. Baric also worked with EcoHealth Alliance and the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV).
“Nevertheless, the mere publication of this article has huge importance. The things that most of us know and talk about, are appearing in the so-called ‘mainstream press’ — after the damage was all done, of course.
The virus was released; millions died; over a billion young people were force-vaccinated under false pretenses. When it is too late to change anything, Politico is finally stating the obvious. Still, it is better than nothing.
Almost everything in the Politico article was known a year ago. Where was Politico then? Busy taking government COVID vaccine advertising money. The pandemic was a crime, not an accident.”
The Gates-Fauci Scheme to Vaccinate the World
Gates is far from the only nemesis in this orchestrated drama, however. Dr. Anthony Fauci is another key player. Ironically, Gates claims he’s “taken the brunt of COVID conspiracy abuse” because Europeans are not familiar with Fauci. He recently told Fortune magazine:19
“It was quite a phenomenon; here in the U.S., it focused on myself and Tony Fauci, and internationally it was more just me because they didn’t know who Tony was — he really missed out on that!”
But while Gates tries to pass it off people’s concerns about his undue influence over their health as a joke, there’s no shortage of evidence that he really is pulling strings he’s far from qualified to pull.
In “Bill Gates Lays Out Plan for Global Takeover,” I review Gates’ role in the WHO and the WHO’s plan to, ultimately, seize control over all health care decisions, worldwide. I’ve also reviewed how Gates and Fauci have collaborated, forming a formidable public-private partnership that wields incredible power over the American public.
Disclaimer: The entire contents of this website are based upon the opinions of Dr. Mercola, unless otherwise noted. Individual articles are based upon the opinions of the respective author, who retains copyright as marked.
The information on this website is not intended to replace a one-on-one relationship with a qualified health care professional and is not intended as medical advice. It is intended as a sharing of knowledge and information from the research and experience of Dr. Mercola and his community. Dr. Mercola encourages you to make your own health care decisions based upon your research and in partnership with a qualified health care professional. The subscription fee being requested is for access to the articles and information posted on this site, and is not being paid for any individual medical advice.
If you are pregnant, nursing, taking medication, or have a medical condition, consult your health care professional before using products based on this content.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
Thomas Edwin Castello, about the denials, cover-up, murder committed there.
Copy off www.thewatcherfiles.com/dulce_book.htm, for more info please visit their site.
Why honour the request by Thomas Edwin Castello and the denials, cover-up, murder committed.
The following is a list of questions that were directed to former Dulce Base Security officer Thomas Edwin Castello approximately a year before his death [or disappearance] and his responses:
QUESTION – When exactly was the upper human-occupied level of the and published Archuleta installation constructed?
ANSWER – I heard Dulce was started in 1937-38 by the Army engineers, enlarged over the years, most recent work was completed 1965-66 to connect tunnels to the Page [Arizona] Base, site of one of the older underground facilities. The four corners base is called PERICA. Most of the Native Americans [the Indians] living in that area are aware of that base and could tell us about the underground life forms that frequently are spotted near those communities, Bigfoot, etc.
(Note: The references to the Dulce base here deal mainly with the upper levels, not the extreme lower levels which include vast natural caverns and, some believe, very ancient tunnel systems as well. This would include the tunnels illuminated by phosphorus pentoxide which the alien greys avoid, and the origin of which is unknown. In fact, sources have informed us that some of the underground NORAD facilities of Colorado were constructed within already-existing cavern systems, suggesting that Ray Palmer and Richard Shaver were correct when as early as the mid-1940’s they wrote about the government’s search for ancient underground cave and tunnel systems to be converted for their own use. – Branton)
Q — By what means was the [upper] installations constructed? Are you familiar with the alleged developments made by the Rand Corporation of a highly-efficient bore or mole machine capable of melting rock using nuclear-powered wolfram-graphite tipped ’drill-cones’?
A — According to several senior maintenance workers, part of it was blasted by nuclear devices in the sixties. There are sections, like the shuttle tunnels, that were formed by an advanced tunnelling machine that leaves the tunnel walls smooth. The finished walls in those tubes resemble polished black glass.
Q — By WHOM was the Dulce installation originally constructed?
A — Nature started the caverns. The Draco [reptilian humanoids] used the caverns and tunnels for centuries. Later, through RAND Corporation plans, it was enlarged repeatedly. The original caverns included ice caves and sulfur springs that the ’aliens’ found perfect for their needs. The Dulce caverns rival Carlsbad caverns in size.
(Note: Carlsbad caverns and especially the adjacent Lecheguilla caves are ’officially’ among the largest and deepest in the world, with several ’leads’ that remain to be explored by professional speleonauts – Branton)
Q — What exactly are the cattle [and human] organs such as blood, anal tissue, eyes, reproductive organs, tongues, etc. used for — i.e. the organs obtained via cattle and human mutilations?
A — Read the so-called Dulce papers [for more information].
Q — Are the various electromagnetically-controlled air or spacecraft — [that have been seen] leaving from and arriving at Mt. Archuleta — manned by humans, the ’alien entities’, or both?
A — Archuleta Mesa is a minor area… the craft leave [and are stored] in five areas. One is SE of DULCE, one near Durango Co., one at Taos, N. M., and the main fleet is stored at LOS ALAMOS [under].
(Note: I believe Thomas Castello is referring to the ’joint-operational’ fleet. From combined sources however it appears as if Dulce is absolutely SURROUNDED ON ALL SIDES by ’alien’ bases, and that Archuleta peak — although apparently the central NEXUS of the entire underground network — is nevertheless just one part of an overall complex that some claim is nearly the size of Manhattan!
One source has indicated that there are chambers a few hundred feet below the very town of Dulce itself that are part of level one of the facility. This close proximity may explain why it has usually been described as the ’Dulce Base’. Apparently even with his high-security clearance, Thomas Castello was only familiar with one part of the overall mega-complex which underlies the area. Whatever amount of activity is taking place there, different sources seem to indicate that the town of Dulce nevertheless lies over a major crossroads, convergence or ’intersection’ area of alien activity even though the ’core’ of alien activity has been extended to Los Alamos.
Los Alamos and the mountainous regions east and southeast of it in and around the Santa Fe National Forest seem to be the MAJOR ’nest’ of Reptiloid/Gray forces in North America, although there is also a large number of ’dens’ scattered throughout the underground networks between Dulce and Area 51.
Dulce seems to be a major ’through’ point for external and subterranean reptilian activity, a central ’infiltration’ zone for surface operatives, as well as an operational base for abduction-implantation-mutilation agendas and also a major convergence for sub-shuttle terminals, UFO ports, and so on. – Branton)
Q — Others have suggested that some of the entities below Dulce are not of ’extraterrestrial’ ORIGIN and that they are actually descended from saurian or reptiloid beings such as the Velociraptors or Stenonychosaurus Equallus — a ’serpentine’ race or races similar to that hinted at in the third chapter of the book of Genesis?
A — Yes, some ’reptoids’ are native to this planet. The ruling caste of ’aliens’ ARE reptilian. Beige or white beings are called The Draco.
Other reptilian beings are green, and some are brown. They were an ancient race on Earth, living underground. It may have been one of the Draconian beings that ’tempted’ Eve in the Garden of Eden. Reptoids rightly consider themselves “native Terrans.” Perhaps they are the ones we call the Fallen Angels. Maybe not, either way, we are [considered] the ’squatters’ on Earth.
Q — Some have suggested that the so-called underground ’E.T.’ bases and tunnels may, for a large part, be literally thousands of years old… constructions of an antediluvian race which attained to a considerable level of scientific complexity, and who were destroyed by a Divinely-initiated cataclysm which took place after they attempted to merge their science with occult/supernatural forces.
For instance, some have suggested that the Bermuda Triangle phenomena may be the result of an out-of-control Atlantean experiment that led to a space-time disaster which produced “electromagnetic fallout” in the Triangle area and elsewhere after they had accidentally loosed powerful forces and energies into the world that they knew very little about. Do your observations tend to confirm or refute such a possibility?
A — I’m not sure about the Divine part, but these ’aliens’ consider themselves ’NATIVE TERRANS.’
A — Where do the little grey Aliens fit in?
Q — They work for, and are controlled by the Draco. There are other grey-skinned beings that are not in league with the Draco.
Q — Did you ever talk to any of the ’Aliens’ at the Base?
A — Since I was the Senior Security Technician at that base, I had to communicate with them on a daily basis. If there were any problems that involved security or video camera’s, I was the one they called. It was the reptilian “working caste” that usually did the physical labour in the lower levels at Dulce.
Decisions involving that caste were usually made by the white Draco. When human workers caused problems for the working caste, the reptoids went to the white Draconian ’boss’, and the Draco called me. At times, it felt like it was a never-ending problem. Several human workers resented the “no-nonsense” or “get back to work” attitude the working caste lives by.
When needed, intervention became a vital tool. The biggest problem were human workers who foolishly wandered around near the “OFF LIMITS” areas of the “Alien Section.” I guess it’s human nature to be curious and to wonder what is past the barriers. Too often someone found a way to bypass the barriers and nosed around. The camera’s near the entrance usually stopped them before they got themselves in serious trouble. A few times I had to formally request the return of a human worker.
Q — Are there other sites tied-in to the ’shuttle network’ other than those which you mentioned, and if so, where are the entrances?
A — WHERE!?! EVERYWHERE! THEY CRISS CROSS THE WORLD AS AN ENDLESS SUBTERRANEAN HIGHWAY. LIKE A FREEWAY, EXCEPT THIS ONE IS UNDERGROUND… The subterranean highway in America is like a freeway except it’s underground. That highway depends on electric motors [for trucks, cars and buses] for the paved roads, and it is for limited travel.
There is another style of transit for freight and for passengers that is for rapid travel. That world wide network is called the “Sub-Global System.” It has “checkpoints” at each country entry. There ARE shuttle tubes that ’shoot’ the trains at incredible speeds using a mag-lev and vacuum method. They travel at a speed that excels the speed of sound. Part of your question involves the location of entrances to that base. The easiest way to answer is to say every state in the U.S.A. has them.
Frequently, the entrances are camouflaged as sand quarries or mining operations. Other complex portals are found on military bases. New Mexico and Arizona have the largest amounts of entrances followed by California, Montana, Idaho, Colorado, Pennsylvania, Kansas, Arkansas and Missouri. Of all the state’s Florida and North Dakota have the least amount of entrances. Wyoming has a road that opens directly into the subterranean freeway. That road is no longer in use but could be reactivated if they decide to do so, with minimal cost. It’s located near Brooks Lake.
Q — Are there any ’bases’ in the state of Utah?
(Note: Thomas mentioned several areas surrounding Utah — Colorado, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada and Idaho, where there are ’connections’, but little on Utah which according to some sources lies directly over one of the largest NATURAL cavern systems in North America, one that is said to reach deep beneath the Western Rockies as well as beneath the Bonneville basin. – Branton)
Have you heard anything about an alleged underground installation within the Wasatch Mountains…?
A — Salt Lake, Lake Powell Area, Dark Canyon, Dugway Grounds, Modena, Vernal. All have exits there. Others too.
(Note: There have been many rumours of ancient ’tunnel’ systems being intersected during the excavations of sub-basement levels below major industrial and mall areas in downtown Salt Lake City. Various stories surrounding these tunnels include:
explorers who have entered the tunnels and never Returned;
reports of ’lizard people’ down in the labyrinths; reports of greys working with humans on electronic equipment and massive building projects going on in huge caverns beneath the mountains to the east;
reports of humans who are part of an Asian-based ’Agharti’ kingdom who maintain colonies within the tunnels and caverns below — and who are in conflict with the reptiloids, greys, and a group collaborating human fascists from a network of massive underground facilities beneath the Neu Shwabenland region of Antarctica;
reports of men in suits having been seen pacing back and forth through large underground chambers carrying Uzi machine guns; reports of seemingly bottomless shafts;
large tunnels strung with lights that are “big enough to drive a semi-truck through”;
sections of tunnel walls that looked solid yet which one could put their hands through;
rooms which emanate a strange greenish phosphorescent glow;
abductees who are taken below and encounter all types of aliens;
discs that have been seen emerging from the mountains to the east and attacking incoming UFOs over the valley;
Dungeons & Dragons fanatics who have been down in the tunnels and tell wild stories of hundreds of miles of maze-like passages;
reports of connections to the tunnel systems via the sewer-drainage network especially underneath the downtown “Crossroads” area;
reports of alien activity similar to that which has been described in connection to Dulce New Mexico;
and reports of a huge cavern network that reaches beyond the border of the state in all directions — a huge network that connects the underground systems of Nevada with those of New Mexico.
There is a famous story which is not openly talked about — there are two versions… both may be true. In one version a Mormon Temple worker penetrated an underground tunnel below the ’square’ in downtown Salt Lake City and travelled for some distance through a series of underground catacombs until running into a ’lizard’ like a man.
The creature attempted to attack him but the man escaped and managed to find his way back to the surface. He began telling other people what had happened and soon afterwards the ’government’ arrived in the area and went in and closed off many of the tunnels leading to the sub-basements of the Temple. Presumably, there were some heated debates over how much of the underground system this denomination was allowed to control.
A similar dispute apparently occurred to the southwest where the LDS church maintained a large storage facility under Granite Mountain in Little Cottonwood canyon, within the upper levels of a vast network of caverns. Fascist CIA elements and the Grays came in and took control of the larger caverns deeper within the mountain and ordered the ’vault’ workers to stay out of the ’forbidden’ areas — and stated that the “U.S. Government” was now using them for “National Security” purposes and that it was their “patriotic duty” to maintain the secret.
The other version concerned a custodian who entered a tunnel near the cinemas’ area below the Crossroads Mall across the street and to the south from the temple square, while excavation was being carried out in a that part of the Mall. The worker entered the tunnel and before long encountered a ’serpent’ type man, beat a hasty retreat, and told his fellow workers what he had seen. The FBI and/or the local police soon arrived and sealed the tunnel.
Another story involved a young man who, along with a friend, had used a chain tied to his pickup truck to rip-up a manhole cover in the area near the ’Mall’ and the ’Square’. They navigated through a maze of sewer passages underneath and came to a shaft that descended in a series of 5 small ’rooms’ one below the other, and from the bottom room a tunnel led south into a large chamber wherein they saw a seemingly bottomless shaft, a large southwest tunnel strung with lights and ’large enough to drive a semi through’, and the footprints of some type of three-toed bi-pedal creature.
Other sources imply that early pioneers and settlers of the area who explored these tunnels came in contact with and in some cases even joined with some of the Telosian-Agharti-Melchizedek-Mayan underground colonies below the Salt Lake Flats, the Salt Lake Valley and the Western Rockies.
These subterraneans had formerly established territorial agreements with the Reptiloids and Grays before the aliens began invading their subterranean lands below the intermountain west en-masse in the early 1900s. The treaties were part of an attempt to stave off a possible inter-species conflict, as skirmishes between the humanoids [Teros] and reptiloids [Deros] within the cavern networks of North America had been increasing since the 1920s, 30’s and ’40s.
Because of a somewhat non-exclusive collective-mind with which these humans interacted, it was decided that one possible way to ’convert’ the reptilians into becoming beings of emotion and compassion was to allow them access to the group consciousness. The reptiloids however, once given access, immediately began taking advantage of the collective and used it to CONTROL the humans on a subliminal basis.
The ease with which this occurred may have been enhanced by the fact that the Reptiloids and Grays were already operating as part of a collective or group mind, one which was far more complex than the Ashtar or Astarte collective itself which many of the ’Aghartians’ depended on.
This suggests that the reptilian ’collective’ or HIVE itself is absolutely void of any and all care, concern or compassion for human beings. Individual reptiloids operating distinct from the draconian collective might however be ’tamed’ by other collective-free humanoids in some cases — as some have reportedly been ’tamed’ by the Andro-Pleiadean worlds.
If the non-humans could be severed from the ’collective’ they might be deprogrammed and reprogrammed so-to-speak and even attain individual awareness and a degree of emotionalism. In such cases, it would not be advisable to give these creatures equal standing among humans, and absolute subservience and monitoring should be enforced even if means were found to sever them from the collective mind network.
When dealing with the reptilian forces, unconditional surrender should be first offered, and if this is not accepted than direct military action would be justified especially in light of the many permanent ’abductees’ whom the Greys and Reptiloids have taken captive [those who are still alive] to their underground systems.
Most of the treaties that the humanoids had made with the reptiloids ’down under’ have since been broken… especially following the Groom Wars of 1975 and the Dulce Wars of 1979, during which time much of the underground U.S. base networks [which were funded by American tax dollars by the way] were taken over by the Grays.
Some sources have implied that the aliens took advantage of the chaos especially during the Dulce wars and commenced to invade and conquer several of the older underground colonies. This apparently led to a rift in the ’Ashtar’ collective, with many humanoids and hybrids splitting off and joining with the Andro-Pleiadean Federation non-interventionists, and many reptiloids and heartless humanoid agents splitting off and joining with the interventionists of the Draco-Orion Empire.
The Sirius-B system which — aside from Arcturus and Sol — has been the major centre of ’Ashtar’ activity, has since been shaken by this split between the two opposing Ashtarian factions and war had reportedly raged through the Sirius system for several years, according to some ’contactees’… an apparent reflection of the division within the underground networks of North America between the Pleiadean-backed Sirian humanoids and Orion-backed Sirian reptiloids which both had maintained operations within the underground levels before the “Dulce Wars” broke out.
The Dulce wars were just the mere tip of the proverbial iceberg when we consider that the overall events which happened at Dulce had a chain reaction effect throughout this whole sector of not the galaxy. Before the division occurred, the reptiloids were invited to take part in ’peace talks’ in Telos and elsewhere as an act of good faith, but the reptiloid-grey collectivists were more interested in expanding their empire and feeding their insatiable appetite for conquest than they were in making peace, although they agreed to peace treaties that they never intended to keep for ’Trojan horse’ manipulation purposes.
There is a remnant collaboration such as that taking place in the underground facilities near Paradox Nevada where collectivist humanoids and reptiloids from Sirius and Sol still maintain a collaboration of necessity — in order to establish a global control system, however, a large number of humanoids within the underground systems are at war with the collectivist-interventionist Reptilian infiltrators who would otherwise ’assimilate’ these humanoids into their collective through deception, espionage and mind control.
Now several contactees like Alex Collier, Ray Keller, Stan Johnson and others are claiming that the conflicts in Sirius between the Andro-Pleiadean backed Ashtar forces and the Draco-Orion backed Ashtar forces — which were infiltrated and commandeered by Draco-Orion agents — have now spread to the Sol system, as both stellar superpowers have focused on this most strategic system, intent on protecting their respective ’interests’ here from being subverted by the other side. – Branton)
Q — Does the Mt. Archuleta “shuttle system” connect with a shuttle system which allegedly radiates from Mt. Shasta in northern California?
A — Yes. Mt. Shasta is a major site of Alien – Elder Race – Reptilian Race – Human meetings. Beginning Cleveland, Grover every president in U.S. history have visited Telos City. Truman was supposed to have visited the Lower Realms as a High Archon on Earth. He was supposed to have met the King of the World there, and gave him the “Keys to the U.S.A.”
(Note: Whether or not the reigning ’King’ of the Agharti realms at the time had benevolent or other motives, subjecting America to an outside super-power without Congressional consent would be considered high treason.
Although unelected/appointed ’individuals’ working within the Executive-Military-Industrial branch of ’government’ might choose to do so of their own volition without Congressional or Senatorial consent, such an act cannot apply to the ’America’ which is based on the Declaration of Independence, the U.S. Constitution and the Bill of Rights. There are apparently two ’nations’ occupying the United States,
the traditional grass-roots ’America’ established by the founding fathers and led by the ’Electorate’ government, and the fascist Bavarian-lodge-backed ’underground nation’ led by the ’Corporate’ government which is contesting the original ’America’ on its own soil.
Some predict an inevitable civil [?] war between the Electorate/Constitutional/Surface government of the U.S., and the joint humanoid-reptiloid Corporate/National-Global Socialist/Underground New World Order government, which incidentally was bought and paid for by American taxpayers and other unsavoury money-making projects.
This war will apparently provoke an armed United Nations / New World Order invasion of the U.S.A. which, according to George Washington’s famous ’vision’ at valley forge in 1777, will ultimately end with an American victory as a result of Divine Intervention.
Something like this may be inevitable if FREEDOM is to be preserved in this world, and beyond. We should never forget however that the NWO corporate elite and their draconian masters intend to ’depopulate’ the surface of this planet AND the underground systems as well. According to one Navy intelligence source, the 33-plus Masons [there are allegedly several degrees above the 33rd degree which interacts directly with the draconian and are part of the interplanetary initiatory lodges] intend to set the left-wing caverns and the right-wing caverns against each other in order to depopulate the underground realms so that they can impose absolute Bavarian-Draconian global control of ’both’ worlds.
The 33+ and higher degrees according to this source intend to ride out the inferno in super-secret fortified caverns while the 33rd and lower degree masons and their respective left-wing and right-wing armies will be left to die in the surface and subsurface wars. It may be that some of the 33+ Masons intend to ride-out the holocaust in their Alternative-3 bases on the Moon and Mars IF those bases are still active. Remember, the roots of BOTH the ’right-wing’ National Socialist AND the ’left-wing’ Global socialist agendas trace back to Bavaria. Isn’t it interesting that the legendary ’dragon’ has TWO ’wings’ — a right-wing and a left-wing — both of which are controlled by a single ’beast’?.
In essence, when it comes right down to it the war is between the Judeo-Christian based Constitutional Republic of America and the Luciferian-cult-based Socialist empire of Bavaria. Both the right and left-wing movements are Machiavellian extremes created by the Bavarian Black Nobility [’Black’ here being a reference to something hidden that cannot be seen and NOT skin colour] in order to foment global chaos.
There are several claims that the collaboration with the Reptilians began with the Luciferian cults of Bavaria, and was later brought into America via the infiltration of the Scottish Rite and the fascist core of the NSA-CIA. There may have nevertheless been a reptilian presence below North America within the caverns that dates back several centuries, however, a MASSIVE reptilian infestation of these underground systems seems to have begun near the beginning of the 20th century. ’Mt. Archuleta’ might be considered the ’capital’ of the ALIEN segment of the ’secret’ [Bavarian-Draconian] New World Order government in America — with the deep underground systems beneath the Denver International Airport being the ’capital’ of the HUMAN segment of the secret government. – Branton).
Truman received assurance to new high tech knowledge, and victory over all enemies on Earth. He then was introduced to Samaza and Khoach, aliens from Bootes and Tiphon [Draco], both reptilian ’kings’ or Ambassadors. Truman updated the ’100 Treaty’ [that began IN 1933, Roosevelt] and requested magnetic advance, space knowledge and experiments. Khoach agreed, Samaza partially agreed. He exchanged hostages for genetic experiments and magnetic advance but vetoed space and beam weaponry.
Q — Did you notice any involvement of high-level Freemasons, Rosicrucians or Jesuits within the underground installation and/or with the aliens?
(Note: This question is based on the assumption made by some researchers that many of the Masonic lodges were, beginning about 1776, infiltrated by the Bavarian Illuminati. Much of the Masonic world is ultimately controlled by the Bavarian-lodge-backed 33+ degrees of Scottish Rite Masonry, a ’Rite’ which according to early Masonic authority Rebold can be traced back to the JESUIT college at Clermont in Paris — a Rite which advocates the destruction of national sovereignties in exchange for world government, the destruction of religious and especially Judeo-Christian movements, and the destruction of the family structure to be replaced by ’State’ control of children, etc., as opposed to the more traditional Protestant-Christianized YORK RITE of Masonry which the SCOTTISH RITE has attempted to subvert since its inception into Masonry.
This question was also based on claims from a former 33rd degree Mason, James Shaw, that the Scottish Rite headquarters in the “House of the Temple” (click image right)– which lies at the northern apex of the pentagram-like street layout of Washington D.C. — is filled with all kinds of indications of serpent worship in the form of murals, carvings, statues, etc., depicting serpentine figures.
Actually, from what my sources tell me, not only are there degrees beyond the 33rd degree, but the 33rd degree itself is made up of two cores, an inner and outer core, the 33rd degree and the 33+ degree. In the past when the 33rd-degree initiation was reached a potential initiate might have been given a Bible or a Cross and asked to spit on it or desecrate it in some manner.
If they refused to do this they were told that they had made the “right decision” and remained in the outer core of the 33rd degree, thinking that they had finally ’arrived’. If they did or do commit this form of blasphemy then they are told that they have made the “right decision”, and they are sent on to the inner core of the 33+ degree, which is the springboard to the higher levels which interact with the joint humanoid-reptiloid Ashtarian lodges or branches of the ’Serpent Cult’ on other planets, within underground cities, and possibly even other dimensions.
One source informs me that former president George Herbert Walker Bush — who was at one time the HEAD of MJ-12 — had attained to the 42nd degree, however, he may have attained to even higher levels since that time.
I would guess that the one who holds the highest level of initiation would be the ’dragon-king’ of Draconis himself, or whatever appellation the leader or the leaders of the Draconian Empire may go by. – Branton)
A – Yes I did, but that is a loaded question, and I won’t comment further. I’m not a Mason, or member of any other secret fraternal group. There is one organization I am a member of [in the U.S.A.]. That group is commonly called the “Central Unit.” It is a pleasure to tell you that I AM a member of the “Sub-Galactic League” of Costa Rica.
Q — Is there any truth to the allegations that the CIA/’Aliens’ have established ’bases’ on the moon, and also Mars?
A — I’ve HEARD that too, but I haven’t seen proof with my own eyes. The ’aliens’ do allegedly have bases on several moons of Jupiter and Saturn. The CIA operates in other COUNTRIES, but I’ve never heard they operate on other PLANETS
(Note: Perhaps we should have referred to the CIA’s superior agency, the NSA, whose personnel reportedly pilot the “black-budget UFOs” between the LUNA and DREAMLAND bases. – Branton).
Q — Have you heard any hints or rumours suggesting that there may be lower levels beneath the ULTRA-7 level of the Dulce base, and also, where these might lead to and what they might consist of?
A — YES. Your guess is as good as mine… Sure, there were lots of talks but that doesn’t mean it’s there. However, I will tell you I saw elevators that were “off-limits” unless you had an UMBRA or higher security clearance. At that base, information is supplied to me at a “need to know” basis ONLY! [My clearance was ULTRA-7]
Q — Some insist that the U.S./Secret government has developed its own disk-craft based largely upon top secret antigravity experiments carried out by the Nazi-German scientists during World War II. Have you heard anything referring to this?
A — When I was working in Photo-security, heard a lot of talk, never saw the proof, but once in the Air Force I developed a roll of film that showed a craft LIKE ADAMSKI’S, WITH A SWASTIKA ON THE SIDE.
(Note: A letter from ’R.J.M.’ of Pennsylvania dated 1-31-91 stated: “…I have a lot of UFO videos. I also have ’THE SECRET LAND’ [1947]. It shows Bunger’s Oasis and says they discovered warm land at the South Pole. One German author claims the Nazi’s had a photo-finish FIGHT with Byrd. At the end of the movie, it says: ’Byrd’s Intrepid 4,000 met and defeated ANTARCTICA’S TOUGHEST BATTALIONS.’ I don’t think they were talking about the weather…”
Another source has stated that there were loses on BOTH sides, and the Battle for Antarctica against the Nazi’s “Last Battalion” — which had fortified themselves in underground bases below the mountains of Neu Schwabenland, AntarcticA — ended in a stalemate.
Question: Why would Adolph Hitler and Eva Braun commit suicide after Hitler had spent so much energy executing over 5000 Nazi officials whom he ’suspected’ were behind his assassination attempt at the ’Wolf’ bunker, especially if he had a way out via a secret Nazi South Polar base? The March 18, 1994 issue of THE PLAIN DEALER [Cleveland, Ohio] carried an AP story titled “DOCTORS FIND BURNT BODY COULD NOT BE HITLER’S”.
Excerpts include:
“…French forensic experts say the charred corpse said to be Hitler’s is not his body… experts FALSIFIED verification reports ordered by Josef Stalin to APPEASE the Soviet dictator…. the body is actually that of an unknown German male. [The forensic experts] spent more than two years analyzing the autopsy reports prepared by Soviet coroners in the days following [the] surrender of the Third Reich in 1945… the body [said to be Hitler’s] had an extra tooth and only one testicle… no German doctor who had examined Hitler before his death ever mentioned either anomaly.”
This is also interesting when we consider that the well-known ’abductee’, Barney Hill, remembered the following experience under regressive hypnosis as recorded in the paranormal encyclopedia, “MYSTERIES OF MIND, SPACE & TIME”. Barney and his wife Betty were abducted by grey-skinned humanoids “from Zeta Reticuli”.
HOWEVER, one of the ’beings’ on the craft was described by Barney Hill under regressive hypnosis in the following words which are taken from p.1379 of the encyclopedia: “…another figure has an EVIL face… HE LOOKS LIKE A GERMAN NAZI. HE’S A NAZI… HIS EYES! HIS EYES. I NEVER SEEN EYES LIKE THAT BEFORE!”
Remember that this occurred nearly 15 years after Europe had supposedly been “de-Nazified”. There seems to be an Antarctic connection with the Dulce scenario as well as other possible ’Nazi’ connections:
German ’tourists’ scouring New Mexico, exploring mines and caves and buying up land and mineral rights just before the outbreak of WWII;
the Nazi-connected CIA’s involvement and their placement of several Nazi S.S. agents — who had been brought into the U.S. via Project Paperclip — within the Dulce and other underground facilities;
the involvement of secret ’Bavarian’ lodges at Dulce:
and the possible Antarctican-Dulce connection to ’Alternative 003’.
Another interesting connection is the fact that the secret Nazi teams involved in the construction and operation of the underground bases below the mountains of Neu Schwabenland and elsewhere in Antarctica were called ULTRA teams. ULTRA is also the code-name for the DULCE base!
Also, there seems to be a direct connection between the Dulce base and the Montauk base in Long Island — which was/is[?] reputedly jointly operated by the Draconian Reptiloids, Orion Greys and the Bavarian Thule Society which had backed the Nazi agenda. – Branton)
Q — Tom, did you have access to the alien craft? Were you ever inside any of them?
A — Yes, I frequently saw them in the garages, there are quite a few of them. The main fleet is stored at Los Alamos. Yes, I entered several crafts. There were two things that stick in my mind, the odd spongy feeling of the floors, and the unusual pinkish purple colour of the lighting.
The crew stated the floor becomes ridged in flight and the purple tint of the lighting changes to bright blue-white. The entire inside of the aircraft is scaled down in size when compared to the average human. The halls were curved and narrow, but somehow, when inside it appears bigger than it looks. Certain areas, the outermost sections, almost felt and looked alive. I was never taken up in one.
Q — Can you give me more information on the reptilian race, what do they do on the sixth level? [The area called Nightmare Hall.]
A — The worker caste does the daily chores, mopping the latex floors, cleaning the cages, bringing food to the hungry people and other species. It is their job to formulate the proper mixture for the type one and type two beings that the Draco Race has created. The working caste work at the labs as well as at the computer banks. Basically speaking, the reptilian races are active at all levels of the Dulce Base. There are several different ’races’ of aliens that work on the east section of level six (No doubt some collaborating ’Nordic’ factions included. – Branton).
That section is commonly called “the alien section.” The Draco are the undisputed masters of the 5-6-7 levels. The humans are second in command of those levels. I had to ARGUE with one large Draconian ’boss’ frequently. His name is difficult to verbalize, Khaarshfashst [pronounced throaty kkhhah-sshh-fahsh-sst]. I usually called him ’Karsh,’ and he hated it. Draconian leaders are very formal when talking to the human race. These ancient beings consider us a lower race. Karsh called me “Leader Castello,” but it was used in a sarcastic way. However, the worker caste is friendly enough, as long as you allow them to speak first.
They will answer if you address them. They are very cautious beings, and consider most humans to be hostile. They always seem surprised when they found many of the humans were open and trustworthy. There is no fraternizing with the aliens off hours. It is forbidden to speak to any alien race [in the halls or an elevator] without a clear business oriented reason. Humans can talk to humans, and aliens can speak to aliens, but that is as far as it goes. At the work site, however, it’s different. There is “free speech” in the labs.
The camaraderie found in the labs also reaches the computer banks section. In those areas, everybody talks to anybody. However, everything changes the minute you cross the threshold of the hall. Instantly, all conversations become strictly formal. Hard as it was, several times I had to arrest someone, simply because they spoke to an alien. It’s a strange place.
Q — Exactly what first made you aware that something was wrong at Dulce? Seems to me that a place as obviously horrible as this one wouldn’t need an Einstein to know that this is a CRIME site! What took you so long? Are you the guy who blew the whistle?
A — There are several things you should know about. I took an oath, under the penalty of death, that no matter what I saw or heard I would never divulge the information. Also, I signed a waiver that states I would willingly give up my life if I was found guilty of ’treason’.
At the Dulce Base treason is “ANYTHING that mentions the details of daily operations at this facility, when outside the confinement of the this base.” When I first arrived, a “need to know” policy was in effect. The story the ’honchos’ told us was that “this is a Tri-Biotransfer Facility with Advanced Technology, doing advanced adventurous methodology for medical and mental gains.”
Which is a fancy way of saying they do really risky things with human life just to see what would happen. If a medical cure happens, it will be heralded on the surface of the earth as a marvelous new cure, saying it was found after years of research at some well known medical lab. The real story of the cure is never explained.
After all, the Dulce Base IS A SECRET FACILITY! These people are very good at what they do. They do not tell the truth about the unfortunate people that end up in “Nightmare Hall.” I worked with aliens. With that in mind, you should get the idea of the secrecy and the security at that place.
Yes, I know this was not the usual hospital type job site, but in the beginning I ’bought’ the whole package. I was reminded daily by intercom, in the elevators, that “this site does high risk advanced medical and drug testing to cure insanity, please, never speak to the inmates, it can destroy years of work.” I’m sensible, when doctors say don’t speak to them, who was I to destroy the delicate situation?
But one man some how caught my eye. He repeatedly stated that he was George S—- and that he had been kidnapped and he was sure someone was searching for him. I don’t know why he sticks in my mind, I found I was remembering his face, thinking he sure didn’t look or sound insane, but many inmates said that. The next weekend I convinced a friend of mine, a cop, to run a check on the guy, saying I had a run in with him and was curious.
I didn’t mention the base at all. It was a sickening feeling when the computer confirmed that George S. was missing. What’s worse, the cops thought he was just another guy that got tired of the daily grind and split. That was the beginning. Am I the one that blew the whistle? No. The next Monday, I searched for George, but he was gone.
There were no records that explained what happened to him. It was another security officer that came to me saying he and some lab workers wanted an off duty meeting at one of the tunnels, [off the record]. Curiosity took over and I said OK. That night, about nine men showed up. They said they knew they were risking me turning them in but they wanted to show me some things they thought I should see. One by one they showed records that proved many inmates were missing people.
There were newspaper clippings, and even photos that they had some how smuggled into the base. They hoped to smuggle them back out, without me turning them in to the honchos. I could see the fear in their faces as they spoke. One man stated he would rather lose his life by trying, than to lose his soul by not doing anything at all. It was that remark that turned the tide. I told them about George and the things I found out about him. After a few hours we pledged to attempt to expose the Dulce Base.
Q — The name Nightmare Hall is descriptive, but surely there was a ’regular’ name, what was it called in the manuals?
A — In the manuals it was called “The Vivarium”. It describes Dulce Base as a “secured facility for tending bio-forms of all types.” In their report it is retold as “a private subterranean bio-terminal park, with accommodations for animals, fish, fowl, reptile, and mankind.” After SEEING this ’park’ the name Nightmare Hall is far more accurate than the manual. The ’accommodations’ for the inmates at Nightmare Hall fall short of the pretty picture the manual describes.
Q — You mentioned one reptilian leader, Khaarshfashst, do you know any thing about him, like where is he from? Is he from Earth or some other planet?
A — His name means “keeper of the laws”. They receive their name after they reach the “age of awareness”. They do not recognize time as an important factor in “being aware” the way humans do. Upon their “age of awareness” they are cognitive of the station or position they are destined to fulfill. At that time they chose or allow someone to choose their name.
Their name will include the position they hold and several personally chosen letters. Each letter has a personal meaning, known only to the alien and the one that chose their name. Since Karsh’s name means keeper of the laws his name includes kaash [memory or keep, base word for ’Akashic’ record] and fashst [law, base word fast or bind]. Reptilians choose to be not only private but secretive of the location of their natal place. To them birth, or emergence of life, is considered as one of the sacred rites of life.
They consider Earth or Terra their “home planet”, but several reptoids discuss several star maps. Most of those stars were within the Milky Way. Within those star maps lies the stars and planets of the Planets of the Allegiance.
Earth being one of the planets in their trade routes. If any human asked clear questions about the Allegiance, the Aliens referred the questions to the Draco. The Draco in turn, referred the questions to their supervisor [me]. I did not have that information about the stars, because information was supplied on a “need to know” basis. I didn’t ’need’ that information.
Q — Did any of the working caste join in the revolt? Could you give me some names?
A — A few of the reptilian janitorial crew let us know that THEY knew WE were attempting to sabotage the work going on in the sixth and seventh levels. One of them, with the name Schhaal, secretly formed a small group of reptoids with the same mind set as my group
(Note: Take note of the similarity between this scenario and the NBC mini-series “V”, which is now available on video cassette after years of non-availability. I have it on good authority that the original author of the “V” idea was an investigator who knew Thomas Castello on a personal basis.
He had connections in Hollywood and had written a motion picture script, which was in turn seen and ’borrowed’ without permission by an NBC employee and re-written as a mini-series. The show was based on reptilian humanoids from Sirius-B who had come to earth under the guise of benevolent human-like space brothers to bring a new order of universal peace. In reality they had a secret agenda to rape planet earth of her resources and steal her people for biological sustenance.
This agenda was being contested by a human resistance who refused to fall for the reptilian’s facade, and these resistors were in turn working with a secret fifth-column of reptilians who did not agree with their leaders’ agenda for planet earth. Could this mini-series have had an actual basis in a bizarre reality? – Branton).
Sshhaal took upon himself the danger of informing me. He was as open as is possible in a unique situation. On the day I found out about it, I was inspecting a camera near an exit tunnel.
He approached, stooped down (the tall reptiloids average about 7-8 ft. in height according to most witnesses – Branton), seemingly scraping some non-existent dirt, and he quietly said,
“A few of us agreed that you are singular in your interest in missing-human reports. If true, walk away. I’ll reach you. If it’s untrue, destroy my life now!”
My heart almost leaped out of my chest, but I silently walked toward one of the wide halls.
For the rest of my life I’ll remember those words! It was the first time I KNEW reptilians could have individual thoughts and opinions! Basically, they formed a uniform front with a small variety of interests. Or at least, that was what we had thought. It was a couple days before I heard from him again. As he walked beside me in the sixth level’s infamous hall, I heard him say “Enter the exit tunnel on the sixth level, north, after your shift.”
The next few hours were long and filled with thoughts of betrayal, or worse, but I shouldn’t have worried. I contacted one of the original nine [resistance] men, and let him know, just in case. Gordon wanted to go with me, but I convinced him to wait a few feet from the exit and pretend he was having trouble with his cart [electric, like a golf cart]. When I got there, there were three of them.
SSHHAAL formerly introduced FAHSSHHAA and HUAMSSHHAA [name base word is SSHHAA or assist]. With that, I quickly grabbed Gordon from the hall and the five of us talked and walked in the dark tunnels about three hours. After that day, the joined resistance group got bigger and bolder. Ultimately, it ended when a military assault was initiated via the exit tunnels and they executed anybody on their list, human or reptilian.
We fought back, but none of the working caste had weapons, nor did the human lab workers. Only the security force and a few computer workers had flash guns. It was a massacre. Every one was screaming and running for cover. The halls and tunnels were filled as full as possible.
We believe it was the Delta Force [because of the uniforms and the method they used] that chose to hit at shift change, an effort that killed as many as named on their list
(Note: If Thomas Castello is correct in his assertion, then based on his overall revelations, as well as the revelations of others such as Robert Lazar, Phil Schneider, etc., the Dulce Wars were the result of at least five overlapping factors or scenarios which converged at more or less the same time or played into each other.
This may have also involved a conflict of interest within MJ12 itself, and apparently involved different security forces including the Delta Force, Black Berets, Air Force Blue Berets, Secret Service, FBI Division Five, CIA stormtroopers and Dulce Base security.
The various factors which seem to have played into the Dulce Wars would include animosity towards the Greys for their slaughter of several scientists and security personnel in the Groom Wars below Area 51 three years earlier as described by,
former MJ12 Special Studies Group agent Michael Wolf
accidental [?] encounters between aliens and human construction workers and security forces near Dulce as described by Phil Schneider
an attack on the Dulce base ’resistance’ that was apparently ordered by die-hard collaborators in deep-level intelligence as described by Thomas Castello
an attempt to rescue several of our best scientists who had been captured by the aliens after they had discovered the “Grand Deception” involving a violation of the established treaties, that is the permanent abduction of thousands of humans to the Dulce and other bases for God only knows what purposes, as described by John Lear — could it be that MJ12 / PI40 was unaware of these abductees, yet their superior agency the BLACK MONK / MAJIC agency was aware and had agreed to an actual exchange of human life for technology?
and another factor would involve a dispute over whether human security personnel could carry flash guns as opposed to machine guns
All of these were apparently contributing factors to the ’altercations’ which raged throughout the Dulce Base beginning in 1979. – Branton).
We, to this day, do not know who BETRAYED us. Gordon Ennery ran beside me as we ran into the third level exit tunnels, and he died when several bullets slammed into his back. I vaporized that assassin and kept running. And I’m still running. Gordon will be remembered.
Q — Tell me more about the flash gun. Is it difficult to operate, or is it like the weapon on Star Trek, that can stun or kill on different modes?
A — It is an advanced beam weapon that can operate on three different phases. Phase one, like Star Trek, can stun and maybe kill, if the person has a weak heart. On phase two, it can levitate ANYTHING no matter what it weighs. Phase three is the SERIOUS BUSINESS mode. It can be used to paralyze anything that lives, animal, human, alien and plant.
On the higher position on the same mode, it can create a TEMPORARY DEATH. I assure you, any doctor would certify that person is dead, but their life essence lingers in some strange limbo, some kind of terrible state of non-death. In one to five hours the person will revive, slowly; first the bodily functions will begin, and in a few minutes, consciousness followed with full awareness. In that mode the alien scientists re-program the human brain and plant false information.
When the person awakes, he ’recalls’ the false information as information he gained through life experience. There is no way for a person to learn the truth. The human mind ’remembers’ and believes completely the false data. If you attempt to inform them, they would laugh or get angry. They NEVER believe the truth. Their mind always forgets the experience of re-programming.
You asked if the flash gun is difficult to operate. A two year old child could use it with one hand. It resembles a flash light, with black glass conical inverted lens. On the side are three recessed knobs in three curved grooves. Each knob is sized differently. The closer the knob to the hand the less the strength. It’s that simple. Each knob has three strengths also, with automatic stops at each position.
The strongest position will vaporize any thing that lives. That mode is so powerful it will leave NO TRACE of what it vaporized.
Q — Is the weapon called a Flash Gun or is there a different name in the manuals?
A — Everybody calls them Flash Guns, or more commonly “The Flash” or “my Flash” when talking about it. In the manual it is first introduced as the ARMORLUX Weapon. After that, it is explained as the Flash Gun.
Q — What type of security is found at the Dulce Base? What else is used against espionage or unauthorized entry?
A — I’ll mention a few, but it would be nearly impossible to cover it all. The weapon, besides the Flash Gun, mostly used is a form of sonic. Built in with each light fixture [and most camcorders] is a device that could render a man unconscious in seconds with nothing more than a silent tone. At Dulce there also are still and VCR cameras, eye print, hand print stations, weight monitors, lasers, ELF and EM equipment, heat sensors and motion detectors and quite a few other methods.
There is no way you could get very far into the base. If you made it to the second level, you would be spotted within fifteen feet. More than likely, you would become an inmate and never see the light of the surface world again. If you were ’lucky’, you would be re-programmed and become one of the countless spies for the Ruling Caste.
Q — According to certain reports, the Dulce Base is host to [other] aliens that live in level five. Is that true? Can the humans freely roam or meet one-to-one in the halls or is some type of protocol in effect?
A — There is protocol from the first time you enter the base and it MUST be followed every time you SEE an alien there. From the working caste, to the visiting aliens, to the Ruling Caste, there is a never ending check list of rules, law, and strict protocol. There is never a chance to roam on the fifth level. The alien housing area is off limits to any human. The Hub is surrounded by security, arsenal, military and CIA\FBI sections.
The area past the security is one of the most secured areas because it houses so many classified files. The entire east side of the fifth level is off limits except for security personnel holding ULTRA-7 [security clearance] or higher. The garage on the west side of the fifth level requires ULTRA-4 clearance.
Q — Is there proof available that could confirm the allegations of the underground base, or are we just supposed to believe you?
A — Many people have asked that one. No, I don’t expect people to believe with blind faith, there is tangible proof that has been seen, felt or inspected by quite a few folks. I’m in no position to go on a lecture circuit to explain to every person on a one-to-one basis. I am trying to stay alive.
All I can do is state again, that Dulce is a SECRET FACILITY. They work HARD to make sure nobody can find the place. If everyone could easily find it, it wouldn’t be a SECRET facility. I’ve explained the extreme security methods they use. There is other proof available.
There are five sets of copies in five different boxes in five different locations that hold complete proof of every thing I have tried to explain. Here is a list of contents of each box (delivered into the safe-keeping of five individuals known only to Thomas Castello and to the individual recipients – Branton):
(A) 27 sheets of 8 x 10 photographs of Aliens, creatures, cages and vats.
(B) One silent candid video tape, begins on the computer banks, shows the vats, multi shots of Nightmare Hall, two shots of Greys, one shot of the Terminal showing sign saying ’To Los Alamos’ and about thirty seconds of the Shuttle train arriving.
(C) 25 pages of diagrams, chemical formulas and schematics of alien equipment.
(D) A copy of the new treaty complete with signatures.
(E) 2 pages of original Alien documents signed by Ronald Reagan [as governor of California], each page includes Reagan’s signature.
The ORIGINAL set mentioned above is sealed in one piece oxygen free heavy plastic box. That set includes:
(A) 27 sheets of 8 x 10 WITH original negatives
(B) The video tape, AND the original micro film, from which the video tape was copied.
(C) The 25 original pages of diagrams [with notations], formulas, alien equipment schematics plus the schematics for the Flash Gun and MY Flash Gun.
(D) The treaty with Reagan’s signature plus seven other political signatures and four Alien signatures.
The working Flash Gun in that box is an extremely dangerous weapon. In the wrong hands, there is no limit on the danger it could inflict. That proof must be protected. But when placed in the hands of certain government agencies, it would not be treated as proof for an Alien visitation. That government branch KNOWS THE TRUTH and they publicly lie. Think about it like this, do you KNOW, for certain proof, that George Washington lived? Or do you believe what other people SAID about him?
There is no one alive that saw with their own eyes what is claimed about him. You judge all you know about him by what other people SAID. Columbus SAID there is a new land, and it was found. I am SAYING there are aliens in several underground bases in this country and terrible things happen in those places. If I die, before it is proven, search for proof (after all, the Dulce Base and the other bases aren’t going anywhere. Unlike UFO’s themselves they are not “here today and gone tomorrow”. If they are there, then there are bound to be some indications of the fact. – Branton).
Demand that the government admit it. If enough people demand it, they WILL find a way to explain the base, or at least explain why they must keep it secret. There are MANY people that work at the Dulce Base that know me. I am challenging those co-workers to speak up, at least anonymously. Send a letter, or a telegram [or fax] to confirm what I have explained. In the name of the brave men, woman, children and aliens that died TRYING to let the public know what is going on at the Dulce Facility, EXPOSE that horrid place before thousands more innocent people are tortured and die unspeakable deaths.
Q — What about the elevators, do they drop from the surface to the seventh level in a couple of seconds? Do you know anything about them? Are they electrically lifted? Every where on the surface world there are elevators made by Otis Elevator Company. Does that company make the elevators at Dulce?
A — I failed to notice what brand was available in the elevators at the base. I could tell you that there is no elevator anywhere at Dulce that drops from the surface to the seventh level. The security blue prints show the levels are ’stepped’ down. Each level drops one floor only.
Not even the Hub has an express elevator. After the third level, not only would you change elevators, you are weighed and color coded, before you re-enter the car. All the elevators are magnetically controlled, even lights in elevators, as well as all lights on all levels are magnetically induced. The light bulbs are not the type bought on the surface, but a totally different type of light system. The illumination found there is a closer match to natural sunlight than any artificial light on the surface world.
The shape of the elevators is unique. If you have ever seen a Tupperware sugar bowl, you could see the shape copied in the elevator. Sort of like an open ended oval with another half oval on each side. The elevator shaft matches the shape perfectly. The magnetic controls are in the half oval shape. If you could stand in or close to the half ovals, you would feel the slight pull of the power of those magnets.
The motion is smooth and silent, there is a nearly unnoticed surge when the motion starts or stops. There are no cables needed, because the lift is magnetic, not electric. Since there are no cables in the elevator cars there is no chance of them falling.
Q — I understand that certain groups of cleared individuals in the government are collaborating with alien groups. Is it known how many groups and of what type they are working with?
A — I don’t know how many groups or what type they are working with.
Q — A mysterious security man calling himself agent “Yellow Fruit” says he worked at Groom Lake [Area 51]. The Security Officer states that he’s been in contact with benevolent aliens, at the Groom Lake facility — are you aware of such a group?
A — Yellow Fruit is one of the slang names for Yellow Jack [or Yellow Flag] that shows quarantine and caution in the labs. There are so many different slang names at Dulce labs that meant quarantine that the workers published a booklet to show the meanings. At Dulce, Yellowfruit are the lab workers [so called from the yellow light outside the decontamination chambers]. Banana is the older workers, lemon is the new guys and so on.
Q — Is there an alien installation under Groom Lake or Papoose Lake at the Nevada Test Site, and are they conducting biological research at these sites?
A — Most of the stuff at the Groom facility deals with defense, but there is a large storage area in the tunnels that holds thousands of alien craft parts. From what I have heard, the medical tests at the Nevada Test Site are conducted by and for the Navy.
Q — According to my sources, the Aerospace companies have a secret underground installation in the Tehachapi Mountains, not far from Rosamond near Edwards AFB. Insiders refer to the Tahachapi Installment as the Ant Hill. They are experimenting with advanced technology such as antigravity disks. Some have seen basketball sized floating orbs patrol the facility, do you have any further information on this?
A — The California mountains [Tehachapi, Chocolate, Shasta, etc.] all have alien security methods and equipment. The basketball size orbs are used for unmanned patrol. They are silent, but when photographing living beings there is a humming sound. The glow that emits light is magnetic aura. This [light] is in the visible spectrum [3900 angstroms]. You can see the light, but the light does not reflect off any thing.
Q — Is there anything you can tell me about the moon – alien installations? Atmosphere? U.S. bases?
A — There is not much I can tell you there. I wasn’t in the Lunar Program. I heard there was a LOT of equipment sent to the moon between 1959-1964 under “Project Whiteout”.
Q — How do the aliens use magnetism? Do they use it as an energy source? Is there more we need to know about magnetism?
A — The aliens use magnetics for EVERY THING! They use magnetics as the basic structure for their energy source. The more you learn about magnetics, the better. The Human Race calls them ’magnets’, the Aliens call them ’lodestar’. They have been harvesting lodestars [lodestones] for centuries. Not only that, they want ALL the magnetic power on Earth.
They intend to continue harvesting that power, now and in the future. As long as we were only using magnetic power as an oddity, there was no problem. But in recent times, the human race has begun using magnetic power and finding more ways to utilize that commodity. There was a treaty made. In the original treaty, the human race (or those who supposedly ’represented’ the human race, if you could call it that – Branton) didn’t mind at all, ’we’ considered magnets as hardly more than useless.
As people searched for another source for power, we turned to magnetics. The aliens wanted a new treaty. What could we offer? They chose land, underground mining rights, animals and humans for new experiments. The general public NEVER KNEW about the treaty. The governmental [Bavarian cultist] heads of the world chose another treaty in 1933. This time ’we’ got high-tech knowledge in exchange.
So now, the more we use magnetics, the more they claim humans, and the lands of the U.S.A. We were ’sold’ in exchange for magnets. If you doubt it, look around — there are token companies that ’really’ utilize magnetic power, but are depending on electric based or ceramic magnets, NOT lodestar [magnetic oxide of iron] based magnets.
Q — What do the aliens do with the cow blood and other parts from mutilated animals? Do they need these fluids for research or survival?
A — The aliens use the blood and body parts for formula to keep them alive [their food] and for use in the growing vats, and for the artificial wombs. Plasma and amniotic fluid are the two most vital ingredients for their lives. Also, the ’sap’ of some plants can keep them alive for months. Most of the plants are parasitic in nature, but red grapes and okra plants can also be added to the formula to keep them alive, if they have no ’regular’ formula.
Q — Female abductees report being inseminated by aliens. Are they trying to hybridize our species?
A — Yes, they are breeding slave-warriors for the upcoming war with the alien races (the Nordic races? – Branton). The serpentine races are in orbit around Earth, Venus and Mars.
Q — Abductees have reported that the aliens can pass their bodies and that of the abductee through window glass. Is this a feat of magic achieved by advanced technology or is it a psychic power?
A — The aliens have mastered atomic matter. They can go through walls like we go through water! It is not magic, just physics. We can learn to do the same thing. It has to do with controlling atoms at will.
Q — Are you in communication with benevolent aliens or do you have contacts that are? If you are, can you tell us how we can communicate with their teams?
A — I am not at liberty to discuss communications with any friendly alien life forms. I can tell you there is a friendly factor active in Costa Rica, I am in direct communication with that factor. I am an active member of the Sub-Galactic League of Costa Rica. This organization, using a small satellite dish, a television set and ham radio equipment reached this factor. I might suggest that by using similar equipment and a low band frequency, you may reach the same factor.
Q — Do you stay in the U.S.A., or do you live abroad? Do you work now? I know you have been on the run for several years.
A — Yeah, quite a few years. I visit the U.S., but it’s really dangerous when I do. I’ve lived in several countries. I spent a few years in Mexico, working as a mercenary soldier. It’s rough work, frequently living in the bush, eating what ever I can find. I spent time in South America, fighting the drug cartel [it’s not the citizens, it’s the secret government, top officials AND American alphabet boys — CIA, FBI, etc.].
I settled in Costa Rica, ’bought’ a small house in Limon. Actually it is a shanty that some one abandoned. I paid the equivalency of $11 to one of the local constables for the right to call it ’mine’. My name changes when I think some one is asking questions. I’ve worked in one of the underground bases near the Panama border. It’s in the mountains, not very far from a passive but ’active’ volcano. It is not as fancy as Dulce, but the people are wonderful.
Q — What is the best city in Costa Rica for an American to visit and maybe move to live?
A — None of them are worth anything [by comparison], but I like Limon. There is a real culture shock when you get past the tourist sections. Inside the urban areas, it’s not so bad, but away from the beaten path the picture changes. There are no improvements in the shanties, no sewers, plumbing, or paved roads. But if you stay in the cities, and you don’t mind the big difference in the cultures, the countries have a lot to offer. Nice weather, great beaches and beautiful trees with fruit growing everywhere.
Q — Are there any other security level names [other than ’secret’ – ’top secret’ – ’ultra’]?
A — There are many other security clearances, here are a few, UMBRA, STELLAR, G2-7Z, TRIAD, UMT [Universal Military Training] and UMS [Universal Military Service], ASTRAL and SUB-ASTRAL. UMBRA is higher than ULTRA
(Note: It may be conceivable that some of the higher security clearances are used for the joint human-alien interstellar projects. For instance Whitley Streiber described an abduction to another planetary sphere where he encountered ancient ruins, aliens and human personnel dressed in military kackies and carrying camcorders, automatic weapons, etc.
Obviously such personnel would have to possess an extremely high security classification, such as “Universal Military Service” for instance? The joint alien-illuminati ” alternative-3″ projects have reportedly taken part in joint offensive operations against the peaceful residents of other worlds, this according to a couple who ’defected’ from the alternative-3 movement after an agent from the ’Federation’ warned them about such atrocities. – Branton)
Q — Ever see a badge with ’MAJI’?
A — No.
Q — Since you have lived in Spanish speaking countries, it’s obvious that you are bilingual. What other languages do you speak?
A — Other than English, the only other languages I speak are Spanish and Eusshu, the common language [alien] spoken at Dulce. I speak Spanish fluently, and enough Eusshu to keep my self out of trouble. Shortly after I first transferred to Dulce, I took a crash course in Eusshu.
Any one that plans to spend more than one week working at that base, they are wise to learn the basics. Other wise, you are required to wait for an escort to get around. All the signs at that base are written in the universally recognized symbolic language. Eusshu is logical and easy to learn.
Q — What are the eating habits of the aliens? Are they carnivores?
A — That depends weather they are one of the gray worker caste, one of the reptilian worker caste, or one of the higher developed Draconian Leaders. Also, the created beings, replicants, type two being, or one of the really strange [genetic] mixtures. I’ll try to cover a little of each. The formula includes amniotic water, plasma and several other body parts [raw, usually bovine].
This nearly clear mixture with a texture of pureed peaches, and almost in that color. The grays make the attempt not to ’eat’ around the humans, because the odor of it is VERY unpleasant to ANY human. They can spend days or even weeks between feedings. The working caste of the reptilians eat meat, insects and a large variety of plants including vegetables and fruit. They prefer their meat raw and very fresh, but have learned to enjoy some cooked meat like rare beef steak
(Note: According to many abductees, the reptiloids are not above eating human flesh. It has been said that they prefer flesh that is young enough to be free of toxins, yet old enough to be imbued with a lifetime of accumulated “emotional energy residue” which is resident within the human body. Some abductees claim that certain reptilian factions have such complex bio-technologies that they are able to remove a human’s soul-energy-matrix and place it in a containment ’box’, and use the controlled ’body’ for whatever purpose they choose.
Some abductees also insist that in some cases the reptiloids can create a cloned duplicate of a person in a short amount of time through time warping and replace the soul-energy-matrix of a person back into the new cloned body if their disappearance from society would otherwise create too many problems. This way they can ingest the emotional-residue-imbued original body without the abductee realizing [in most cases] that their soul-memory-matrix has been transferred to a cloned body, because they would have experienced a total ’soul-matrix’ energy transfer and a suppression of any memories relating to the transfer process.
The cloned bodies do not possess the integrated emotional residue that the vampirialistic reptiloids apparently crave and find intoxicating in a similar manner as a human on earth who is addicted to hard drugs. – Branton).
Unlike the Greys, they eat frequently and usually carry or send for food on their breaks. The Ruling Caste is SECRETIVE about their foods. They have created several dietary myths that they carefully embellish when the chance arrives. One of their favorite legends involves one of their ancestors’ ability to eat an entire flock of geese in one setting. They RARELY eat in sight of any other species.
They carefully choose their food, then carry their meal to their quarters. It was only when dignitaries arrive at the base did they join their meals. They enjoy the same foods we do, and they have been seen secretly munching on a freshly found snail. The “human looking” replicants eat some cooked vegetables. They rely on vitamins and liquid protein for sustenance. If they have to eat on the surface world, they can eat what ever they are served, but as soon as possible they regurgitate.
Their digestive systems frequently fail to process the food properly. The engineered beings have a special diet, created for their dietary needs. The mixture includes several organ foods blended with plasmatic fluids, amniotic liquids and parasitiplasm materials. These unique ’animals’ also enjoy occasional green plants, usually grasses or lettuce. The creatures that are designed to become warriors, eat protein filled liquids.
Q — In the Dulce Papers, copper seems to be high on the importance list. In what methods is copper used?
A — One of the main uses of copper at Dulce is containment of the magnetic flow, magnets are used every where at that base. The infamous vats’ interiors are lined with copper, and the exterior walls are clad with stainless steel. The mechanical arm that stirs the liquid is made of a copper alloy. Other uses include dietary needs in a few of the transbiotic beings.
There are several specially made cells or rooms built first with lead, then magnetic steel then clad in copper. It is in those cells on the Fourth Level that contain living aural essence. This essence is what you would call [a captured disembodied] ’soul’ or…”astral body”.
(Note: This may tie-in with the reports of certain remote-viewing “astral spies” who claim to have “projected” into underground facilities like Dulce New Mexico or Pine Gap Australia, only to have close encounters with these astral containment fields, or have been captured by the same and released after being ’interrogated’ via super-sensitive electronic equipment. In one case an Australian remote-viewer was probing the Pine Gap facility where he also “saw” three other astral spies.
The magnetic or astral body of one of these people had been captured by such a containment field, which really disturbed him. This man, Robert, also saw Greys and Reptiloids operating in the deeper levels of Pine Gap and also Nordic-type humans who were apparently captives and who did NOT seem to be very happy about being there. – Branton)
Q — Growing multi-species beings, blood formulas and human parts in vats sounds like a bad plot to a science fiction movie. The doctors and scientists of the world claim you can’t mix the species
(Note: Naturally this may be true, however through genetic bioengineering and gene-splicing this has apparently been accomplished to some extent – Branton).
The concepts mentioned in the Dulce Papers sounds far fetched. Could you provide information that the average “surface world” reader could understand about similar things?
A — The doctors and scientists on the SURFACE world may say that, but underground, away from the prying eyes of ethics boards, they DO GROW TRANS-GENUS BEINGS! There is a lot of written material available at libraries. One of the best sources is an easy to read book published back in 1969, by Prentice-Hall International, with the title of “THE SECOND GENESIS, THE COMING CONTROL OF LIFE” by Albert Rosenfelt.
In this book, they discuss “animals that may be especially bred to supply genetically reliable organs for people.” — and “…the use of fetal or embryonic material from which adult sized organs and tissues may be grown…” Also he discusses the fact that embryonic tissue has no immunological activity, therefore it cannot provoke the defense mechanism in the recipient. IT WILL JOIN THE BODY NOT AS A FOREIGN ANTIGEN, BUT AS A NATURAL PROTEIN.
He further discusses solitary generation, commonly called virgin birth, but also known as parthenogenesis. With one “virgin birth” in 1.6 million births average ON THE SURFACE of the world, in Dulce that rate is reversed. Occasionally, a “normally born” human infant is born in the hospital wards on the Seventh Level. Parthenogenesis is the method used to grow type two beings. The now common transsexual surgery on the surface world, began at the Dulce Base.
Men became women on a whim in the Seventh Level labs, and with the Fourth Level technology, the brain washing [resulted in] the “eager desire to become a woman” and that poor man [whether a willing or unwilling participant] FIRMLY BELIEVES he always wanted to be a woman. No one could convince him to believe the truth. ALL THINGS ARE TWISTED AT DULCE. A quote by Dr. Ralph W. Gerard [in THE SECOND GENESIS] put in his now classic statement: “There can be no twisted thought without a twisted molecule”. MOST have originated at Dulce.
Q — How are the human workers stopped from telling everything about Dulce?
A — Implants, fear threats to harm the families, EM control, also reprogramming with ELF [Extremely Low Frequency] and drugs are the most common methods to ’encourage’ the workers not to divulge the location or daily routine.
Q — A construction worker at “The Ant Hill” [The Northrup’s Tehachapi Base] reports seeing 10-12 foot tall human looking beings in lab coats. Who are these guys, are they from the hollow earth?
(Note: The Hollow Earth theory is one that was postulated by various well known individuals, including Marshall B. Gardner, Raymond Bernard, William Halley – discoverer of Halley’s comet, Edgar Allen Poe, Edgar Rice Burroughs, John Cleves Symmes, John Uri Lloyd and others.
Basically the thesis involves what one might refer to as the Geoconcavitic sphere theory, or that as the earth was forming in its molton state the planetary spin created a hollow or concavity within the center similar to the hollow created by the centrifugal force of a horizontal washing machine following a spin cycle. The theory, which has been postulated in para-geological theories, in adventure novels, and in some cases even in alleged visits to the “inner world”, states that the ’shell’ of the earth averages between 800-1000 miles thick, with an interior surface consisting of oceans and land illuminated perpetually by a sphere of electromagnetic and/or nuclear energy suspended at the very center of the “empty space”.
There are reputedly funnel-like openings near the polar regions, perpetually concealed by mist created by the collision of cold air from the outside and hot air from the inside, which permits ingress and egress to and from this inner ’world’.
The theory states that the inner surface has its own gravity, yet slightly less than the outer surface gravity. One side-theory is that between the inner and outer surface where gravity is nullified there exists a layer of weightless or low-weight caverns in an eternal state of chaos where minerals, liquids, gases and chemicals continually slam together from the earth’s rotation, causing intense magmatic activity, a virtual inferno, or “bottomless pit”.
Some have theorized that — based on the Apocryphal book of Esdras, chapter 13, which contains non-canonized Jewish legends — that the 10 ’lost’ tribes of Israel disappeared beyond the river Sambatyon and to a place in the far north where humans never lived before called ’Arzareth’. In the last days, a path would be made through the ice and waters of the north and the lost tribes would Return. There are three tribes accounted for as of this writing, or rather two tribes and two half tribes: Judah, Benjamin, half of the Levite tribe, and apparently half of the tribe of Dan if we are to believe the Ethiopian ’Jews’ who claim to be descended from Dan.
The ’13th’ tribe would be accounted for by the fact that the two Josephite tribes of Ephraim and Manassah are considered distinctive tribes in and of themselves. As for the ’giants’, some believe that these have a direct connection to the 10-12 foot tall ’Anakim’ people mentioned in the Old Testament who were driven out of Palestine, following which the Torah gives no further details as to their fate, although there have been many reports of such ’giants’ being encountered in large cavern systems below Alaska, Oregon, California, Utah, Texas and Mexico, and also reports of ancient gravesites in the western U.S. and elsewhere where the remains of human giants have reportedly been discovered. Most often they — like the fifth dimensional “Sasquatch people” themselves — have been described as being benevolent, unless provoked. – Branton)
A. They are probably inner earth drones [workers]. The deeper you get, the stranger the life forms. The tall men are from the subterranean levels, lower yet are the dwarfed deformed forms. I don’t trust either of them. There are other forms, that both the tall men and the dwarfed men fear and loathe, they are similar to Bigfoot in appearance, but extremely violent and enjoy eating what ever they find while it is still alive! They are subhuman and demented, with an IQ around 15
(Note: Apparently, according to another source, these lower ’Bigfoot’ type creatures — having more of a resemblance to apes than to the more “human-like” faces and features of the much friendlier Sasquatch people who frequent the surface — dwell in wild cavern systems some 6 or more miles deep, along with other very large and dangerous insectoid and quadruped or serpentine reptilian life forms reminiscent to something from out of a hadean nightmare.
This is according to a report I investigated some years ago of a group of speleonauts who reportedly broke into a vast underground labyrinth west and northwest of Cushman, Arkansas, where they encountered these types of creatures as well as friendly blue-skinned humans who claimed to be descended from a family that had survived an ancient global deluge by taking refuge within a large ship. These ancient people claimed that their ancestors had come to the Americas and discovered the cavern ’world’, wherein they commenced to establish their hidden civilization. – Branton).
The reptiloid [hominoid as opposed to quadruped or serpentine] life forms stay in caves or caverns that aren’t very deep. They prefer the desert mountains. They use camouflage rather than fighting, but they do carry vril rods for protection [flash guns]. They do have a symbol, not the hokey “snake-with-wings” that I keep seeing in the public (which is used mostly by the GREYS and also as a medical symbol for the Delta Force – Branton). The REPTOIDS use a dragon with its tail in its mouth [a circle] with seven pointed stars in the middle.
Q — There have been reports of the Delta Force having black vans with no tires that hover over the ground. How much are we [U.S.A.] already inter-working with alien cultures?
A — I haven’t seen the black vans you mentioned. We are totally submerged with alien cultures. Very little of the original human cultures have survived.
Q — How can WE [the public] go after, or expose an alien culture which is covert and hidden?
A — Go for the best shot. That means go after the REPTOID. They stay near the surface, they choose to try to hide and avoid contact. They are soldiers, doing a job and usually there are two or three at each job site. They are ’manning’ a remote post. They are not to bother the humans unless they are endangering the post. Most of them are not hostile and won’t kidnap you, they may blast you with a flash gun that may paralyze you [you won’t remember the flash] for an hour or two and cause confusion and mild fear.
It could cause you to black out [pass out] for a while. It is their way to escape and buy time to hide any visible equipment. If you know any areas with repeated reptilian sightings, then that is the place for you to look. They are fearsome to meet face to face, and their voices are harsh and whispery with heavy ss’s, but most of them understand English [and several other languages]. Wear something with a reptile [not something violent, like St. George killing the Dragon!] in sight. If you see one, keep your hands OPEN, palm forward, arms DOWN. That is the non-aggression approach. DON’T raise your arms, unless told to.
DON’T carry anything in your hands or arms. If he doesn’t run, walk SLOWLY towards him. Let him speak first. They consider humans repulsive and hostile and threatening [with good reason!]. DON’T try to offer him anything, DON’T touch him or anything of his. If he hisses at you, back up a couple feet, but DON’T LOOK AWAY! It simply means he finds you smelly. DON’T try to overpower him, he is stronger than ten or twelve men! Usually, if he hasn’t run so far, he is curious and wants to talk to you. FIGHT YOUR FEAR and your thoughts of panic.
Q — How do we get closer to some kind of data to prove to others that there really is a danger from non-human beings?
A — Good question. I’m afraid we will find the proof the hard way, when we are invaded. Try to keep a small camera with you at all times. When you search for reptoids, keep it in your pocket.
Q — Is there a specific location where the public can set up their cameras and equipment to DOCUMENT an alien-government base, and/or their activities?
A — The problem is, most of the meetings are held in military bases or underground. The Groom Lake Facility does fly several alien craft that regularly fly over unpopulated land that go back and forth from several bases, Southern California has several notable areas. Twenty Nine Palms — Lancaster or Chocolate Mountains are well know for such activities.
Q — Could you provide us with a copy of your badge or card you used at Dulce?
A — Badges or cards never leave the bases. All exits have bars or walls of metal… to open, to go out requires using the card. When you use it for an exit slot, the card won’t come out. Each time you leave the base, you are issued a new card, with all the usual data about you, plus your weight added, corrected daily. There are several mines in the Chocolate Mts. that open into a base highway, but be aware that they are patrolled regularly and there are cameras there.
Q — There are so many types of really far out ’Aliens’ seen in TV, movies, magazines and popular fiction, is there one type of a fictional unknown race, in your opinion, that fits the term ’Alien’?
A — Yes! There are two, an alien that is totally indescribable, and another would be a pseudo-alien.
Q — What are the dimensions of the Dulce Facility?
A — There are 1,700 paved miles of roads under Dulce and Northern New Mexico., towards Los Alamos is another 800 miles of tunnels. The base is STILL GROWING [due west].
Q — What is the top depth?
A — The First Level starts 200 feet from the surface. Each level has a ceiling of seven feet, except levels six and seven, the ceiling there is 45 and 60 feet. There are approximately 45 feet or more between each level. The average highway ceiling is twenty five feet. The HUB at the base is 3,000 feet wide. Use a 7.5 minute scale map to try to comprehend the size of the place.
Q — Are there “regular vehicle” exits that can be observed from the ground?
A — Yes, but they are inside Los Alamos.
Q — Are their aerial exits that can be observed?
A — Twenty miles due north of Dulce (across the border into southern Colorado? – Branton) is a large hanger, it is hidden by a facade of cliffs. Look for an isolated short road on the top of a mesa, with no road to or from the top.
Q — Are the ventilation shafts visible?
A — The ventilation shafts are hidden by bushes or vents inside caves. There are five on the top of the mesa, be aware there are cameras inside most of the vents.
Q — Is there external security, and could we recognize them in or around the town itself?
A — There is minimal security on the surface, most of the men [and women] are Air Force or “highway crew” men. There used to be a Best Western motel that hosts or hires a lot of Base workers from Level One. I don’t know if that motel is still operational. Most of the security force live in Santa Fe. Others live at White Pine [Los Alamos].
Q — Are there security sensors? What type? If so, what is their power source?
A — Yes there are many types of sensors, radar, infrared, heat sensors, microwave, EMGW, and satellite. Most of the sensors are powered by magnetic power. The only thing you may notice on the surface, would be an occasional satellite dish.
Q — If you can, give us some information on the upcoming war with the aliens. When does it start? Do you recommend going underground?
A — The war has already begun. To start, they use “weather control” devices that can cripple a city in hours. Storms, flood and drought — with those few things they can bring any country to their knees in a hurry. Yes, I do recommend going underground. Choose a location that has a higher elevation than the surrounding terrain. Pick out a cave or even an abandoned mining shaft or two, bury a cache of supplies [including food and water!] near these locations.
Place the supplies in heavy plastic boxes that have tight lids [to prevent the destruction by earth burrowing rodents and insects]. Then plan to live like a squatter when it becomes necessary. If you own land, create a system of tunnels and tell no one. Use your tunnels to secrete your supplies, and plan to live in those corridors when you must.
Q — What about the reptilian ships that are in orbit around the equator, are they cloaked?
(Note: presumably including the original two ’planetoids’ that arrived in geosynchronous orbits around earth at 400 and 600 miles up in 1953. This reportedly led to an NSA project which successfully communicated with the Grey aliens and resulted in a contact-landing-treaty scenario involving president Eisenhower and other Executive-Military-Industrial officials at Muroc/Edwards/Holloman Air Force Bases in 1954 – Branton)
A — They are not cloaked the way you may think. It’s more like nobody is learning to SEE, even though it is in plain sight. Like the mail man becomes invisible because you are so used to seeing him you never noticed he is alive. One of the favorite methods of covert activities is to ’hide’ their operation in such an OBVIOUS way [or place] that no one would suspect it is covert
(Note: for instance, hiding entrances to underground bases beneath religious shrines, federal buildings, mining works, malls, libraries, lodges, hotels or basically areas that one would consider the least likely places to hide or accommodate an entrance to an underground facility. The underground New World Order ’FEMA’ facilities throughout the United States apparently utilize this type of concealment with many of their bases. – Branton)
Q — What are the Greys susceptible to?
A — The grays are photosensitive, any bright light hurts their eyes. They avoid sunlight, and travel at night. Camera flashes causes them to back up. It could be used as a weapon against them, but they recover quickly. It could buy enough time to escape. Use commands, or nonsensical words in the form of commands and they will back up. Their brain is more logical than ours and they do not create ’fun’. They do not understand poetry either. What really confuses them is saying things in “pig-latin”. We learned that in a hurry, and used it against them [the GREYS] in the Dulce Wars.
Q — Can greys read your intentions if you came up behind one?
A — Yes. They read your INTENT, because they use your body’s frequency. The human race broadcasts a frequency, that they recognize as an electromagnetic impulse. Each person has a slightly different frequency, that difference is what we call ’personality’. When a human thinks, they broadcast strong impulses, in the case of ’fear’ the frequency is ’loud’ and easy to recognize (by the same right, a calm and composed mind-set should be far more difficult to ’recognize’ – Branton).
Q — Can we shield ourselves against their mental control?
A — We CAN shield ourselves against them, however 95% of the human race never try to control their thoughts, and controlling our own thoughts is the best weapon. The average person rarely thinks in a clear pattern. That allows the brain to think in a chaotic way. Control your thoughts, AND YOU CAN STOP THE ALIENS ATTEMPTING TO ABDUCT AND CONTROL YOU. Controlling my own thoughts have kept me alive for years.
Q — Could you shed some light on the type of human the aliens are looking for when they abduct?
A — I can tell you that the most common are petite women in their early twenties or early thirties, dark haired boys between five to nine, small to medium size men in their mid-twenties to mid-forties. But, let me stress that there are ALL TYPES of people being held against their will in the Dulce Base! There are tall heavy men and women, teenagers, elderly folks and very young girls in the cages AND the vats.
I only mention the most common age-size are the small young men and petite women. The boys are favored because at that age their bodies are rapidly growing, and their atomic material is adaptable in the transfer chamber. The young small women are frequently very fertile. The men are used for sperm. I have no idea why they prefer small to average size men.
Q — Did you ever see twins or triplets, etc.?
A — Since you mentioned it, no. It never crossed my mind to search for them. But then that doesn’t mean they aren’t there. There is no way I could have seen everybody at that huge complex.
Q — What is the prevalent human race at the Dulce Base? I am curious about both the human workers, and the inmates.
A — The human work force is made of people from every nation on the surface world. The one thing they share is that they all speak english. If you are asking if there are white, black, red, yellow and brown skin color, again I’ll have to say that there is no ’prevalent’ race there. As for inmates, I could see ALL races there. From what I could see, it looked like there were more ’white’ people, but again, I saw a constant flow of different people, many I think, were only there for a few hours.
Q — Please explain the method they use to identify each inmate.
A — No one has a name. When first brought to this facility, they were issued one large ’number’. Usually that code has a mixture of numbers and letters. They show the place, how, and by who, followed by the time, age, sex and finally the personal number [their S.S. number]. For example it might look like this: NVLV-00A-00700-P00:00:00-00-M-000-00-000
Q — With that huge facility, trash and garbage must be a real problem, how do they dispose of it?
A — It was never a problem. Some of it is ’reformed’ or melted down then remade. Some of the wet garbage is ’eaten’ by bacterial forms, and what’s left is vaporized in a vat like chamber. The residue of that action [it takes them months to get enough to measure] is used in a complex lye and used to fertilize crops.
Q — Where is your family? Not just your wife and son, but parents and siblings?
A — Cathy and Eric are still missing. My parents died in a car crash when I was in my teens. I have one brother, if he is alive I suspect he is inside an underground base some where. I haven’t heard from him for several years. Please pray for them, please!
Q — What is your birth date, and where were you born?
A — 23 April 1941, Glen Ellyn, IL [actually in a farm at home, in the place now called Glen Ellyn, my birth certificate list is at Wheaton, IL]
Q — You have been through so much, and yet keep fighting, what is your biggest fear?
A — That the general public will forget THE TRAPPED INNOCENT PEOPLE in the despicable place, and will ignore THE HUNDREDS OF CHILDREN, WOMEN AND MEN ADDED TO THAT PLACE EVER
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
In my research regarding the Freemason’s, United States Presidents and The Masonic Power Structure I was constantly running into the number 13 and 33.
This research confirmed that most of the founding fathers were Masons. It also confirmed that most of the Presidents were Masons. My first run in with 13 of course was the 13 colonies.
Second was the great Seal.
“The numbers 3, 7, 9,11,13, 33, 39. Any multiple of these numbers have special meaning to the Illuminati. Notice that the Bilderberg Group has core of 39 members who are broken into 3 groups of 13 members in each group. Notice that the core of 39 answers to the 13 who make up the Policy Committee.
Take special notice that the 13 members of the Policy Committee answer to the Round Table of Nine. You know that the original number of states in the United States of America was 13.
The Constitution has 7 articles and was signed by 39 members of the Constitutional Convention.”
Occultists the world over believe that, once a symbol is created, it acquires power of its own, and more power is generated when such symbol(s) are created without the profane [uninitiated] knowing about it.
And, the greatest power of all is created in the symbol(s) if the uninitiated NEVER discover that the symbol exists.
There are 13 leaves on the left olive branch with 13 berries.
13 stripes on the middle shield.
13 arrows on the right.
13 stars above the eagles head.
13 letters in the “E Pluribus Unum” on the ribbon.
13 letters in Annuit Coeptis.
There are 13 blocks top to bottom on the pyramid.
Fritz Springmeir in his The 13 Bloodlines says these 13 blocks represent the 13 Satanic family’s.
In the circles at the end of the hexagram points it even spells the word Mason. (image right)
The Roman Numerals at the bottom of the Pyramid: MDCCLXXVI
We do not have to add them together to get the MARK OF THE BEAST OR THE NUMBER OF HIS NAME. John does not tell us to ADD THEM TOGETHER. It is not that we cannot add them together, but the point is John does not TELL US TO ADD THEM TOGETHER.
We then will take a different tact to solve the riddle. We will use EXACTLY WHAT THE BIBLE TELLS US: 600, 60 and 6. We will start with the REVERSE GREAT SEAL, the SEAL THAT DANIEL GAVE TO US.
Embedded at the base of the PYRAMID ARE THE ROMAN NUMERICAL LETTERS: “MDCCLXXVI”.
Now you would normally read that as 1776, which is correct. THAT IS THE “OBVIOUS” MEANING OF THOSE LETTERS. But what is the HIDDEN NUMERICAL VALUE OF THOSE LETTERS?
And what if we took all of the Roman Numerals together and added them up?
The Romans used the following letters for their number system: DCLXVI with D=500, C=100, L=50, X=10, V=5, nd I – 1. The M letter was not used until much later. Now if we take these letters and add them all up, we come to 666.
There are 13 stars in the Masons square on the treasury seal on the right.
The Department=13 of the treasury=13. (image right)
E.W. Bullinger writes:
“As to the significance of thirteen, all are aware that it has come down to us as a number of ill-omen. Many superstitions cluster around it, and various explanations are current concerning them.
“Unfortunately, those who go backwards to find a reason seldom go back far enough. The popular explanations do not, so far as we are aware, go further back than the Apostles.
But we must go back to the first occurrence of the number thirteen in order to discover the key to its significance. It occurs first in Gen. xiv. 4, where we read ’Twelve years they served Chedorlaomer, and the thirteenth year they REBELLED.’
“Hence every occurrence of the number thirteen, and likewise of every multiple of it, stamps that with which it stands in connection with rebellion, apostasy, defection, corruption, disintegration, revolution, or some kindred idea.”
(Bullinger, E.W. Number in Scripture, Kregel Publications, (c)1967, p. 205).
Was not the founding of America in REBELLION of England? The number 13 and 33 is the freemasons number.
In the Nation’s Capitol the father of “ONE nation under God,” George Washington, is memorialized in the rotunda ceiling on a mural entitled, The Apotheosis of Washington. The mural pictures the nations first father surrounded by 13 maidens.
On August 6, 1945 at 8:15 a.m. United States B-29 bomber Enola Gay, on Mission No. 13, dropped an atomic bomb called “Little Boy” on Hiroshima, Japan near the 33rd Parallel. This was “Day One” of a new age, the Nuclear Age. To understand the change that took place, we must back up and look at the importance of the number 13 from the formation of the United States to the atomic bomb’s explosion in Hiroshima.
In 1935, Paul Foster Case wrote:
“Since the date, 1776, is placed on the bottom course of the pyramid [on the Great Seal], and since the number 13 has been so important in the history of the United States and in the symbols of the seal, it is not unreasonable to suppose that the thirteen courses of the pyramid may represent thirteen time-periods of thirteen years each.”
The 13 time-periods of 13 years each equaled 169 years. From July 4, 1776 to July 4, 1945 equaled 169 years. From July 4, 1945 to August 6, 1945 (Hiroshima) was 33 days.
“President Kennedy was wounded in the exact three same spots as Hiram Abif, who was murdered in the Masonic initiation, representing the persecution of the Templars on Friday, the 13th, in the year 1307, where Hiram Abif is struck in the back, and in the throat, and in the head. Dealey Plaza is just a very few short miles from the 33rd parallel.
The highest degree of the Scottish Rite of Freemasonry, the Meritorious Degree, the Degree of the Illuminati, whose motto is “Ordo Ab Chao” or “Out of Chaos Comes Order” – which literally means if they break down the existing structure and cause the population to cry out for order, they will emerge as the rulers and will have the world that they seek.”
May 13, 1941 – Stalin divides Russia into 7 districts in preparation for war
May 13, 1981 – Pope’s attempted assassination
May 13, 2000 – Third secret partially revealed. Relates to Popes shooting on May 13, 1981
May 13, 2000 – Pope alludes to the Beast rising out of the sea in Revelation. The Beast has 7 heads.
May 13, 2000 – Putin divides Russia into 7 districts in preparation for-?
The Cuban missile crisis lasted 13 days, which suggests a ploy or fake crisis. The upcoming movie is even entitled “13 Days.”
Many movies have the number 13 in the title.
13 Frightened Girls (1963)
13 East Street (1952)
13 Floors (1991)
13 West Street (1962)
13 Fighting Men (1960)
13 Ghosts (1960), a remake of this movie is in the process right now
13 Lead Soldiers (1948)
13 Men and a Gun (1938)
Apollo 13 (1995)
6 Days and Seven Nights with Harrison Ford. 6+7=13
We even have a rating for movies PG-13.
In case you didn’t know it, Hollywood is owned by the masons. Obvious isn’t it. John Wayne was a mason. How many of us played cowboys and Indians. No one wanted to be the Indian. Indians got killed we all knew that. This was Hollywood’s way of glorifying the mass murder of a race of people. Same way in Germany.
The kids played Nazi SS and Jews. Every kid wanted to be a Nazi, never the Jew or Christian. Gene Rodenberry creator of Star Trek series was a mason. Even the name Vulcan was the name of a false Roman god.
The communicator is a pyramid. By the way Star Trek was created to get us ready for a fake alien invasion to usher in the New World Order. See: The Fake Alien Invasion You know the old expression, ” Life imitates art”, more truth to that then you realize. Watch and listen to the movies you watch. They always slip the numbers 13 or 33 in there somewhere. Remember the movie On Any Given Sunday.
The quarter back was number 13 and the receiver was number 33. Who could miss the the all seeing eye through-out the movie. This message was obvious to me. What they were saying is this. There are 33 titles in the Old Testament for the antichrist, while there are 13 in the New Testament. Satan (13) is the quarterback.
33rd degree Masons are the receivers. In other words the 33’s are bringing back the old testament Egypt Isis/Osiris/Ra/Satan one world religion Zep Tepi. Zep Tepi was that corrupt “Golden Age” of incarnate demons which the Egyptian mystery religion represented and continues to represent. It is an ancient violent and immoral world which developed before the Flood which New Age spirit guides are seeking to re-establish. They are seeking to reestablish this age under Globalism to be ruled once again by 13/Satan New testament Anti-Christ.
1997 Diana and Dodi Fayed died when a Mercedes provided by Mr. Al Fayed and driven by his employee, Henri Paul, ploughed into the 13th pillar in the Alma tunnel in Paris on August 31 1997.
One example relevant to our study is the explosion of the Apollo 13 spacecraft, name ’Aquarius’ which occurred at 1:13 in the afternoon (1313 military time) on April 13, 1970.
Mars Pathfinder landing site (19.5° N by 33.3° W) – July 4th, 1997.
Basketball superstar, international cultural icon, and real life hero Micheal Jordan retired from the NBA after completing 13 AMAZING seasons as the most successful sports superstar of ALL TIME on Wednesday January 13, 1999.
Vice President Gore conceded on the 13th day of December, which officially made Bush president on the 13th day, which suggest a ploy to bring about a change in the voting process.
REGIONAL LEADERSHIP COUNCIL The United States has been divided into seven different regions geographically.
Each region has a 13 member leadership council that coordinates with the local leadership councils (are you getting the idea by now? The Illuminati are set up a lot like “Amway” or any other well-organized business enterprise with a flowchart of accountability for each member). This council will look something like this:
Head of council (1), Military (2 seats), Spiritual (2 seats), Scholarship (2 seats), Finances (2 seats), Training (2 seats), Sciences (2 seats).
Total: 13 members
The regional councils will represent the different areas of interest and knowledge that the Illuminati pursue. The membership will change over time as members are promoted or demoted. www.centrexnews. com/columnists/svali/2001/02/svali12.html
In a similar fashion, JFK, Jr., was killed and committed to the waters of the Atlantic close to the intersection of the N. 41 parallel and W. 71 meridian; summing up, 4 + 1 + 7 + 1 = 13, the most Masonically correct number. This intersection, southwest of Martha’s Vineyard, is also close to the small island called No Mans Land.
“No Mans” is a Baconian cypher for “Mason”, i.e., Mason Land. JFK, Jr., and his public wife, Carolyn Bessette, were married on Cumberland Island, off the coast of Georgia. This island is close to the intersection of the N. 31 parallel and the W. 81 meridian; again, 3 + 1 + 8 + 1 = 13 Paranoid Pattern Finding & Masonic Cues
Just the below info would be enough to convince me of the occult nature of 13.
This is the completion of the sacred geometry of the Priory of Sion. Blessed be the SERPENT who told Eve, “Thou shalt not surely die…” A Sacred Covenant was made between ALMIGHTY GOD and the re-assembled 13th Tribe of Levi on the 27th of September, 1973. We were a genuinely archetypal institution.
My abduction was not co-incidental but part of the Grand Design. It represented the birth of a New Earth Nation – GENESIS II. The child I carried was called THOTH, (though at the time I first heard this word it mean’t nothing to me. Thoth suggested that we link in all the threads to the old narrative… the Original Intent of the Egyptian Thesis. http://www.reach.net/~star1/seph.htm
Another interesting fact to consider is that of the 37 Presidents of the United States before Jimmy Carter, at least 18 or 21 (depending on which source you believe) were close relatives.
That comes to somewhere between 48.6 percent and 56.7 percent-far to much to be coincidence, as any conspiritologist (or mathematician) would tell you. Of the 224 ancestors in the family tree of 21 Presidents, we find 13 Roosevelt’s, 16 Coolidge’s, and 14 Tyler’s. Another source manages to relate 60 percent of the Presidents and link most of them to the super-rich Astor family.
This data does not include genealogies of the five most recent President. Psychologist G. William Domhoff claims that a large part of America’s Ruling elite, just like that of Europe, are related by marriage.
How many of you remember when we were kids the first secret code we learned was the alphabet with a number above each letter.
Starting with the letter A with the number 1 above it ending with Z which would of course represent the number 26. We used to pass coded letters to our buddies in class using this code. At least I did.
Take a piece of paper and lay out this code. It should look like this.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z
This code is one of the simplest codes there is. You can even do it in reverse. A being 26 until Z is 1.
Now using the code above, apply that to the following government and media establishments. And do the math. The number 13 or 33, sometimes both are cleverly hidden in the initials.
3 2 – 19=13 The Eye of Horus
. Same as Dairy Queen
C B S
3 14 14 =3+1+4+1+4=13 C N N
3 9 1=3+9+1=13 C I A (Central Intelligence Agency )
4 8 19=4×8=32-19=13 D H S (Department of Human Services)
6 2 9= 6- 2=4+9=13 F B I
14 19 1 = 1+4=5-19=negative14+1=negative13 ? N S A
1 15 12 = 1+15=16-1=15-2=13 A O L (America On-Line) note the eye in the pyramid
.
6 5 13 1 = 6-5=1+13=14-1=13 F E M A (Federal Emergency Management Association)
5 16 1 = 5+1=6+6=12+1=13 E P A (Environmental Protection Agency) This is a shame. Its the only way they could charge us for the air we breathe.
13 9 F = 1+3=4+9=13F F=Freemason M I 6 (British Intelligence) This one is freemason from front to back
23 8 15 = 2×3=6-8=-2+15=13 W H O (World Health Organization)
10 7 2 This one was very clever. Its reversed. = 2×7=14-01=13 K G B (Russian Intelligence)
14 1 6 20 1 This one is reversed also. = 1×20=20+6=26+1=27-14=13 N A F T A (North American Free Trade Agreement)
14 1 20 15 = 14-1=13-20=negative 7-1=negative 8-5=negative 13 ? N A T O (North Atlantic Treaties Organization)
20 2 14 =20-2=18-1=17=4=13 T B N (Trinity Broadcasting Network) TRINITY BROADCASTING NETWORK The biggest and most evil force of unholy false Christianity
21 19 1 = 2×1=2+1=3+9=12+1=13 U S A
McDonalds restaurant. The big golden M is the 13th letter of the alphabet.
They’re the ones in the government. They’re the ones behind professional sports. The owner of the Pittsburgh Steelers is a Knight of Malta. The owner of the Detroit Lions is a Knight of Malta. All your top owners of these ball clubs, for the most part, are Knights of Malta, getting the people whooped up in this hoopla over games and sports, while they’re busy creating a tyranny.
So, that was one of the things in the Protocols – that they would create “amusements”.
Another one they used was Walt Disney, 33rd-degree Freemason – Disneyworld, Disneyland. Another one was Milton Hersey, with Hersey Park. They create all of these amusements and games and pastimes to get the people drunk with pleasure, while they’re busy overthrowing the Protestant form of government. The Black Pope.
14 6 12 12 =6=18-4=14-1=13 N F L
14 12 1 =14-2=12+1=13 N B A
As kinsmen of our Aryan ancestors were sanctified with the Zaothra, ( Zoroastrian religion is the same as the Luciferian polytheistic religion of Mazdaism, with its chief god being Lucifer going by his alias Ahura-Mazda), or consecrated water, and there-by devoted to the service of Ahura. (32nd Freemason Ritual)
I own two Mazda trucks and they both have 13 gallon fuel tanks.
Mazda is not the only automobile manufacturer to use ancient pagan god symbolism.
Egyptian symbol for the god Ra
In occultic/Satanic doctrine, the upper four points of the Goathead represent the four elements of the world, Fire, Water, Earth, and Air.
The bottom fifth point represents the spirit of Lucifer. In the photocopy of the Goathead Pentagram, the fifth point extends down into the mind of the goat, who represents Lucifer. Thus, in this street layout, the fifth point is the White House, a symbol placement which represents the intention that the spirit and the mind of Lucifer will be permanently residing in the White House.
Dodge Logo. Dodge Ram Trucks. A rams horns turns downwards. This logo cleverly makes it a goat head with the horns upward to represent the goat head.
goat n. 1. A hollow-horned ruminant (genus Capra) of rocky and mountainous regions, and related to the sheep and including wild and domesticated forms. Funk & Wagnalls Standard Dictionary International Edition 1969.
ram (ram) n. 1. A male sheep. Funk & Wagnalls Standard Dictionary International Edition 1969.
12 jurors and one judge =13. There is no law anywhere that requires 12 jurors. So why 12?
Proctor & Gamble (image left) vigorously denies the accusations, contending that the horns are merely curls of hair. And the 13 stars? According to Proctor & Gamble, they represent the original 13 colonies of the U.S.A. The man in the moon, a company spokesman claims, also honours the original colonies.
In 1992, Proctor & Gamble decided to slightly revise its bizarre and troublesome logo. A corporate spokesman announced that the curls (or horns?) were being softened artistically. Other minor changes were also made, ostensibly to alleviate concerns. But rumors and questions still remain.
In any case, soap-maker Proctor & Gamble has filed lawsuits against several people believed to be responsible for spreading the allegations of devilism.
But, in at least one of the lawsuits, the company raised eyebrows when the news came out that Proctor & Gamble was seeking exactly $66,600 in damages! http://www.texemarrs.com/121997/LOGO.HTM
Thirteen years later, the French Revolution begins. (“13” is an occultic number: Antichrist emerges from the 13th and lost tribe of Dan. The Munsters live on 1313 Mockingbird Lane and Friday the 13th is associated with bad luck. Sometimes, but not usually, a 13th month is added to the Hebrew lunar calendar.) http://www.666beast.com/countdown.htm
On January 7th, Bill Clinton preached a sermon at the Foundry United Methodist Church in Washington, D.C. The sermon lasted precisely 13 minutes: there’s that number again!
In the sermon, he told the 700 people in attendance,
“I look forward to finding out whether John Quincy Adams was right when he said, ’There is nothing so pathetic in life as an ex-president.’” (3)
I think he was far more pathetic as President. Bill Clinton concluded his 13 minute sermon by thanking the “parish” for its “welcome to gay and lesbian Christians, people who should not feel outside the family of God.” (4)
“By the authority vested in me as President (Clinton) by the Constitution and bearing in mind the obligations of the United States pursuant to the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and other relevant treaties concerned with the protection and promotion of human rights to which the United States is now or may become a party in the future, it is hereby ordered.”
Like the Universal Declaration of Human Rights, the Convention on the Rights of the Child uses manipulative and misleading language. According to Article 13,
“The child shall have the right to freedom of expression; this right shall include freedom to seek, receive, and impart information and ideas of all kinds, regardless of frontiers…”
While parents lose their right to set safe boundaries for their children, the State assumes full power to “protect” the child and define the rules. Thus Article 13 concludes with:
“This right may be subject to certain restrictions, but these shall only be such as are provided by law and are necessary for respect of the rights or reputations of others; or for protection of national security or public order.”
Likewise, if parents restrict their child’s “right to freedom of association” or their child’s ambiguous rights to “privacy” or “conscience and religion” (Articles 14 -16), they would break this law and face the potential loss of their child to the state’s “protection” services. In the context of UN ideology, “national security or public order” refers to the concept of solidarity, a utopian community oneness based on shared values defined by Globalist leaders.
Microsoft Windows Logo
Then there is my favorite hidden 13 and 33. 13 is more pronounced (image right).
“1313” CONSTRUCTED WITH ROCKEFELLER FUNDS
The 1947-1948 Annual Report of the tax-exempt Laura Spelman RockefellerFund revealed:
“In 1938, a new building at 1313 East Sixtieth Street, Chicago (constructed under grants from the Spelman Fund) was completed to provide adequate quarters… for the use and occupancy of the national governmental organizations. This building has come to be known as ’1313’. “…
An agency known as the Public Administration Clearing House was set up…
Endorsement of the Public Administration Clearing House came from the National Municipal League, the American Municipal Association, etc….
“The Public Administration Clearing House manages the building at 1313 E. Sixtieth Street, Chicago.”
Further financing for the “1313” has been provided by the Carnegie Corporation, the Julius Rosenwald (Sears Roebuck & Company) Fund, and the Russell Sage Foundation.
In his article in the January 1973 issue of AMERICAN OPINION magazine Gary Allen said that the primary funding now comes from the Ford Foundation which has “poured tens of millions of dollars into scores, possibly hundreds of regional government projects” promoted by “1313”. http://www.sweetliberty.org/beware_metro2.html#Chapter%20VII
Federal reserve act – transferred money issue to Banksters – December 23 1913
Roosevelt declares bankruptcy of US March 9 1933 (or 3/9/33) this one has the 3, 39 and 33.
33
Another big number for the Mason’s is 33. As this is the highest degree in Masonry you can hold.
14 1 19 1 =14-1=13+19=32+1=33 N A S A
The Enterprise Mission’s website by Richard Hoagland is the best for exposing NASA’s tie to freemasonry.
8 1 1 18 16 = 8-1=7+1=8+18=26+1=27+6=33 H A A R P
21 14 = 2+1=3 1-4=3 3 and 3 make 33 U. N. United Nations
There are 33 sections to the United Nations on the inner emblem logo.
Harry S. Truman
As the 33rd President, this 33rd degree Mason initiated the Nuclear Age, the crowning success of alchemy, when the first A-bomb exploded at the 33rd Parallel Trinity Test Site, (Almagordo) White Sands, New Mexico.
He was responsible for killing of thousands of Japanese (the Yellow Peril) at two cities close to the 33rd Parallel, Hiroshima and Nagasaki.
9 2 13 = 9+2=11 1+1+1=3and3 make 33 I B M
24 6 12 = 24+6=30+1=31+2=33 X F L
21 11 = 2=1=3×11=33 U K (United Kingdom)
1+2=3 3 make 33 A B C
1947 On July 8, 1947 a UFO and aliens’ bodies were allegedly found in the desert outside Roswell, New Mexico at the 33rd Parallel.
1946 On August 19, 1946, Bill Clinton, the 42nd President, was born in Hope, Arkansas, at the 33rd Parallel. His parentage is disputed. As a young man, Bill Clinton was a Master Counselor of the Masonic-connected Demolay. (“Demolay” derives from the Grand Master of the Knights Templar, James deMolay (1244-1314)). Clinton’s ties with the C.I.A. began when he studied at Oxford.
Clinton’s reign as President has been noted for numerous scandals, including the unexplained deaths of more than 50 of his associates by means of bullets and plane crashes.
In David Yallop’s book, In God’s Name, which exposes the murder of the Pope who was in power for only 33 days, Freemasonry was a major issue. According to Yallop, Pope John Paul I, Albino Luciani, was murdered because he was going to take drastic measures and make drastic changes within the Vatican.
By the way, Prince Charles Coat of Arms (Revelations 13:2) has another symbol – The Order of the Garter. The Order of the Garter is the parent organization over Free Masonry, world-wide. When a man becomes a 33rd Degree Mason, he swears allegiance to that organization, and thereby to Prince Charles.
4. To enhance all these elements, including #3, the Illuminati would desire to place a man whom they control in the group being sacrificed, most preferably a Manchurian Candidate, i.e., a man whom they have previously programmed by Mind Control to willingly die for the Illuminist cause. David Koresh was just a man.
Occultists have been told that he was Illuminist, and had been programmed to be the perfect Manchurian Candidate, quite willing to die for the cause. Koresh was 33 years old, a perfect age for the Illuminati to set him up as the Messiah figure to his cult, as Jesus Christ was 33 years old when He finished His ministry.
Additionally, 3 + 3 = 6 , the favourite number of the Illuminati. Remember this first “6”, for it becomes very important in a few paragraphs below.
One also must remember the words of Prof. Revilo P. Oliver:
The question of precisely what fires the will of the wealthy supranational elites seeking to manipulate and control world events, has not escaped the attention of serious students of conspiracies and cover-ups.
The late American Professor Revilo P. Oliver, a confirmed atheist, was forced to conclude:
“A theory that a conspiracy has been working consciously for many centuries is not very plausible unless one attributes to them a religious unity. That is tantamount to regarding them as Satanists engaged in the worship and service of supernatural evil.
The directors of the conspiracy must see or otherwise directly perceive manifestations which convince them of the existence and power of Lucifer. And since subtle conspirators must be very shrewd men, not likely to be deceived by auto-suggestion, hypnosis, or drugs, we should have to conclude that they probably are in contact with a force of pure evil.”
A famous mason Manly P. Hall stated the following,
“When the Mason learns that the key to the warrior on the block is the proper application of the dynamo of living power, he has learned the mystery of his Craft. The seething energies of Lucifer are in his hands and before he may step onward and upward, he must prove his ability to properly handle energy.”
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
Clearly, the globalists took into account “the aspirations of peoples all over the globe… to emerge rapidly and conclusively from the era of colonialism” in their planning of the NWO. It is for this reason that the BRICS alliance was formed and the NWO was designed in a multipolar fashion.
They want the oppressed peoples of the world to join together and see themselves beating the West.
And they want them to believe that the Illuminati’s multipolar New World Order represents their final victory over oppression and ascension to equality, when it is actually just the beginning of a new phase of subjugation and their fall into equality as global serfs.
Elon Musk scores a KNOCK OUT blow to the EU’s Censorship Plans | Redacted w Natali & Clayton Morris
✅Videos we recommend: • REDACTED RECOMMENDS
Elon Musk scored two big wins against censorship this week. He was able to host an unscripted Live Spaces interview with President Trump, even after an EU official threatened him. The company that X is suing for antitrust has also shut down due to obvious business interference. Two small but big wins for free speech!
✅ 💥 Best Way to Invest in Gold and Silver is with Lear Capital ⚡️ 👉 Call them today at tel: 800-613-3557 👉 or go to https://LearRedacted.com ⭐️ Get your FREE $3,200 Gold and Silver investor guide from Lear Capital ⭐️Receive up to $15,000 in FREE bonus metals with a qualified purchase
LIVE STREAM SCHEDULE: Monday – Thursday 1PM PST / 3PM CENTRAL / 4PM EST
📺 Want to bypass chat limits on our LIVE streams? Become a YouTube Channel Member today. This is TOTALLY different than the community over on Locals. Head to this link to join: / @redactednews
✨FAIR USE NOTICE: This video may contain copyrighted material. Such material is made available for educational purposes only. This constitutes a ‘fair use’ of any such copyrighted material as provided for in Title 17 U.S.C. section 106A-117 of the US Copyright Law.
About Natali and Clayton Morris: Clayton Morris is a former FOX News anchor. Natali Morris is a former anchor and reporter for MSNBC, CNBC and CBS News. On Redacted, the married couple (not brother and sister!) and former mainstream news professionals take an in-depth look at the news the mainstream media largely ignores. They explore the legal, social, financial, and personal issues that matter to you. They want to set the record straight and bring you the stories nobody else tells. Along with the facts and the complete picture, Redacted offers real-world analysis without an agency driven by corporate overloads. With Clayton’s extensive journalism experience, he isn’t afraid to demand the truth from authorities. Redacted is an independent platform, unencumbered by external factors or restrictive policies, on which Clayton and Natali Morris bring you quality information, balanced reporting, constructive debate, and thoughtful narratives.
DISCLAIMER:
Some of the links in this description and in our videos may be affiliate links, and pay us a small commission if you use them. We really appreciate the support.
The content in our YouTube videos SHALL NOT be construed as tax, legal, insurance, construction, engineering, health & safety, electrical, financial advice, or other & may be outdated or inaccurate; it is your responsibility to verify all information. We are not financial advisers. We only express our opinions based on our experiences. Your experience may be different. Investing of any kind involves risk. While it is possible to minimize risk, your investments are solely your responsibility. You must conduct your own research. There is NO guarantee of gains or losses on investments.
These videos are for entertainment purposes ONLY. IF stocks or companies are mentioned, we MAY have an ownership interest in them — DO NOT make buying or selling decisions based on these videos. If you need advice, please contact a qualified CPA, attorney, insurance agent, contractor/electrician/engineer/etc., financial advisor, or the appropriate professional for the subject you would like help with. Linked items may create a financial benefit for our company.
Transcript
Well Elon Musk has scored two big wins for free speech and he’s kind of doing on half of the rest of us so we should be aware of this.
So let’s count them first musk hosted a live spaces on X with Donald Trump last night this marked his return to the platform after being kicked off in the wake of January 6th and musk says that over a billion people tuned in across platform it was was an unscripted conversation with a presidential candidate so you would think that is a national value. We want to hear from somebody who is leading a major portion of votes in the polls but the Press thinks oh they’re talking to Donald Trump they’re giving him unscripted access they think we don’t want this. We absolutely should collectively want this the Press should want that too one of my favorite Parts I want to say of the Twitter X was.
When Donald Trump Rec counted a conversation with Vladimir Putin when he was president and he said he had warned him against a war in Ukraine and he said Putin said no way and Trump responded way that was kind of fun way. I have a feeling it did not happen like that yeah but it’s his story to tell it’s his place to retell it and it’s my right to sort of have an opinion about it.
As a voter another part that I was Keen to hear was that Elon Musk said that he would love to advise on a government board that controls government spending.
If Trump is reelected and the president said love it I would love it, guess what I would love it too if anyone could reign in government spending. Musk discussed how inflation is caused by government spending and how that should not be controversial he’s quite correct now in advance of this conversation European commissioner Terry Breton sent a letter to Elon Musk and warned him about potentially harmful content. Here is the tweet that went along with this letter I know you can’t read the letter on your screen uh it’s a bunch of nonsense. I’m just showing it to you so you can read it for yourself if you want to. It is a Noto Veiled Threat that hosting Trump on X could affect his current EU proceedings against X he says that on the one hand yes Free Speech but on the other hand whatever we think is harmful to the EU that Trump says in this unfiltered content we will hold you the platform accountable for.
Well the EU now says that Terry Bon was not authorized to do this in fact they said that this was his own mind and his own way of thinking and this was not approved by President Ursula van der leiden. So what was he so afraid of that was said by Donald Trump why were they so worried about him being given the floor he uses the fear of misinformation but of course the EU has many times put out their own misinformation.
We I think we’ve proven that to you we’ve covered that if you don’t remember I will point you to those segments now did Trump misspeak in his spaces well sure for instance one Community note where Donald Trump claimed he gave the largest tax cut ever the community noted well this is actually the eighth largest tax cut since 1918 uh but it was the largest corporate tax cut well we should be able to determine this for ourselves. We should hear Donald Trump say I gave the biggest tax cuts and say well their presidents have done it bigger but that was a big tax cut in terms of what our options are. The Democrats want tax hikes so we should be able to hear that we don’t want that censored in under the guise of misinformation um and these are the types of information that are actually quite important on X . They posted this data that showed who is listening on the platform it shows that 37 million Democrats are on X right now versus 32 million Republicans but guess how many voters are swing voters according to their data 34 million so this is absolutely a place right in terms of. When you think of what are the options CNN are all going to be lefties uh MSNBC CNBC those tend to be more leftist type voters versus Fox with our right which are righties this is seems to be a place a neutral place for speech. So musk says that he will happily do one of these with kamala Harris she has not responded and it’s not very likely that he will do something like this. One because it’s uh out of context to just giggle the whole time which seems to work for her in her rallies to just giggle a lot while making eye contact with people.
It’s like her rallies are like a constant inside joke don’t you think yeah I’m looking at you we’re looking at each other he I don’t get it but I’m not in on the joke uh but she has not done unscripted interviews since announcing her candidacy and neither has Governor walls. So okay that is free speech when number one the fact that we even had that live space I guess it’s a low bar for free speech these days the fact that a live conversation happened and we have to celebrate it because it almost did not uh second win. Is that the group that X had been suing for antitrust violation collapsed like a little as soon as this lawsuit was filed. Not that one can we go through it nope keep going keep going that one this is the lawsuit that collaps The Advertiser group called garm or Global Alliance for responsible media.
We talked about this lawsuit last week because it’s pretty big what they were doing was Finding content on X that they didn’t like. Writing up bogus reports calling it hate speech and then pressuring advertisers that they don’t like to not spend money on X hoping that they could if they couldn’t censor the speech they would collapse the platform.
Well X sued them and so did Rumble here are just some of the advertisers whose money they were controlling. All of these groups were taking advice from garm and saying oh well we won’t we won’t Elevate this content, we won’t sponsor on X if they’re letting people be free.
Well last week they got SLE slapped with lawsuits from X and Rumble the lawsuits were filed on August 6th and here is their statement about shutting down on August 9th so they cannot handle it. You can tell they can’t take the heat so they got the heck out of the kitchen. They say they didn’t tell advertisers to do what they to what to do. Instead they supported advertisers on their own independent development so that advertising dollars do not inadvertently support illegal or harmful content that damages their brand. But because of unfortunate mis information they are going to discontinue but this case is still moving forward in fact because garm is not the only defendant and in fact the CEO and the head of that organization was advising people in an illegal way. So I hope that he’s pulled into this personally to answer for this uh I don’t mind saying that I hope you can’t weasle out of a lawsuit by just shutting down your company uh you can read more about what he did on the House of Representatives report on this matter. which is extensive and shocking.So will this Association stop what they were doing will other associations stop this too or is this like a Hydra well. Where it will pop up in other forms is this a win or a temporary Slumber of the censorship Beast let us know what you think of this yeah it’s absolutely crazy and so well and of course if you watch the mainstream media response to the Donald Trump spaces last night I they were all on the same page and I think. Elon even tweeted like a wall he just showed a wall of commentary from these different News newspaper Publications it reads like a jealous ex-wife yeah because they’re not doing actual information and open speech. You know they want the ability to censor so they have to crap on it when somebody else is yeah I mean there was a lot to criticize. I mean if you if you want to sit there and listen to it was a conversation not like a a journalist interviewing somebody it was a conversation so if you understand that Elon Musk is not a journalist he was having a conversation so if you okay look at it in that way. You’re like listening in on a conversation about the future of the country talked a lot about Israel they were really upset about the people. Would not be you know Pro pro-Israel so they’re both in the tank for Netanyahu of course so you could criticize that there was a lot to discuss and have a conversation about but for all of the mainstream media to come out their headlines were like, Donald Trump slurs his words through a whole three-hour conversation, it was like Donald Trump meanders and slurs like that like that’s? Your take on this yes they’re discouraging you from participating in it and as a viewer like I said this conversation about Putin where he said I said no way and he was like way.
I’m like okay obviously that’s missing important context about the war in Ukraine about Putin being unprovoked and launching an attack on Ukraine that’s false but I have the right to hear it and form an opinion about it.
…(from page 161) They conveniently fail to mention that there are many other options besides resorting to either of those two extremes.
Kissinger and Co. also make the assertion that building the NWO is the “grand objective” of America’s foreign policy…
…(from page 26) and that the effectiveness of US policy will be judged by how well America fosters the globalist institutions…
…(from page 27) Also note how the passage assigns the US to the Western Sphere. The planners had another nation in mind to lead the Eastern Sphere (China).
The book then goes on to offer specific ways America can sacrifice its national interests to build the global government.
The Deindustrialization of America
On page 173, we see the genesis of the economic policies that have brought the American economy and EU to ruin…
…as the globalists make the case for unilaterally removing the trade barriers that protected America’s economy from competition with foreign slave labor.
Kissinger and Co. also make the case that we shouldn’t economically defend ourselves since it might create “impediments… to the progress of others”…
…(from page 75)
And to give Americans a taste of what’s coming, page 75 also drops this little hint…
…As it turns out, America did indeed lay itself down as a bridge to pull China into the NWO. We did it by luring them in with a great deal of our national wealth through lopsided trade and outsourcing.
And this brings us to the subject of the BRICS…
The BRICS Role In Erecting The New World Order
Prospect goes on to address the status of those nations that were “freed” by the engineered collapse of the Old World Order…
…(from page 164)
If we remove the spin from this passage, it tells us that the new nation-states’ drive to achieve true independence must be “balanced by converging forces.” And what form did these “converging forces” take? The globalists employed hot & cold wars and insurgencies, trade conflicts, and “economic hit men” to make life unbearable for any nation-state attempting to be independent. All this strife forced such nations to reach out to international institutions for “help” (which came in the form of military occupation or debt bondage).
Only in the arms of the globalist institutions would such nations find any peace…
…(from page 61)
When Prospect spoke on page 60 of what animates such peoples…
“The Chinese people would revolt against overt foreign domination, but embrace their place in the NWO if they believed they were in control.”
The Chinese have suffered greatly at the hands of Western imperialism, as has much of the world. As a result, the Illuminati would have trouble roping many nations into a Western-led New World Order, especially the nationalistic Chinese. Since you can’t have a truly global order without the most populous nation on Earth, the Illuminati opted to use their own legacy of destruction to their advantage.Their two-part strategy to do so is as follows:
1 – They set up a China-centred alliance as an opposing force to the Western alliance.This part of the strategy was hinted at in the mainstream press in this 2002 UPI article, titled “China Wants Its Own ‘New World Order’ To Oppose US Version.” It is common practice for the Cabal to use opposing forces to achieve their ends, and they always make sure they have influence or control over both sides.
2 – They have been driving the world public into the hands of the Chinese alliance.How have they approached this, you ask?
> They have widely publicized a heinous New World Order planned by the Western Powers…
…while simultaneously publicizing a benign New World Order planned by China and its allies…
…thus establishing danger from one side and safety from another.
> They have broadly exposed damaging information about Western nations, especially the US. This is the motivation behind WikiLeaks, Snowden, and a thousand smaller disclosures. And after Snowden outed the NSA’s activities to the general public, where did he run to hide? First to China (Hong Kong), then to Russia. So what is the psychological message? China and Russia (the BRICS alliance) are where you run for safety from the evil US, its Western allies, and all their horrible behaviour.
It is really very simple: the Illuminati built a rabbit trap (in the BRICS alliance) that looks like a nice, safe hole to hide from danger. Now they are beating the bushes (with the Western powers) to drive the rabbits toward the trap.<<<
Clearly, the globalists took into account “the aspirations of peoples all over the globe… to emerge rapidly and conclusively from the era of colonialism” in their planning of the NWO. It is for this reason that the BRICS alliance was formed and the NWO was designed in a multipolar fashion. They want the oppressed peoples of the world to join together and see themselves beating the West. And they want them to believe that the Illuminati’s multipolar New World Order represents their final victory over oppression and ascension to equality, when it is actually just the beginning of a new phase of subjugation and their fall into equality as global serfs.
With the Rockefeller plan for the BRICS New World Order laid out before us, let’s take a look at how it was implemented.
China: Building up the False Saviour
Major moves towards building the New World Order outlined in Prospect for America began in the late sixties…
July 1971 – former Special Studies Project director Henry Kissinger held secret meetings in China to lay the groundwork for their introduction onto the global stage. Here he is with Chinese Premier Chou En-Lai (a.k.a. Zhou Enlai) during the visit…
August 1971 – President Richard Nixon takes America off of the gold standard…
…This was the first major explosion in the dollar’s demolition as the global reserve currency (to make way for its replacement by the globalists’ SDR sometime around 2018).
February 1972 – Nixon visits (and “opens”) China. Here he is with Chairman Mao…
June 1973 – David Rockefeller Sr. visits China to start working out implementation details for what is to come. Meeting with Premier Chou En-Lai…
So what was set in motion by these events? By 1978, Deng Xiaoping took power and “developed ‘Socialism with Chinese characteristics’ and Chinese economic reform, also known as the ‘socialist market economy,’ and opened China to the global market.” An interesting view on the hidden dynamics behind this development is offered in the above-linked “Colonial Elite Rules China for the Illuminati” article…
“Wang Hao, a historian at the China Institute of International Studies, has recorded that Mao’s deputy Zhou Enlai met David Rockefeller in June 1973:
‘When meeting David Rockefeller, Zhou said to him that it was necessary to find appropriate methods conducive to the development of the trade between two sides under different political systems.’
The corporate-communist merger began when Deng Xiaoping came to power in the late 1970s and introduced his market reforms with the slogan ‘to get rich is glorious.’
However, after 30 years of Maoism his regime was hopelessly ill equipped to run a market economy. They turned to the wealthiest Chinese tycoons in Hong Kong for guidance.
The most powerful HK tycoon is Li Ka-Shing, the richest Asian in the world and an Illuminati insider.”
(For Fritz Springmeier’s writeup on the Illuminati Li family, click here.)
This helped put in place a Chinese elite that “is a merger between the Communist leadership, Hong Kong tycoons, and the criminal Triads. All three factions derive their power from Illuminati collaboration.”
Needless to say, globalist coordination with China…
…and their BRICS partner Russia…
…has continued unabated to this day.
In closing, I’d simply say that any global solution offered to us in the coming years is, in fact, a globalist solution. If you do not get together with your neighbors to start exercising self-sufficiency and control over your life, you will fall into globalist dependency and control by default. And if you do not get together with those in your local community to devise a currency (or other method of trade/barter) of your own, you will end up using bankster currency by default. Power that is not taken into your own hands is left to the predators who grasp for it.
[Update 1 – 11 November 2014]
In response to this comment from a suspected webtroll…
“How do you know that Putin isn’t telling Kissinger, ‘Buddy, your days are numbered.’”
So while the front page news has blaring headlines about the supposed conflict between West and East, you’ll find the truth a little deeper in the paper: that all these political types work for the same bosses and are actually buddies behind the scenes. Don’t be distracted by the public puppet theatre/drama.
Use of the fear factor/origin nature and copy/replace!
Abuse of power by governments and institutions and failing in there protection of the electorate.
A systematic review of autopsy-related literature following COVID-19 vaccination found that 73.9% of the 325 deaths were linked to the shots, suggesting “a high likelihood of a causal link” between the shots and death.
However, Preprints with The Lancet removed the study from the server within 24 hours, “because the study’s conclusions are not supported by the study methodology,” according to a statement on the SSRN page, The Daily Sceptic reported.
The paper had been viewed over 100,000 times.
Authors submitting papers to Lancet journals for review post their work to the SSRN to make it publicly available while it undergoes peer review.
The authors said autopsies should be performed on all deceased people who have received one or more COVID-19vaccines and that vaccinated people should be clinically monitored for at least one year following vaccination. They called for further research into the issue.
“Our study faced unprecedented censorship from the Lancet SSRN preprint server and was taken down after massive downloads by concerned physicians and scientists across the globe.
“Lancet did not want the world to know that among deaths that were autopsied after COVID-19 vaccination, independent adjudication found that the vaccine was the cause of death in 73.9% of cases.
“The most common fatal vaccine syndromes were myocarditis and blood clots. Investigative journalists should probe Lancet to uncover who was behind unethical suppression of critical clinical information to the public.”
Makis announced the publication of the “Lancet censored” paper on X last week:
BREAKING NEWS: Our LANCET CENSORED Paper is now peer reviewed and available online!
“A Systematic REVIEW of Autopsy findings in deaths after COVID-19 vaccination”
“325 autopsy cases”
“We found that 73.9% of deaths were directly due to or significantly contributed to by… pic.twitter.com/HCXfeXh0Gk
McCullough also noted the project was approved through the University of Michigan’s School of Public Health and used a standard scientific methodology to evaluate the studies for inclusion in the review.
The authors subsequently posted on the Zenodo preprint server, while the review underwent peer review at Forensic Science International. It was downloaded over 125,000 times.
Preprint servers were established to address inefficiencies in academic publishing. The peer-review process typically takes months or more, delaying the real-time sharing of scientific findings with the public.
Also, many journals are proprietary and can only be accessed through expensive personal or institutional subscriptions.
Preprint servers offer a location for scientific reports and papers to be available to the public while the paper goes through peer review — making scientific findings available immediately and for free and opening them up to broader public debate.
There is no peer-review process for preprints, although there is a vetting process.
Preprint servers are intended to be neutral and to post all research conducted with a clearly explained and reproducible methodology, according to Vinay Prasad, M.D., MPH, who reported last year that his COVID-19-related work was subject to similar censorship.
Thirty-eight percent of Prasad’s own lab’s submissions to preprint servers were rejected or removed — even though those same articles eventually were published in journals and extensively downloaded.
Preprint servers have become “gatekeepers” for what science gets published, Prasad said.
When The Lancet took down the paper, The Daily Sceptic’s Will Jones wrote that given the credentials of the authors, “It is hard to imagine that the methodology of their review was really so poor that it warranted removal at initial screening rather than being subject to full critical appraisal. It smacks instead of raw censorship of a paper that failed to toe the official line.”
The Lancet Preprints did not respond to The Defender’s request for comment.
Findings have wide-ranging implications
The authors searched the published literature archived in PubMed and ScienceDirect for all autopsy and necropsy — another word for autopsy — reports related to COVID-19 vaccination, where the death occurred after vaccination.
They screened out 562 duplicate studies among the 678 studies initially identified in their search. Other papers were removed because, for example, they lacked information about vaccination status.
Ultimately 44 papers containing 325 autopsies and one necropsy case were evaluated. Three physicians independently reviewed each case and adjudicated whether or not the COVID-19 shot was the direct cause or contributed significantly to the death reported.
They found 240 of the deaths (73.9%) were found to be “directly due to or significantly contributed to by COVID-19 vaccination” and the mean age for death was 70.4 years old.
Primary causes of death included sudden cardiac death, which happened in 35% of cases, pulmonary embolism and myocardial infarction, which occurred in 12.5% and 12% of the cases respectively.
Most deaths occurred within a week of the last shot.
The authors concluded that because the deaths were highly consistent with the known mechanisms for COVID-19 vaccine injury, it was highly likely the deaths were causally linked to the vaccine.
They said the findings “amplify” existing concerns about the vaccines, including those related to vaccine-induced myocarditis and myocardial infarction and the effects of the spike protein more broadly.
They also said the studies have implications for unanticipated deaths among vaccinated people with no previous illness. “We can infer that in such cases, death may have been caused by COVID-19 vaccination,” they wrote.
The authors acknowledged some potential biases in the article.
First, they said, their conclusions from the autopsy findings are based on an evolving understanding of the vaccines, which are currently different from when the studies evaluated were published.
They also noted that systematic reviews have bias potential in general because of biases that may exist at the level of the individual papers and their acceptance into the peer-reviewed literature.
They said publication bias could have affected their results because the global push for mass vaccination has made investigators hesitant to report adverse events.
They also said their research did not account for confounding variables like concomitant illnesses, drug interactions and other factors that may have had a causal role in the reported deaths.
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
All the hydrocarbons ever burned, all coal, all the nuclear fuel rods ever expended in all the nuclear power plants, added in fact not a single permanent watt to the power line.
Instead, all that expense, effort, and pollution and destruction of the biosphere was and is necessary in order to keep adding internal energy. Thus all the systems our scientists and engineers were told to design and build, require that we continually input more energy to restore the dipole, than the circuit dissipates in the load and keep it so. It is only the fast introduction of these free energy devices can save us now and will add permanent energy to the grid without the usual pollution. Please visit:
Index: please click on the link for the index please?
At the bottom of the website an introduction to emotion/energy: by Robert Burney MA (2008)
The Metaphysics of Emotions – emotional energy is real by Robert Burney MA
Emotions are the driving force behind creation and can be easily abused. Most humans have this innate feel about that risk and try to be protective but often fail.
Please click on this video link for this on YouTube published video clip?
Love & loosh & pain/suffering
He EXPOSES the Forbidden Knowledge About the Origin and Purpose of Humankind
Ethereal Wisdom 116K subscribers
Subscribe
2.2K
Share
53,408 views 29 Dec 2024 In this video, we dive into an ancient mystery: the hidden forces that, throughout history, may have been guiding our destinies, mentioned in mythologies, religions, and philosophies. Furthermore, we will discover that this phenomenon is not exclusive to the past. In more recent times, Robert Monroe, a pioneer in out-of-body experiences, discovered a similar concept: Loosh. It is an energy that emanates from the human being and is collected by unknown entities. Join us as we explore the revelations Monroe received in other dimensions and unveil how this valuable elixir, Loosh, could be the key to understanding the creation of our reality.
🔸Thank you for watching our video! If you found it helpful, please consider supporting us by liking, commenting, or subscribing to our channel.
He EXPOSES the Forbidden Knowledge About the Origin and Purpose of Humankind
Ethereal Wisdom 116K subscribers
Subscribe
2.2K
Share
53,408 views 29 Dec 2024 In this video, we dive into an ancient mystery: the hidden forces that, throughout history, may have been guiding our destinies, mentioned in mythologies, religions, and philosophies. Furthermore, we will discover that this phenomenon is not exclusive to the past. In more recent times, Robert Monroe, a pioneer in out-of-body experiences, discovered a similar concept: Loosh. It is an energy that emanates from the human being and is collected by unknown entities. Join us as we explore the revelations Monroe received in other dimensions and unveil how this valuable elixir, Loosh, could be the key to understanding the creation of our reality.
🔸Thank you for watching our video! If you found it helpful, please consider supporting us by liking, commenting, or subscribing to our channel.
Transcript
Have you ever wondered if we are truly at the top of the food chain if not to whom or what do. We serve as food and what is even more intriguing what kind of food is it humankind tends to believe that we are at the Pinnacle of evolution on Earth at the end of the food chain and as the most advanced species in this world.
But what if that perception were Just an Illusion what if hidden forces higher entities were influencing our Destiny without us even realizing it.
Iin this video we dive into an ancient mystery the hidden forces that throughout history may have been guiding our Destinies mentioned in mythologies religions and philosophies. Furthermore we will discover that this phenomenon is not exclusive to the Past in more recent Times Robert Monroe a Pioneer in out of body experiences discovered a similar concept Loosh.
It is an energy that emanates from the human being and is collected by unknown entities join us as we explore the revelations Monroe received in other dimensions and unveil how this valuable Elixir Loosh could be the key to understanding the creation of our reality.
The unknown link throughout history many cultures have sensed the existence of invisible beings or entities that from the Shadows seem to control or guide the events of the world the ancient Greeks for example believed in the gods of Mount Olympus who from above manipulated the fate of Mortals playing with their lives to fulfill their own purposes.
In ancient Sumeria stories of the anunaki emerged Divine beings who According to some interpretations descended to Earth and actively participated in the creation and manipulation of humanity likewise biblical narratives and Christian beliefs. Also mention the intervention of celestial and Powerful beings in human Affairs. In the Old Testament Yahweh the god of Israel appears several times as a vengeful God punishing and guiding his people through great catastrophes Wars and tests of Faith.
The stories of the flood the destruction of Sodom and Gomorrah and the plagues of Egypt are just some examples in which Yahweh directly intervenes showing his power and control over human life. In gnostic Traditions the material world was created by a being known as The demiurge Who populated it with archons entities tasked with keeping Souls trapped in the Physical Realm and away from Divine knowledge. These archons manipulate human perception to create an illusory reality that prevents Spiritual Awakening. Liberation from this cycle is only possible through gnosis which means knowledge.
Allowing souls to transcend the material world and reunite with divinity these ancient narratives suggest that Humanity has never been completely in control of its Destiny but that external and invisible forces whether benevolent or negative have played a crucial role in its Evolution.
Robert Monroe and the revelation of loosh.
Robert Monroe a Pioneer in the study of out of body experiences and the exploration of altered state of Consciousness was one of the first to investigate alternate Dimensions throughout his life he documented extraordinary experiences in which his Consciousness transcended the limits of the physical body accessing realities that defied the scientific explanation of his time.
During these Journeys Monroe encountered beings of superior intelligence who guided him to a deeper understanding of the universe and Humanity’s role within it.
It was through these encounters that Monroe discovered that Earth was not simply an isolated planet in its Evolution but a stage on which a broader and more mysterious plan was unfolding in one of these encounters he received what he described as a package of information a revelation that left him shocked.
Human emotions the conflict suffering and Joy are not just personal experiences but a source of energy this energy known as Loosh is collected and used by invisible forces for purposes beyond our comprehension the encounter with the entity and the information download during one of his out of body experiences Robert Monroe had an encounter that would radically change his view of the universe and Humanity. In a plane of existence Beyond physical reality Monroe encountered an entity he called BB this entity was part of an expedition to what they called the illusion of time space that is the physical PLS of existence. In this journey entities from other non-physical energetic planes participated in a kind of cruise in which they explored and experienced various forms of existence.
According to Robert Monroe in that other reality communication doesn’t occur through words as we are used to in the physical plane but in a nonverbal direct and much deeper way. The messages are not transmitted through sounds or symbols but are shared instantaneously like an information download that penetrates directly into Consciousness it is through this method of transfer that Monroe receives what he later describes as a package of information.
An instant Revelation containing vast and complex knowledge much broader and deeper than any method known on Earth the origins of our creation the downloaded package of information relayed by Monroe begins like; this someone somewhere or both Millions in countless Parts requires needs likes values collects drinks eats or uses a substance identified as Loosh. It is a rare substance in somewhere and those who possess Loosh find it vital for whatever they use it for in its natural state it was found that Loosh originated from a series of vibratory actions in the carbon oxygen cycle. The residue of which was Loosh in various degrees of pure. It explorers from somewhere wandered everywhere in search of sources of Loosh each new discovery welcomed with enthusiasm and Jubilation. This is the story of how someone and their Garden changed all of this it continues as follows; explaining how this someone or this group created the Earth as an experiment to produce and harvest the precious Elixir. Loosh in a remote area some beings began their experiment they first created a suitable environment for the carbon oxygen cycle and set up an initial cultivation in a liquid area but the production of Loosh was scarce and of low quality the units lived short lives and were very small limiting the amount of Loosh harvested which was only obtained at the end of each unit’s life.
The second attempt involved creating vegetation but Loosh was still insufficient although damaging plants and trees generated small amounts the process was slow.
Then the third crop was tested by modifying organisms to feed on the plants creating the first Walkers herbivorous dinosaurs however these ate excessively threatening to destroy the ecosystem.
The solution came when it was discovered that conflicts between the Walkers generated more Loosh thus a smaller version of these was designed which fed on other walkers and increased loosh production during confrontations. This rule called the primordial Catalyst demonstrated that conflict between beings generated Loosh in Greater quantity and quality.
Finally a fourth crop was created eliminating the previous Walkers and designing faster more mobile life forms among them emerged a weak but special species humans.
They were endowed with two key advantages they could obtain energy from both the stationary and other walkers and they contained a Divine spark a small part of their creator this spark would generate a constant Drive in humans an incessant search for reintegration into the infinite totality.
They would not only be motivated by the need to feed but also by a deep dissatisfaction that could not be satisfied by anything in the garden. This need for versatility and energy always present would create a constant inner conflict making them emit a higher level of Loosh. With the fourth crop Loosh production stabilized someone upon reviewing the samples discovered that apart from the Abundant loosh generated by conflict and struggles between species there was also a much Superior and refined Loosh they observed that this came from the human being when isolated in solitude. This discovery revealed a new type of Loosh purer marking an advance in the evolution of the experiment this led to the plld formula which states that distilled Loosh is generated from dissatisfaction and the more intense it is the greater the production.
To improve harvesting someone introduced changes in the garden such as separating creatures into hares to generate loneliness and promote emotions like love and pain which are key to producing Loosh.
The rest is history.
Shock State: Monroe was in a State of shock upon receiving the information about Loosh at first he couldn’t believe it thinking there must have been some error or confusion as the story he was being told about Earth and Humanity seemed too absurd to be real but upon further investigation everything began to fit.
Unsettlingly well especially with what he knew about the food chain on Earth he felt betrayed and deeply outraged the idea that humans unknowingly wereproducers of Loosh a special energy form harvested from their emotions and experiences filled him with frustration. The Revelation that this process was part of a larger scheme with external beings benefiting from it was devastating. Monroe felt manipulated deceived as if every human action and thought was designed solely to generate more Loosh without their consent. This knowledge overwhelmed him leaving him emotionally drained and filled with unanswered questions the feeling of being used and the inability to change the situation plunged him into a state of deep helplessness after several weeks. Immersed in deep sadness lacking the motivation to explore the astral world finally felt a surge of energy. One Day determined to make the most of this impulse he ventured to investigate who or what was feeding off of them, what he discovered would completely change his initial perception and everything. He thought he knew revealing a much deeper truth the true purpose of existence Monroe seeking to understand the enigmatic concept of loosh he had discovered decided to turn to the entities he called Espin which stands for intelligent species.
He knew that these entities with a perception far beyond human limits could help him unravel the true meaning of all this. Upon receiving the information packet about loosh Monroe was puzzled, Loosh seemed to be an energy generated by all organic life and its purest form came from human emotions especially the most intense ones like love. However upon delving deeper he noticed a contradiction loosh was also produced in moments of pain hatred or fear which did not fit with his notion of love.
The Espin clarified that the confusion wasn’t in the information itself but in the human interpretation of those Concepts. To truly understand loosh it was necessary to transcend the limitations of time and space that govern The Human Experience. Monroe entered into deep reflection Guided by the presence of the Espin Who provided him with a clearer vision.
It was in that moment that he understood that just as all colors come from a single Source White Light all emotions emerge from a common Essence what we commonly call love though its true nature still eludes us. The difference between emotions lies in their frequency and amplitude just as colors are distinguished by variations in frequency and amplitude. In light emotions manifest on a similar scale where Pure Love Is the primary frequency then he finally began to understand the purpose of loosh. Humans were immersed in a kind of school of learning whose ultimate goal was to generate high quality Loosh an energy that in its purest form manifested as love. Monroe understood what they were showing him and his gratitude came from the deepest part of him. His Focus which up until that point had been trapped in what seemed unpleasant began to transform guiding him toward a clearer and more grounded Vision he started to understand that all of it what he had considered negative was part of a much broader process.
The interactive experience it was precisely through these experiences those that evoked emotions like anger pain or fear that true learning could occur. In this way little by little he began to understand that the key was learning to purify and transmute these lower emotions to emit a special wave of energy one that was labeled as love. Ultimately he understood that without someone humans would not exist. Monroe in his search for answers questioned the true origin of creation was the sky and the loose Reservoir the end point the place where the beings who created us resided?
However in his interaction with these entities a truth even deeper and more perplexing was revealed to him they explained that what he called creators were not the ultimate origin but Creations themselves. It is a creator that was created they told him and not only that but each human being including himself was also a creator another creation within an infinite chain of creation they revealed to him that within each of us exists an intelligent information packet a Divine spark from someone who created us but that spark doesn’t stop there in its Essence it also contains a perception of the Creator who in turn created that. Someone with this Revelation Monroe understood that cre was not a singular or linear event rather it was a continuous cycle an eternal process where each being is simultaneously the Creator and the creation. This discovery not only expanded his understanding of the purpose of Loosh and the role of love but also of the infinite web of existence. Finally the entities LED Monroe close to the center of loosh processing where he understood the true magnitude of what he had been seeking. Protected from the intense radiation he observed a radiant figure that transformed into a series of luminous orbs extending infinitely from which beams of light emanated upon touching one of these Rays Monroe experienced a download of knowledge so deep that although he could not remember it fully he knew he would never be the same again.
The entities explained to him that loosh generated by humans was transmuted in that Center and then redistributed through the Rays to the places in the universe where it was most needed. This process revealed to Monroe that love is the essence of Loosh and that The Human Experience not only has the purpose of living and evolving but also of contributing to this flow of cosmic energy.
Connecting all beings in a greater cycle of creation and spirituality. Evolution the Loosh and energy in the universe upon analyzing the information package that Monroe received we discovered that Earth and humans seem to be part of a sort of farm where our emotions are cultivated and harvested if we look at the history and the current situation of life on the planet it’s not hard to understand why from a fatalistic and negative perspective we could perceive ourselves as completely manipulated and oppressed beings.
However this could simply be a limited interpretation based on our Consciousness a somewhat simplistic view. while certain negative aspects and facts are undeniable. It’s also true that they represent only a part of the spectrum seeing it only from that perspective; Keeps Us in a position of total disempowerment at the mercy of external forces es placing Us in the role of victims.
The key lies in expanding our understanding opening our minds and empowering ourselves consciously as we go through Spiritual Awakening. We start to realize how crucial our attention and focus are.
Loosh is our emotional energy the energy we use to create our reality while many know loosh in its darkest form it is actually a creative Force an energy that attracts and manifests experiences according to our emotions.
Loosh acts as food for the physical Universe the driving force that propels and nourishes all beings keeping atoms in Motion in the universe everything moves through Loosh either emitting or absorbing it in its positive or negative form.
Our purpose is to learn to consciously nourish ourselves from this energy and use its power to elevate our Consciousness and create our reality as we wish.
Loosh is the visceral manifestation of love in its purest form essentially energy which can be used for both good and evil just like money or Brute Force.Everything follows the same fractal principle which governs the reproduction of nature from the micro to the macro from the structure of a sunflower to the vastness of a galaxy.
This energy can be used to create Beauty and Harmony but also to generate realities based on fear if we are not aware of its power our Creative Energy can become distorted and manifest negative aspects.
Monroe observed in his Expeditions how certain beings used people’s negative emotions as a source of energy or food extracting feelings such as fear or sadness and somehow becoming hooked to that Source.
However many times we ourselves get trapped in those low emotions similar to how someone opens the Netflix catalog and chooses what to watch whether it’s an action movie a documentary a horror film or something spiritual. We can also though sometimes with effort choose which emotion to experience to avoid becoming energy food for these entities or for our own psy P.
It’s crucial to heal and not get Swept Away by the flow of negative emotions the healing process changes our energetic preferences reducing our inclination towards painful and negative experiences.
There are also manipulations by certain established powers that seek to keep us in low vibrational States inducing us to vibrate in negative emotions by doing so they divert our creative power and use it for their own benefit.
When a collective concentrates its loosh on fear-based scenarios that energy is channeled to materialize negative realities however when we manage to consciously connect with our emotional energy in its purest form which is love.
We can create positive realities and Elevate our Consciousness more than creating Loosh we could say that we distill it into different frequencies these frequencies can be classified as low or high emotions like shame hatred anger or fear belong to the negative Spectrum while Joy gratitude hope or love reside in the positive Spectrum.
The lower and more negative these frequencies are the denser they become keeping us trapped in the llusion of Sam Sara however by raising them to the higher frequencies we reach what Monroe described as escape velocity a state that allows us to transcend the dense energies of the third dimension and the cycle of reincarnation accessing higher planes of existence.
Loosh is the most valuable energy we have the engine that fuels creation that’s why it is so coveted. If we don’t control our attention and emotions our life force can be used and manipulated by others to manifest negative realities but if we learn to master it we can manifest realities that are aligned with our well-being and spiritual Evolution.
To achieve this control over our emotions and the energy we generate it’s essential to cultivate mindfulness in every moment, practicing meditation self analysis and connecting with our inner being allows us to observe our thoughts and feelings without identifying with them. This way we can consciously choose how to respond to situations and stay aligned with our highest Essence over time. By learning to channel our energy positively we not only prevent it from being manipulated but we also use it to create a reality that reflects our highest aspirations and guides us toward our spiritual expansion.
That’s all for today’s video. I’ve tried to synthesize as best as possible the knowledge Monroe shared about loosh in his second book Far Journeys a deep and complex topic. Did you know about the concept of Loosh what did you think of this Vision if you haven’t seen my previous video about Robert Monroe and want to learn more about his life and work here’s the link. Thank you so much for watching Until the End see you soon.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=rRFCD8rl710 Must See BEFORE 2025 Shocking Warning for 40 Plus Years Old Something BIG is COMING Ascension Souls
Mind Wired Tv 23.9K subscribers
Share
28,363 views 26 Dec 2024 #ascensionsouls #pleiadians #pleiadianshighcouncil
ascensionsouls #pleiadians #pleiadianshighcouncil
Transcript
What you’re about to discover might permanently alter your life as a vast Cosmic Force speeds toward Earth this is by no means a doomsday warning rather it marks the start of a remarkable new period for Humanity.
There will soon be a massive geomagnetic storm that will reshape your world in ways you can’t yet fathom and disturb the very Foundation of our planet in actuality this is a wakeup call from the cosmos rather than merely a normal occurrence.
The world around you may first descend into Panic your emotions may spiral and your intellect may feel overpowered beneath the turmoil however is a unique and significant opportunity a once–in a-lifetime potential for personal development and transformation we’ll walk you through every step of getting ready for what could be the biggest energy change in human history.
In this video by the end you’ll have a better understanding of the storm and a strong well-kept strategy for surviving it already the countdown has started the cosmos is beckoning are you going to respond there has never been anything like this in modern history imagine the Earth being engulfed by a cosmic tidal wave of energy greater than the historic Carrington event of 1859.
Scientists are perplexed because monitoring equipment is malfunctioning and cannot keep up with the enormity of what is about to happen the very fabric of reality will seem to pulse with the energy of the universe and auroras will light up skies in hitherto unexplored locations this storm has the power to change our thoughts emotions and way of life.
So it’s not simply a light display imagine waking up one day with the odd but unavoidable Sensation that something basic has shifted inside of you thoughts are sharper and quicker but they can also be chaotic at times like a cosmic roller coaster your emotions will soar and fall taking you to Unthinkable Heights of happiness and descending into valleys of unadulterated intensity.
Even though it’s uncomfortable this early turmoil is required it’s the sound of the old disintegrating of the old structures and patterns inside you dissolving to create something new the cosmic chessboard is being rearranged by the cosmos in anticipation of a game we have never played it’s more than simply a storm it’s an exhortation to awaken change and welcome the unfamiliar.
Are you prepared to embark on this remarkable chapter in human history you can’t afford to miss the discovery that lies ahead so stay with us the flood of new energies brought on by this Cosmic event may be too much for many people to handle some people are unable to comprehend it all because it seems like the cosmos has cranked the dial to maximum intensity emotional collapses, unpredictable conduct or the feeling that everything is going crazy might result from this The crucial distinction is that those who are ready those who have developed Consciousness and welcomed The Winds of Change will view this storm as a doorway rather than as a time of chaos a doorway to an entirely different world in this vast Cosmic play.
We are more than just Spectators we are all active participants we are conductors of the storm’s force not merely being Carried Away by it the way we react now will determine not just our own Destinies but also the course of human history it’s time for us to rise to capitalize on this change. Must actively construct a new reality for the planet as a whole not just for ourselves our decisions during this period will have an impact that goes much beyond our current comprehension this is a global call to action not just a unique chance.
Are you going to take the call will you welcome this change and enter the new world that lies ahead of us this Cosmic shifts energy is here and how we respond to it will determine everything let’s now explore the core of this event and learn how our human energy Fields will be directly impacted by this geomagnetic storm we are so much more than just Flesh and Bones you see fundamentally humans are creatures of energy and light that are sensitive to the planet’s electromagnetic pulses the vibrational frequency of everything it comes into contact with including humans will increase due to the enormous amplifier effect of this impending solar storm.
Think of the storm as a cosmic wave that subtly but significantly raises the energy of all life similar to live and teeny our bodies will automatically tune into these higher frequencies.
We could have strange feelings as a result of this a shiver down your spine a continuous buzzing sound in your ears having a startlingly clear perception of colors and noises as if the world had suddenly become more focused these indicate that your body is adapting to the energy inflow much like an antenna aligning to a greater signal. They are not indicators that something is wrong the pineal gland a tiny organ located deep within your brain is one important bodily part that will be significantly impacted in spiritual Traditions the pineal gland is frequently referred to as the third eye and is belief to be the location of higher awareness and intuition as this storm becomes stronger you could observe you’re growing more perceptive epiphanies or unexpected knowing that appear out of nowhere dreams that are so vivid that you feel as though you are living out whole lives while you sleep some people even have extra sensory perceptions.
Which are the ability to sense things outside of the typical human Experience it seems as if the storm is bringing out your latent potential bringing to life latent skills that have been waiting for this particular time but significant changes are frequently accompanied with difficulties an energy cleanse is something that many individuals may experience this might show up as excruciating headaches waves of intense exhaustion abrupt severe mood fluctuations even though they are unpleasant these feelings pass quickly. They are how your body adjusts to the new frequencies and recalibrates it’s similar to removing the outdated to create space for the new although this process of change may seem like an internal Tempest it has a purpose it’s the sound of your being letting go of old energy to create room for the amazing possibilities that lie ahead. Deeper truths and greater Consciousness are becoming accessible as a result of this geomagnetic storm’s amazing metamorphosis the trip is leading us to a deep connection with the cosmos and our genuine selves despite the fact that it may feel intense at times every change every feeling is an indication of your progress and Enlightenment.
You are entering a higher level of being therefore accept these changes and have faith in the process your aura the delicate energy field that surrounds your body will grow larger and more sensitive as the storm progresses you may become more aware of other people’s feelings or have a sense of overload in crowded situations. This increased sensitivity presents both a difficulty and a blessing maintaining equilibrium in the face of intensity will need you to learn how to control and Safeguard your energy throughout this period additionally your connections will change our relationships with other people will become more genuine as our energy Fields get stronger bonds May strengthen with some fostering a strong sense of understanding and Harmony.
However the energy could seem strained or incompatible with others it appears as if the storm is dispelling myths and exposing the actual character of our relationships your body’s energy centers or chakras will undergo a profound vibratory change as these centers adapt to the new energy flow you may experience a sensation of warmth tingling or light pressure in certain places Focus especially on your heart chakra which is in the middle of your chest and your crown chakra which is at the top of your head in order to integrate the potent new energies and Link you to deeper emotional realities and greater awareness these two regions will be crucial your mind body connection will become more obvious than before. You’ll see how tension or negative thoughts can cause bodily discomfort while Pleasant emotions such as gratitude or meditation can provide instantaneous physical relief this serves as a powerful reminder of the close connection between our mental emotional and bodily States Additionally you could observe alterations in your circadian Cycles you may experience intense weariness during the day an unexpected energy Spike or unusually early wakefulness your body is adjusting to the new cosmic frequencies through these changes allow yourself to adapt to these changes rather than fighting them. Take a break when necessary and welcome the energy when it presents itself this is a time of significant change you may fully realize the potential of this Cosmic Awakening if you learn to adapt to these changes instead of fighting them we are presented with an incredible chance as we approach this metamorphosis not only to purify ourselves but to totally reimagine who we are this geomagnetic storm is an internal revolution rather than merely an external Force influencing our surroundings imagine this cosmic energy as a rain from heaven clearing away years worth of collected emotional baggage training and limits in order to eliminate the Clutter of your mind and soul.
The universe is providing an energy cleansing an inner regeneration that touches the innermost parts of your being you could see long lost memories tragedies that have been forgotten and profoundly suppressed feelings coming to the surface at this time it could feel overwhelming at first like discovering a Dusty at full of Forgotten artifacts however this process is necessary to make place for the new so don’t be afraid of it every cry and every reflective moment is precious it’s a chance to let go of things that no longer serve you and embrace a more positive liberated version of yourself.
Your physical body will also experience this cleanse so it’s not simply an emotional one you could have an innate desire to take care of yourself in ways you haven’t been taken care of cleanse eat healthier or exercise your body more deliberately pay attention to these urges to maintain this change your body need cleaner purer nourishment as it aligns with the higher frequencies of the cosmos now is your time accept the changes let go of the past and let the storm lead you to a more meaningful connected and clear existence. You are prepared to ascend and the change has already started meditation and introspection techniques will be more effective than ever in sustaining this deep path of change you seem to have gained access to Greater Clarity and profound truths as if the curtain separating you from the universal Wellspring of wisdom had been removed. People will learn more about the cosmos themselves and their boundless potential if they take the time to clear their minds and find inner peace now is the time to tune in pay close attention and follow the universe’s Whispers this lifechanging time isn’t only about introspection it’s also about discovering hidden talents and skills you never realized you had.
You could sense a stronger connection to music find a renewed love for writing or even access intuitive or healing skills that appear out of nowhere your spiritual DNA has a secret blueprint that seems to be being activated by this Cosmic storm bringing to life abilities that have been waiting for the right time however this metamorphosis is not just spiritual it is also extremely useful for instance have you ever had the impression that you are never able to get enough money imagine being able to entirely change the way you relate to plenty and money in just 30 days.
The magic C H in 30 activities are intended to help you develop daily routines that will enhance your innate capacity to draw success and riches every day presents a fresh idea Viewpoint or course of action that may help you rewire your thinking and attract wealth in all facets of your life not just monetarily you will feel a wide range of emotions throughout this period there will be ecstatic days when you feel as though you are floating above the clouds and have a strong connection to the universe’s Limitless potential you will be inspired and energized by these Blissful moments which will give you Clarity and purpose.
On other days however the weight of the change may make you feel exhausted exposed or even overwhelmed your Evolution requires both States expansion and contraction light and shade while the difficult times symbolize the removal of outdated layers that no longer serve you the euphoric days symbolize the emergence of your higher self have faith in this process understanding that both are essential phases in your development you’ll observe changes in your surroundings and relationships.
As you go through this cleanse since their energy is no longer in line with your higher frequency some individuals may naturally start to wander away even though it could be disturbing this is an essential component of the trip as one door shuts another one opens bringing with it fresh connections and chances that truly speak to the new you not only will these new relationships seem organic but they will also seem almost miraculous as if the universe is bringing the perfect people and circumstances into your higher vibration relationships on a personal and professional level will feel more genuine meaning meaningful and satisfying you’ll also feel more emotionally and mentally clear in addition to these outward changes once impossible decisions will now appear easy as though your mental fog has cleared you will have the bravery and determination to follow the paths that were before invisible to you.
Your creativity will likewise soar as a result of this realization your creative or inventive side will be more apparent than ever ideas will come to you naturally and long-standing issues will suddenly have answers you’ll experience a connection to a Heavenly source of inspiration that effortlessly and purposefully directs your thoughts and activities whether you’re writing performing music creating art or solving problems the inner work you’ve been doing is directly responsible for this Outburst of creativity and insight your inner energy which was before obstructed or sluggish is now flowing freely your innate abilities and wisdom are emerging when your mind body and spirit align with the higher vibrations of the cosmos.
Now is the moment to discover your actual Mission the universe is giving you chances to reach your full potential and opening doors for you have faith in the process accept the changes and know that the this metamorphosis is setting you up for a more promising and harmonious future than you’ve ever experienced keep in mind that this Cosmic cleansing is a great gift that should not be hurried or coerced permit the transforming energy to enter your life by allowing yourself to become an open vessel embrace the changes have faith in the process and let this strong force guide you will be led toward a whole new way of being in the process one that is profoundly in line with your greater purpose the genuine nature of everyone.
You meet will be exposed by this geomagnetic storm which will serve as a catalyst for division and Clarity imagine it as a prism that divides light into a range of Hues this energy will make it very evident what the motives alignments and genuine of those around you are as this happens.
You’ll see that certain people those who are afraid of change cling to Old Habits or are reluctant to change naturally go from your life others who are in tune with these new frequencies will also become more visible emerging as dazzling symbols of alignment and purpose these people will tread roads lighted by Clarity and commitment radiating an evident Inner Light.
The storm may cause confusion or difficulty for those who are still looking however in their pursuit of knowledge they will naturally seek out those who have accepted the change you could find yourself taking on a leadership position helping people navigate these transitions by providing Direction Clarity and Tranquility.
You’ll realize the full impact of this metamorphosis in these times of service and connection not just in yourself but also in the way you encourage and Elevate others this is your chance to shine brightly to be a wise and kind person and to guide others through the unknowns of this change with courage and Direction you’ll feel yourself stepping into your higher self and spontaneously radiating the energy of transformation as answers appear and Clarity spreads.
However not everyone will be impacted by this storm in the same manner some people will oppose the changes by withdrawing into hostility denial or Terror for some people their struggle to hold on to outdated ideas may feel like they are swimming against the tide of the cosmos philosophical spiritual and practical facets of existence will all be impacted by this separation.
For instance creativity and flexibility will become crucial in the job businesses and individuals who adopt Innovative approaches to problem solving teamwork and working will prosper while those who steadfastly stick to Antiquated practices may find it difficult to stay competitive there will be a dynamic Crossroads in interpersonal interactions Mutual understanding and Alignment will cause certain connections to grow stronger. Different frequencies may cause others to feel the pressure which might result in increasing distances or even the breakup of certain relationships even though these changes might be difficult have faith that they are an ENTential element of your Journey’s progress.
The storm will put established power structures in politics and government to the test there will be new leaders and movements that resonate with higher energies and offer creative comprehensive answers to the world’s problems.
Older systems that continue to operate in Antiquated ways may experience growing instability and some may even reach a Breaking Point.
There will be a distinction between conventional and holistic approaches to health and wellness people that are receptive to energy healing alternative therapies and integrative techniques will undergo significant changes in contrast as the world shifts toward a more energetic and balanced concept of Health. Individuals who cling to inflexible Antiquated medical paradigms may find themselves frustrated this change will even affect schooling there will be a growth in new learning methods that emphasize individual potential development creativity and intuition these will clearly distinguish between the acceptance of innovation and the opposition to change since they will be in sharp contrast to Conventional standardized systems. It’s important to keep in mind that this split is not about right and wrong it is a reflection of personal decisions and states of awareness rather than a moral assessment every soul is traveling a different route and this storm serves as a catalyst to Quicken that path there will be a previously unheard of sense of connection and camaraderie among individuals who support change. Like-minded people who see a better more peaceful future will come together to establish new tribes a key component of this change will be the creation of new communities that are united by a common vision and vibrational frequency rather than location or culture. By bringing individuals together via a shared resonance with higher energies these organizations will act as breeding grounds for Creative Concepts and unconventional Lifestyles but this division also carries a great deal of responsibility.
Building Bridges and showing compassion to those who aren’t yet prepared to accept change will be the responsibility of those who wake up first navigating these split Seas will require patience empathy and understanding.The woke must lead not condemn they must Inspire not condemn in this crucial moment.
Our ideas and feelings will become more powerful as the cosmic storm gets stronger this enhanced energy will be a challenge as much as a blessing while individuals who develop love happiness and appreciation will see exponential growth in their vibratory frequency surpassing previous restrictions, those who live in fear and negativity run the danger of stagnating.
Our connection with technology will be no exception to this split there will be a noticeable difference between people who use technology to educate themselves to increase their Consciousness and create meaningful connections and others who get caught up in its delusions lose themselves in Virtual Worlds and become even more estranged from their true selves and the natural world.
However a huge technology breakdown that will affect every aspect of our life is an unforeseen change that is imminent. Imagine waking up one morning to discover that satellites the Guardians of our digital civilization are helpless the internet is silent and your smartphone is unresponsive although intimidating this incident is not a simple catastrophe it is a summon to ReDiscover the profound power of Stillness a cosmic invitation.
We will be confronted with a gem we had long forgotten the ability to hear our own inner voice this will happen when the incessant Buzz of alerts is turned off and the unrelenting flood of digital information is stopped.
At first the abrupt lack of electronics might be startling even scary however there is an unmatched ached treasure hidden in the silence the chance to ReDiscover the truth and wisdom that have been lost in the den of contemporary life.
Imagine streets filled with genuine human voices genuine discussions spontaneous laughter and A Renewed sense of community when the digital curtain Rises a world full of genuine connection will be revealed.
Humanity will rub its eyes and ReDiscover the tremendous beauty of the physical world much like a sleeper Awakening from a lengthy dream we’ll go back to earlier methods including using the Stars to guide us Consulting paper maps and exchanging information in person in a future that prioritizes connection over convenience.
Things that previously appeared out of date May once again become essential the chilly glare of screens will no longer rule evenings at home.
Gathering by candle light families and friends will ReDiscover the warmth of presence and the craft of Storytelling in the absence of technological distractions more profound and significant connections will inevitably surface our bodies will also realign with the Earth’s natural cycles when artificial light is eliminated as we adjust to the Sun and Moon cycles sleep patterns that have been disturbed by excessive digital stimulation will return to normal deep physical mental and emotional healing will result from this realignment. Enabling us to inhabit a more harmonious and healthful state of being in reality what may appear to be chaos at first will be a Divine reset a cosmic upheaval intended to bring things back into Harmony and assist us in rediscovering the core of what it is to be human. The ensuing quiet will be a presence full of possibilities for development healing and progress rather than an absence imagine a world free of the incessant drone of Technology no incessant scrolling or alerts vying for your attention simply silence that lets you reestablish a connection with nature.
Your loved ones and yourself a cosmic change that will halt the noise deepen the breath and reignite the relationships we’ve long neglected is the tremendous chance that awaits us it is an Awakening that calls us to ReDiscover not just the outside world but also our own Limitless potential we shall be encouraged to go within into the core of our own hearts and Minds in this profound quiet we will finally be able to confront our innermost wants thoughts anxieties and dreams without the constant den of digital distractions what starts out as Eerie silence will quickly turn out to be a Place full of possibilities for change creativity will flourish our thoughts will ReDiscover the pleasure of roaming freely once they are not surrounded by the incessant stream of digital stuff it will feel as natural to daydream.
Imagine and create as breathing does there will be a new artistic and cultural rebirth with spoken word poetry acoustic music and handicrafts all contributing to the genuine sounds of human EXP expression the very state of Silence will transform into a painting beckoning us to apply the most profound Hues of our being however the change doesn’t end there we shall return to the Embrace of nature with the help of this Stillness we shall reestablish our connection to the Earth in ways we have forgotten if screens are removed as obstacles Our Lives will be accompanied by the steady beat of the ocean waves the song of birds at morning and The Whisper Of Wind Through trees many people will have a deep sense of Oneness with the Earth in this peaceful setting as if we are listening to the very pulse of the globe we shall develop a stronger more perceptive and even telepathic bond with plants animals and the natural world.
We shall experience The rhythms of the earth as though they were our own realizing that we are intricately linked rather than distinct communities will change as well. People people will congregate in new ways as they become less dependent on digital networks, imagine crowded marketplaces in public squares where people are exchanging things and exchanging information in Real Time. Imagine seminars where Elders impart knowledge and educate long-forgotten crafts and skills. Imagine healing circles where the impersonality of virtual care is replaced with human touch dialogue and compassion.
Will’ll ReDiscover the Delight of sharing encouraging and supporting one another in real meaningful ways the power of human connection our connections will also be repaired by this Stillness eliminating digital distractions will push us to face disagreements and exercise genuine empathy the essence of communication will be restored it will be sincere present and profound relationships that previously seemed superficial or aloof will become more genuine and profound without the distraction of screens. And incessant messages love will Blossom friendships will be reignited and Family Ties will be reinforced then in the middle of this silent Revolution we shall realize something remarkable this technological disruption this Cosmic storm is a gift rather than a disaster a spark for a deep Awakening the cosmos is waking us up and asking us to stop think and get back in touch with what really counts. This Cosmic event seems to be drawing us out of a digital days and into a world full of important genuine experiences.
The Stillness will seem full of possibility purpose and the chance to change rather than empty it will serve as a reminder of the value of coexisting peaceful with the environment one another and ourselves this is our call to reawaken to go back to a more straightforward profound manner of living based on genuine connection and the Ageless cycles of nature.
We will be different when the Stillness eventually breaks we will be stronger smarter and closer than ever imagine a strong wave of elevated awareness that reaches everyone on the world and touches other us deeply this Cosmic event is a worldwide Awakening rather than only a change in one’s own energy.
Humanity will enter a new era a metamorphosis that will reconnect us with our greater purpose and serve as a communal right of passage this change will reverberate in every home office and Street together we will build a new narrative for Humanity one of Harmony Ingenuity and deep.
When the world awakens there is a noticeable change in the atmosphere by looking into each other’s eyes and identifying a common spark of divinity people are starting to view one other in a different light conversations that start off casually turn into profound discussions about the meaning of existence and the size of the cosmos this is not only an intellectual Awakening it is becoming actual and palpable suddenly the UN thinkable becomes attainable synchronicities seem magical and waves of intuition reverberate through lives.
People get simultaneous Visions share dreams and get a strong Deja Vu feeling it gives a glimpse of the unity that unites us all as though the barriers separating our separate thoughts are melting.
Compassion and empathy are increasing to unprecedented Heights people who used to ignore other people people’s hardships now experience that suffering as if it were their own an unparalleled wave of solidarity is sparked by this strengthened Bond unplanned support systems that cut over racial socioeconomic and National boundaries emerge in communities it’s us now.
Not me against you young people and children are among those who are particularly sensitive to this change they start to exhibit extraordinary skills such as healing talents an innate connection to Nature and wisdom well beyond their years these young people are Paving the way for the rest of humankind to enter a higher state of awareness they are the forerunners of a new planet this realization also fundamentally Alters how we think about health and well-being.
The fabricated distinctions between Body Mind and Spirit start to dissolve holistic healing is achieved astute healers emerge with methods that go against accepted medical wisdom as people discover their natural ability to cure themselves chronic ailments that previously appeared to be irreversible start to go away achieving Harmony between the mind body and spirit is now the definition of true Health rather than only being physically fit.
The most significant change may be in how we relate to the Earth, many people will have a deep connection to the Earth for the first time seeing it as a living breathing being rather than a resource to be exploited. This Insight Sparks a global movement to repair the planet bring it back into balance and preserve its beauty for future Generations.
Together we establish a symbiotic connection based on mutual respect and care as the planet becomes our evolutionary companion however friends this is not the end this is only the start.
Beyond merely being an astronomical phenomenon the impending geomagnetic storm is a call from the cosmos to awaken develop and embrace our boundless potential this Cosmic change exhorts us to rise to embrace our greatest potential and to advance into an endlessly promising future however we have the option. Do you feel prepared to take this call are you prepared to go on a once- in a-lifetime trip and leave behind the Comforts ofthe familiar take a time to consider your own unrealized potential if there were no restrictions on your potential, how would you proceed we will all be impacted by this storm but it is completely up to us how we respond to it.
Will you welcome the change or will you fight it and hold on to your old habits will you become a beacon of light in this moment of transformation and join the global Awakening?
Now is the moment to say yes to have faith to bravely Venture into the unknown the storm is a spark not a danger a catalyst to build a new reality full of love light and Limitless possibilities a spark to ignite the world we’ve imagined we shall rise together.
We will create a better future together we should embrace the storm with open arms because it marks the start of something truly amazing it is up to us to shape the future that is beckoning
The human soul is hungry for beauty… When we experience the Beautiful, there is a sense of homecoming. Some of our most wonderful memories are beautiful places where we felt immediately at home. We feel most alive in the presence of the Beautiful for it meets the needs of our soul. For a while the strains of struggle and endurance are relieved and our frailty is illuminated by a different light in which we come to glimpse behind the shudder of appearances and sure form of things. In the experience of beauty we awaken and surrender in the same act. Beauty brings a sense of completion and sureness. Without any of the usual calculation, we can slip into the Beautiful with the same ease as we slip into the seamless embrace of water; something ancient within us already trusts that this embrace will hold us.
For most of us to experience emotion is magic, that holy alchemical middle between dissociation and fusion, in which all feeling comes and goes or bodily response. More than anything, to feel alive, to fully participate in our lives, not to postpone it. A sunset, to look into the eyes of our lover, to hold our child, just to name two.
Another important connection our soul loves being Nature or if you like water.
Dr. Emoto’s revolutionary experiments that showcase the impact of positive and negative thoughts on the molecular structure of water. The so-called subtle forces and never underestimate.
Dr. Emoto’s revolutionary experiments that showcase the impact of positive and negative thoughts on the molecular structure of water. Witness the stunning visual evidence of how emotions, words, and intentions can influence the formation of intricate and beautiful water crystals. Join us on a journey that bridges science and spirituality, unlocking the potential for conscious thought to shape the very essence of life. An good example is our pineal gland containing crystals. Unfortunately very sensitive to toxins like fluoride based and added to our drinking water on purpose.
Witness the stunning visual evidence of how emotions, words, and intentions can influence the formation of intricate and beautiful water crystals.
A journey that bridges science and spirituality, unlocking the potential for conscious thought to shape the very essence of life.
More than anything, we long to feel alive, to fully participate in our lives, to no longer postpone fully being here: to behold a sunset, to look into the eyes of our lover, to hold our child, to fall to the ground in awe at being given one more breath. Before we know it, all of this will be gone, it will vanish into the arms of the great weaver, and this rare precious human birth will be over.
To travel inside the core of emotion, to explore its texture, its fragrance, its color, its tingly felt sense we know that this miracle is unique not unique to this star, but also part of the mammal structure and different of other races like the reptiloids, we can only wonder in awe at the opportunity laid out before us.
—————————————————————————————-
Instinctively we did know that their is also the emotional vulnerability and others preying on us because off it. During these strong emotional states our bodies produce chemically based substances and leave residue behind in our blood and very much sought after. Adrenochrome is one, DMT is another, there are life elixirs and greatly expand the life time of reptiloid in the material world. With many of the negative type reptiloids going crazy for it. (Blood users) The bible is also very clear in this respect because the blood contains the life-force. The reptiloid are the most powerful race in this part of the universe including in numbers. Just an important source of food and longevity in 3D.
Transcript
The recognition of thought is not a thought the recognition of thought comes through awareness or presence and awareness or presence is the higher Consciousness for as long as Humanity has existed. We have gazed at the stars walked among forests and stared into the vastness of oceans all seeking answers to the same question what lies Beyond this world.
We see deep within we’ve always felt it a connection to something greater something infinite it’s a truth whispered by every tradition etched into every culture and carried through centuries the spark of the Divine isn’t outside us it is within the search for meaning.
The truth is both simple and profound what we seek has never been far from us it has all always been within we are not separate from the Divine we are the Divine fractals of an Infinite Source Sparks of a radiant light that permeates all things but here’s the challenge the Paradox that keeps so many trapped in cycles of suffering and yearning the divine within’s is like a sun obscured by thick clouds these clouds are not real in the truest sense they are Illusions formed by fear attachment and the stories we’ve told ourselves about who we are.
Liberation the ultimate Freedom does not come from acquiring more knowledge wealth or power it comes from stripping away the falsehoods peeling back the layers until what remains is pure and unshakable Truth.
At the core of our existence lies a tension between two aspects of being the lower self and the higher self the lower self is tied to the physical the fleeting the part of us that clings to material things seeks validation and fears loss it is ruled by the ego which thrives on the illusion of control and separateness.
The ego tells us you are what you own you are what people think of you your achievements your failures your past but the higher self knows the truth. The higher self Whispers you are Eternal you are love you are one with all things. This aspect of you is infinite and unshaken rooted in a reality far beyond the physical. It is the part of you that sees Beauty in a sunset feels compassion for a stranger and knows deep peace in Silence.
The path of Spiritual Awakening is the process of aligning with the higher self the Buddhists speak of Nirvana a state Beyond craving and aversion where the flame of Illusion is extinguished.
Jesus in his Timeless Parables invited us to enter the Kingdom of Heaven not as an external realm but as an experience of Oneness and love that begins in the heart.
The Sufi Mystics wrote of annihilation of dissolving the ego so completely that only Divine Love Remains these aren’t abstract concepts for Saints and sages they are road maps for you the first step and perhaps the hardest is to realize that everything you think you know about yourself might not be true.
You’ve been told that you are your name your job your successes and your failures but are you really?
Close your eyes and sit with this question for a moment who is the you that watches your thoughts who is the you that feels joy and sorrow who is the you who seeks something more beneath the noise of the mind? There is a silent witness that is where your Journey Begins fear often guards the gates to transformation. It Whispers that without your labels and attachments you will be nothing but the irony is that by clinging to these Illusions you already feel a deep emptiness a sense that something essential is missing the courage to confront this fear is what sets The Seekers apart from the sleepers.
In the Bhagavad Gita Arjuna stands paralyzed on the battlefield overwhelmed by doubt and fear Krishna’s guidance to him is the same message given to all of us act from the soul not the ego the battle is not outside you it is within.
When you begin to strip away the Illusions something miraculous happens you start to feel lighter and Freer as though you’ve been carrying a heavy backpack your whole life and only now realized you can set it down you discover that the love peace and Clarity you’ve been chasing in the external world have always been your natural state.
They were simply buried beneath layers of conditioning and pain this is why the Mystic speak of Awakening not as a process of becoming something new but of remembering who you’ve always been this path is not about perfection you will stumble you will fall back into Old patterns that’s part of the process.
The Lotus a symbol of Spiritual Awakening grows in Muddy Waters it doesn’t avoid the mud it uses it as nourishment in the same way your struggles and wounds are not obstacles they are the raw material from which your transformation is shaped, the poet roomy wrote the wound is the place where the light enters you trust that even your pain serves a purpose one of the greatest obstacles on this path is attachment we cling to.
People possessions and identities believing they will complete us but as the Buddha taught attachment is the root of suffering this doesn’t mean you must renounce the world or stop loving others it means loving without grasping, living without needing things to be a certain way imagine holding water in your hands if you try to clutch it tightly it slips through your fingers but if you hold it gently it remains.
As you begin to let go you will notice that life flows more easily the synchronicities that once seemed like coincidences will become daily occurrences you’ll start to feel a connection to everything around you the rustling leaves the laughter of a child even the challenges you face this is the Divine reminding you that you are not separate that you are part of a vast and intricate play.
The ego’s Veil; The ego is not your enemy it’s a creation of the Mind born from the need to survive in a world that often feels chaotic and unpredictable it begins forming in childhood when you first learn to label yourself as good or bad worthy or unworthy based on the reactions of those around you over time it solidified into a narrative I am this but not that the ego thrives on separation defining itself in opposition to others and clinging to the illusion of control the ego is like a mask useful for navigating the world but not reflective of your true self the problem arises when you forget you’re wearing the mask.
You begin to believe the roles you play parent partner professional are the sum total of your identity this is why life often feels empty or unfulfilled no matter how much you achieve.
The mask can never satisfy the Soul’s longing for wholeness because the mask is an illusion and the Soul craves truth one of the most powerful Parables that speaks to the nature of the ego comes from ancient Indian philosophy imagine a rope lying on the ground in a dimly lit room in the half-light.
You mistake the Rope for a snake and recoil in fear the snake never existed it was only a projection of your mind the ego works in the same way it projects fears desires and insecurities 8:05 convincing you they are real but when you shine the light of awareness on these projections you see them for what they are just a rope to unravel the ego’s grip. You must first become aware of it this awareness is not about judgment or resistance it’s about observation.
The next time you feel anger jealousy or fear pause and ask s who is feeling this is it the infinite being within me or is it the ego reacting to a perceived threat you’ll begin to notice that most of your emotional turmoil stems from the ego’s need to defend its identity or control the uncontrollable. A key aspect of the ego is its attachment to the past and the Future, IT replays Old Wounds and imagined scenarios keeping you trapped in cycles of regret and anxiety but the past is gone and the future is not yet here the only reality is the present.
Moment where the ego has no power this is why mindfulness is such a transformative practice when you anchor yourself in the now you step out of the ego’s narrative and into the vast peaceful awareness that is your true self. Another tactic of the ego is comparison it constantly measures itself against others Whispering you’re better than them or you’ll never be good enough but this comparison is a trap designed to keep you locked in the illusion of Separation in truth there is no other.
Just as the waves are not separate from the ocean you are not separate from anyone or anything recognizing this dissolves the ego’s need to compete or prove itself you might wonder if the ego is an illusion why does it feel so real the answer lies in attention the ego feeds on your focus much like a fire feeds on oxygen when you believe its stories react to its fears or seek validation for its identity you fuel it. But when you withdraw your attention and observe the ego without attachment it begins to lose its power over time its grip loosens and you start to experience life from the perspective of your higher self this process of disidentification can feel disorienting at first the ego May resist fearing its death but remember the ego doesn’t truly die it simply takes its rightful place as a tool rather than a master. You don’t need to destroy it only transcend it in the words of the TA Ching when I let go of what I am I become what I might be. As you begin to unmask the ego you will notice a profound shift your reactions become responses your judgments give way to compassion the incessant chatter of the Mind quiets revealing a deep unshakable Stillness this is the space where the divine within you emerges not as a concept but as a living breathing reality.
The path to unraveling the ego is not linear there will be days when you feel free and expansive and others when the ego reasserts itself with a Vengeance be gentle with yourself during these moments every step even the challenging ones is part of the process remember the story of the butterfly before it can fly it must struggle to break free from its cocoon this struggle is not a setback it is what strengthens its wings you are in the midst of a profound transformation shedding the layers of Illusion. To reveal your true Essence trust that the Universe supports you in this process even when it feels messy or uncertain.
The art of surrender imagine standing on the shore of a vast power powerful River the current flows with effortless Grace carving paths through mountains and valleys nourishing everything in its wake now imagine fighting that current swimming against it with all your might convinced that your resistance will bring you to some distant shore of Happiness. Exhausting isn’t it this is how most of us live our lives gripping grasping and resisting the flow of life but true Freedom lies in surrender, is not about giving up or becoming passive it is not a sign of weakness but a profound Act of courage. Trust to surrender is to release the need to control to let go of the ego’s ceaseless demands and to align yourself with the natural flow of existence when you surrender you stop swimming against the current and allow the river to carry you this is the path to peace the way of the Divine all spiritual Traditions have celebrated the power of surrender.
In the bagavat Gita Krishna tells Arjuna to relinquish the fruits of his actions and Trust in the divine plan in Christianity Jesus’s words thy will be done Echo the same sentiment the taist Masters teach us to live in harmony with the tow the ever present flow of life’s energy these teachings Are Not Mere philosophy they are instructions for Liberation the first step towards surrender is recognizing that control is an illusion we spend so much of our lives trying to manipulate circumstances people and outcomes believing that if we can just get everything right we’ll finally be happy but think about it?
How often have your attempts at control truly brought you peace more often than not they lead to frustration and suffering because life is far too vast and complex to be contained by the mind’s limited perspective surrender begins with acceptance this doesn’t mean you have to like everything that happens but it does mean you stop resisting reality. Resistance is what creates suffering when you fight against what is you create a barrier between yourself and the present moment acceptance on the other hand allows you to flow with life rather than against it.
This is the essence of the Zen teaching let go or be dragged in moments of difficulty ask yourself can I let this be? Not forever not even for an hour but just for now can you release the need to fix change or resist and simply allow the moment to unfold as it is this practice of allowing is the gateway to surrender it. Softens the edges of your experience creating space for Grace to enter one of the greatest obstacles to surrender is fear the ego fears losing control because it equates surrender with Annihilation but here’s the Paradox what you’re surrendering is not your true self but the false self the part of you that clings to Illusions and Separation by letting go you are not losing anything real on the contrary you are gaining everything imagine holding on to a handful of sand the tighter you grip the more it slips through your fingers but when you open your hand the sand rests effortlessly in your palm.
Life works the same way when you let go you create space for a abundance love and Clarity to flow into your experience. The universe cannot fill a closed fist one of the greatest fears we carry is the fear of death but what if death is not an end but a doorway? Across Traditions the cycle of birth death and rebirth is seen not as punishment but as opportunity. In Buddhist philosophy it is called a samsara the endless cycle of suffering caused by attachment yet within this cycle lies the promise of Liberation Nirvana the state of ultimate Freedom think of the parable of the caterpillar and the Butterfly to the caterpillar the end of its life seems like a tragedy a finality but in surrendering to the unknown it transforms into something Beyond its wildest imagining death whether literal or metaphorical is not an end but a transformation a shedding of the old so the new can emerge so too must we die to our old selves to be reborn into the truth of who we are. Every fear we face every attachment we release is a small death that brings us closer to Liberation
Enlightenment is not about escaping life but about transcending the illusions that keep us bound the ultimate test of Detachment comes in facing death not just the death of the body but the small deaths we experience every day the end of a relationship the loss of a job The Fading of Youth all are forms of death yet each is also an opportunity for rebirth in the Tibetan Book of the Dead death is described as a passage not an end it is a transition from one state of being to another the same is true for the smaller deaths in life each loss each ending is a chance to let go of what no longer serves you and step into a new version of yourself to embrace death is to embrace life to its fullest.
It is to trust the flow of existence knowing that every ending is a beginning in Disguise to deepen your practice of surrender it helps to cultivate trust in yourself trust in life and Trust in the Divine this trust is not Blind Faith but an inner knowing that life is inherently intelligent and benevolent just as the seasons turn in their natural Rhythm life unfolds over time often beyond our control even the challenges you face are not random they are precisely what you need for your growth and Awakening.
One way to build this trust is through prayer or intention you don’t have to follow a specific religion to pray it’s simply a way of connecting with the divine within and around you in moments of Doubt or struggle try saying I don’t have all the answers but I trust that life is guiding me speak from your heart and then let go trust that the answer will come not always in the way you expect but in the way that deserves your highest good.
Surrender also requires patience the ego wants instant results but the soul understands that transformation takes time like a seed buried in the soil your. Awakening is unfolding beneath the surface even when it feels like nothing is happening trust the process the universe is never in a hurry yet everything is accomplished consider the story of the Chinese farmer when his horse ran away his neighbors said such bad luck the farmer replied maybe the next day the horse returned with three Wild Horses. The Neighbors exclaimed how wonderful the farmer said maybe later his son broke his leg while trying to tame one of the wild horses again the neighbors lamented and the farmer simply said maybe soon after the Army came to recruit young men for war but left the farmer’s son because of his injury the lesson here is that we never know the full picture what seems like Misfortune today might be a blessing in disguise tomorrow. Surrender is not a one-time event it is a daily practice it is the art of saying yes to life even when it doesn’t look the way you expected.
It is the courage to let go of your plans and Trust the Divine flow as you surrender more deeply you will notice a profound shift, life becomes less of a struggle and more of a dance you stop striving and start living not from Fear or desire but from a place of love and presence.
The power of Stillness close your eyes for a moment and imagine a calm lake at dawn the surface is so still it reflects the sky perfectly as if there were no separation between Heaven and Earth now imagine a pebble being tossed into that Lake creating ripples that distort the reflection this is how the mind works in its natural state it is a mirror for the Divine but the endless of thoughts worries and distractions disrupt its Stillness to hear the whisper of the Divine you must first return to Stillness. Stillness is not just the absence of noise or activity it is a state of being where the mind quiets the heart opens and the Soul remembers its infinite nature in Stillness you are no longer chasing the future or replaying the past you are fully present awake and alive in the now this is where the sacred resides not in some distant place or future moment but here in the silence between breaths.
The world we live in is a storm of noise from the moment we wake we are bombarded with notifications obligations and endless streams of information it’s no wonder we feel disconnected and overwhelmed but Stillness is always available waiting patiently beneath the surface of the storm. It is your anchor your sanctuary and your Doorway to the Divine. According to Buddhist tradition the story of the Buddha’s Enlightenment illustrates the power of Stillness after years of aesthetic practices and searching for truth outside himself sidara gouta finally sat beneath the Bodi tree and made a vow I will not move from this spot until I find the truth. He didn’t strive or struggle he became still and in that Stillness the truth Revealed itself the same truth is available to you not through effort or seeking but through surrender to the present moment.
To cultivate Stillness Begin by creating space for it in your daily life this doesn’t mean you need to retreat to a monastery or spend hours in meditation. Stillness can be found in the simplest moments sitting quietly with your morning coffee walking in nature without your phone or even pausing for a single deep breath in the middle of a busy day the key is to be fully present in these moments allowing them to expand and deepen. Contemplative presence is one of the most powerful tools for cultivating Stillness but it doesn’t have to be complicated you don’t need to clear your mind completely or sit in a specific posture simply find a quiet place close your eyes and focus on your breath notice the sensation of the air entering and leaving your body when your mind wanders gently bring it back to your breath this practice of returning is not a failure it is the essence of meditation.
As you practice Stillness you may encounter resistance the mind will Rebel throwing up thoughts doubts and distractions this is natural. The mind has been in control for so long that it fears the silence but remember you are not your mind you are the awareness. Observing it instead of fighting the resistance welcome it treat each thought as a guest acknowledging its presence without letting it take over time the mind will settle and the Stillness will deepen in Stillness you may begin to notice a subtle almost imperceptible presence a sense of something vast and infinite yet intimate and familiar this is the divine within you the essence of who you truly are it is not something you need to achieve or attain it is already here waiting to be remembered. In the words of the Sufi poet roomi the soul has been given its own ears to hear things the Mind does not understand Stillness also reveals the interconnectedness of all things when the noise of the Mind quiets the illusion of Separation dissolves you begin to see yourself not as a separate being but as a wave in the ocean of existence Inseparable from the whole this realization brings a profound sense of peace because you no longer feel the need to control or defend your place in the world you are already home.
Another gift of Stillness is Clarity in the midst of noise and Chaos it’s easy to lose sight of what truly matters but in Stillness the fog lifts and you can see clearly answers to questions that have plagued you may arise effortlessly not from the mind but from the deep well of wisdom within this is the voice of your higher self guiding you with love.
And wisdom Stillness isn’t something you achieve permanently it’s a practice you revisit continuously there will be times when the ripples on the lake seem endless and when the storms of life feel overwhelming but even then remember that the Stillness is always there beneath the surface waiting for you to return the more you cultivate Stillness the more it permeates every aspect of your life it transforms the way you experience the world shifting your focus from doing to being from striving to allowing relationships become deeper because you are truly present with others challenges become opportunities because you see them through the lens of wisdom rather than fear.
Life itself becomes a meditation a dance with the Divine living as the true self becoming the light what happens after the storm has passed and the Stillness takes root what unfolds when the layers of Illusion fall away leaving nothing but the essence of who you are?
The final stage of Spiritual Awakening is not an ending but a beginning it is the dawn of living as your true self fully awake and aligned with the Divine flow of existence to live as your true self means to embody the realization that you are not a separate being struggling against the world you are the world you are the ocean not the wave you are the light not the shadow. It casts this understanding is not intellectual it is experiential it transforms the way you see feel and move through life when you live as the true self you no longer cling to false identities the roles labels and stories that once defined you these were never who you truly were only masks worn by the ego to feel safe in an unpredictable world.
The realization that you are beyond all these masks is Liberation itself you do not need to prove your worth or seek validation because your very existence is the proof of your divine nature consider the story of the prodigal son from the Bible after wandering far from home lost in Illusions and desires the son finally returns to his father who welcomes him with open arms this Parable is not just about returning to God but about returning to yourself the home you’ve been searching for is not somewhere out outside of you it is within.
Living as the true self means embracing each moment fully without resistance or judgment the present moment is no longer something to escape or endure it is the stage on which the Divine unfolds every breath becomes a prayer every action a meditation and every interaction an opportunity to express love when you are aligned with your true self. Fear loses its grip this does not mean you will never feel fear but you will no longer be ruled by it, fear arises when the ego feels threatened but when you know you are Eternal and infinite what is there to fear death loss and change are no longer enemies but natural parts of life’s dance you will find that love becomes your guiding force not the conditional love that depends on others. Meeting your needs or expectations but the boundless love that flows from your very being this love is not something you give or receive it is who you are when you live from this place of love you become a beacon of light in the world as you live as the true self you will notice that life becomes effortless this does not mean challenges disappear but your relationship with them changes instead of resisting or fighting you flow with what is trusting. That every experience serves your growth this is the essence of the Tower concept of woo way or effortless action you are no longer acting from the ego’s desires but responding to the wisdom of the moment one of the most profound aspects of living as the true self is the realization that you are not separate from others the boundaries that once divided you from the world dissolve revealing the interconnectedness of all life when you look into another’s eyes you see yourself when you give to another you are giving to yourself. This is the foundation of compassion the great Hindu Sage Raman mahashi said your own self-realization is the greatest service you can render the world your perspective on the world is often shaped by your inner State when you awaken to your true self you awaken the world your presence becomes a living reminder that peace love and freedom are not distant goals but present real realities living as the true self does not mean withdrawing from the world on the contrary it means engaging with life more fully bringing the light of your being into every corner of existence whether you are cooking a meal comforting a friend or working at your job you do so with the awareness that these moments are sacred.
Life itself becomes your spiritual practice this path will not always be easy there will be times when old patterns resurface when the ego tries to reclaim its Throne when the noise of the world threatens to drown out the whisper of the Divine but even in these moments remember that you are never truly lost The Light Within you cannot be extinguished only momentarily obscured as you continue to live as your true self you will inspire others not by preaching or persuading but by embodying the truth your presence will remind them of their own light their own divine nature this is the ripple effect of Awakening a single spark can ignite an entire forest and your light can illuminate countless lives.
The Soul’s ultimate purpose is not wealth fame or even happiness it is evolution it is the Awakening to our true nature and the realization that we are not separate from the Divine but a part of it like a wave is part of the ocean so too are we part of the infinite the Journey of Spiritual Awakening is not about becoming something new it is about remembering who you have always been.
The Divine is not separate from you it is you the light you have been seeking has been within you all along now as you step forward into the rest of your life carry this truth with you are the river and the ocean the drop and the wave the spark and the flame you are infinite Eternal and whole live from the place of knowing and let your life become the only thing anyone will ever need a testament to the power of Awakening the beauty of presence and the boundless love of the true self.
The journey does not end here it continues in every breath every moment and every step you are home you have always been home I hope you enjoyed this video if you did feel free to subscribe to the channel thanks for watching
What is currently going on here on planet earth now?
Pleiadians Shocking Warning: Shut Down Everything, humanity is in danger. Don’t Ignore This.
CELESTIAL WISDOM 23.5K subscribers
Share
5,826 views 19 Dec 2024 #Pleiadians #SpiritualAwakening #HumanityInDanger 🚨 Pleiadians Shocking Warning: “Shut Down Everything, Humanity is in Danger. Don’t Ignore This.” 🚨
🌟 The Pleiadians, advanced and enlightened beings from the Pleiades star system, have issued an urgent message to humanity. Their warning is clear, and the message carries an alarming sense of urgency: “Shut Down Everything!” 🛑
⚠️ Why This Warning? The Pleiadians have seen the rapid acceleration of technological advancement, societal decay, and the looming environmental catastrophe. They urge humanity to take a step back and reconsider the path we’re on. 🌍💔 The world is facing a tipping point, and the Pleiadians are concerned that without immediate action, the survival of our species and the planet itself could be at risk. 🚨
📉 Over-Reliance on Technology One of their biggest concerns is our society’s addiction to technology. While technology has the power to transform lives for the better, the Pleiadians warn that we have allowed it to take over our lives in dangerous ways. This over-reliance has led to a loss of personal connection, environmental destruction, and the creation of systems that are no longer sustainable. 💻📱⚡
🌱 Environmental Crisis The Pleiadians emphasize the disastrous state of our environment. The unchecked exploitation of natural resources, deforestation, and pollution are causing irreversible damage to Earth’s ecosystems. 🌲💨 The Earth is calling out for help, and the Pleiadians suggest that humanity must adopt a mindset of reverence for nature. 🌍💚
👽 Urgent Call for Spiritual Awakening More than just technological and environmental concerns, the Pleiadians call for a profound spiritual awakening. They believe that humanity is disconnected from its higher consciousness, and only by reconnecting with the divine, the planet, and each other can we hope to solve the crises we’re facing. 🌟🙏💫
⚡ “Shut Down Everything”: What Does This Mean? The phrase isn’t necessarily about a complete technological shutdown, but rather a pause — a time to reflect, reassess, and refocus on what truly matters. It’s a call to step back from the overwhelming noise and chaos of modern life to evaluate our priorities. 🧘♂️✨
🛸 The Role of the Pleiadians The Pleiadians offer their wisdom and support, but they stress that it is ultimately up to humanity to make the necessary changes. They will not intervene directly unless it is absolutely necessary. They believe that we have the ability to change our course, but it requires global unity and conscious action. 🌎🤝💫
🔮 What Can You Do?
Disconnect from technology periodically to regain clarity and balance. ⏸️💆♀️ Reevaluate your personal goals and contribute to positive change in your community. 👫🌍 Reconnect with nature and make sustainable choices in your daily life. 🌿🌞 Start a spiritual practice to raise your vibration and contribute to collective healing. 🕊️💖 The Pleiadian message is a powerful reminder that our time is running out, and change is essential. The question is: will we listen, or will we continue down the same destructive path? 🚨🌍⚡
Transcript
Have you ever had that unsettling feeling that something is fundamentally wrong with the world despite all the technological advancements we’ve made?
It seems like we’re drifting farther and farther from the essence of who we truly are. Imagine waking up one day only to discover that everything you thought you knew about reality is about to shift in ways you never expected, what I’m about to reveal to you is not some far-fetched Theory nor is it speculative fiction.
These are extraordinary Revelations meticulously documented by Dolores Cannon one of the most respected and groundbreaking spiritual researchers of our time in the next few minutes you will uncover why hundreds of people under deep hypnosis have transmitted the same Urgent Message. Humanity is standing at a critical Crossroads and the time for awakening is now this isn’t just another piece of information it could very well be the most important truth you’ll ever hear.
It’s no accident that you’re here reading this at this exact moment brace yourself for a transformative Journey that will challenge everything you thought you knew about who we are where we came from and where we are truly headed. As a species in a world where science and spirituality are often at odds one individual has emerged to challenge our deepest beliefs about reality.
Dolores Cannon wasn’t looking to become a messenger of universal truths her path began like many of ours with simple deeply personal questions what is the purpose of life where do we truly come from and what is our place in the vast universe but what happens when an ordinary hypnotherapist simply trying to help people with their problems begins to cover patterns of extraordinary Cosmic significance. In the experiences of thousands of individuals under deep hypnosis what’s even more fascinating isn’t just the individual stories these people shared but the astonishing connections that surfaced as these stories came together.
Picture this you’re sitting in a room listening to people from all corners of the globe different continents cultures and belief systems sharing remarkably similar experiences under hypnosis these are people who have never met yet they describe identical scenarios encounter the same presences and relay the same urgent messages for Humanity.
The probability that all of this could simply be a coincidence is so astronomically low that it defies all logic and reason yet these individuals speak with one voice conveying a shared message that could change the course of human history forever. What’s unfolding is not just a collection of isolated incidents it’s a powerful undeniable pattern one that points to something far greater than ourselves could these Revelations be the key to understanding the true nature of our existence are we on the verge of a collective Awakening that could reshape the future of humanity?
The answers lie within the astonishing discoveries made by Loris Cannon and what she has uncovered may be the most important knowledge Humanity has ever received through her groundbreaking technique of quantum regression hypnosis.
Dolores Cannon unlocked what she refers to as the origin of universal knowledge a profound realm where the boundaries between Dimensions blur and the most fundamental truths about our existence are waiting to be uncovered as she worked with countless individuals. Canon discovered a consistent and Powerful pattern of communication with beings that have been observing and guiding Humanity’s Evolution for eons we’ve all had those inexplicable experiences a sudden intuition that saved us from harm a dream that felt more Vivid than reality itself or an unexplainable connection with a stranger but what if these weren’t just random occurrences what if they were glimpses through the veil of reality offering us a fleeting view of a greater hidden truth?
Canon’s work invites us to entertain a life-altering idea that within each of us lies the key to understanding the deepest Mysteries of the universe it’s not about seeking answers somewhere out there but about Awakening to the knowledge already embedded within us waiting to be rediscovered.
These beings who exist across Dimensions have not only broken their silence to awareness they are revealing that we are living through an unprecedented transformation in the history of humanity.
Imagine it like a cosmic Symphony where every note is now being played in Perfect Harmony and every atom on Earth is vibrating at a new frequency have you felt it that strange sensation that time seems to flow differently now or how your life is filled with more synchronicities than ever before.
You’re not imagining it across the globe thousands of people are experiencing subtle but profound shifts in their perception of reality it’s as if we’re all waking up from a long deep sleep and the veils that once clouded our vision are beginning to fade away this isn’t just poetic or metaphorical it’s scientific researchers have detected changes in the earth’s Schuman resonance the planet’s natural electromagnetic frequency what ancient spiritual texts spoke of thousands of years ago is now being validated by modern science we are undergoing a fundamental shift in the very fabric of our reality. Think about those moments when you had a gut feeling that something big was about to unfold an unsettling sense that we are living through extraordinary times those aren’t just fleeting thoughts they are your higher self your inner knowing recognizing the subtle but undeniable signs of a massive transformation that is already taking place. This Awakening isn’t just an individual experience it’s a global phenomenon as Humanity collectively shifts so too does the world around us we’re on the cusp of a new era one that could redefine what it means to be human and our place in the cosmos. The reality we’ve always known is changing and the truth that was once hidden from us is now becoming clearer what will you do with this knowledge the choice is yours but the time to awaken is now. The increase in the earth’s frequency is acting as a powerful Catalyst intensifying every aspect of who we are it’s as if the universe has hit the fast forward button on our Collective Evolution accelerating the process of growth and transformation the outdated patterns that no longer serve us are rising to the surface demanding to be healed while new abilities and understandings are emerging naturally for those who are open to change this Awakening is a deeply personal process and it manifests in unique ways for each individual. Some may find themselves more sensitive to subtle energies While others may experience sudden bursts of mental Clarity or feel a profound connection to their life’s true purpose. Dreams become more Vivid and meaningful synchronistic events seem to happen with increasing frequency and the once clear boundary between the physical and the spiritual begins to dissolve.
But this Awakening is not automatic nor is it guaranteed for everyone just like a radio needs to be tuned to the right frequency to pick up a station clearly we too must adjust our personal vibration to align with the Earth’s Rising frequency while some are embracing these new possibilities others seem to resist the change with all their might. Holding tightly to old ways of being so who are these mysterious Watchers who have been quietly observing our Evolution for so long the answer to this question could force us to reconsider everything we thought we knew. About our relationship with extraterrestrial beings have you ever had the strange feeling that someone somewhere is watching over you with deep compassion like a loving parent watching their child take their first steps?
For Millennia ancient civilizations have spoken of beings who guide and support Humanity’s development from the Stars what once seemed like ancient myths may now be revealing an extraordinary truth that has been hidden from us for ages as we experience this Collective Awakening A profound and astonishing Revelation is emerging we have never been alone on this journey through her groundbreaking research Dolores Cannon has uncovered the presence of advanced beings whose technology Consciousness and wisdom transcend anything we can currently comprehend. These Watchers have observed every step of our Evolution with infinite patience guiding us gently along the path of growth contrary to the Hostile Invaders we see in movies these beings are not here to harm us instead their presence is subtle wise and Incredibly compassionate offering us the support we need as we move through this Monumental shift in Consciousness. The time has come for us to embrace this Awakening and realize that the universe is far more vast and interconnected than we ever imagined we are on the brink of an extraordinary transformation one that will change everything we know about ourselves our world and our place in the cosmos. These beings have been with us all along patiently waiting for us to awaken and now the next phase of our evolution is upon us are you ready to step into this new reality and unlock the Mysteries that have been hidden for so long the choice is ours but the moment for awakening is now.
Imagine a civilization so Advanced that its very existence has evolved beyond the Basic Instincts of Conquest control and power. This is a culture that has surpassed the need for dominance over others they have transcended ego fear and the material limitations that have historically defined Humanity’s progress their technology doesn’t seek to conquer or manipulate but to exist in perfect harmony with the natural laws of the universe tapping into forces far beyond our current understanding what many people have described as spacecraft are in fact manifestations of an extraordinary technology that intertwines Consciousness and matter in ways our science is only just beginning to Glimpse.
These beings have the ability to alter their vibrational frequency at will allowing them to appear and disappear from our field of perception much like how we tune a radio to different stations adjusting the frequency to tune into various ways waves of information these beings often mistaken for robotic entities or Androids are not machines at all instead they wear what could be described as biological suits, sophisticated living forms that allow them to interact with our Physical Realm these suits are designed with extraordinary precision as if they were living instruments created to resonate perfectly with the Earth’s unique vibrational frequency this allows them to materialize in our Dimension without disturbing the delicate balance of our reality.
These are not intrusive Invaders but rather conscious entities carefully crafting a plan to expand human awareness their objective is not to impose themselves or dominate Us in any way but rather to awaken us to the powerful potential that already lies within us potential that has been dormant waiting to be realized when we gaze up at the night sky. Many of us feel a deep almost instinctual sense of connection to something greater it’s a pull that resonates with our very Soul a reminder that we are part of a much larger Cosmic story but this feeling is not a mere fantasy or romantic illusion it is an ancient memory buried deep within our Consciousness a reflection of a truth that we are just beginning to remember.
The silent Watchers these Advanced beings have been observing us from afar for countless Generations they have patiently watched as Humanity navigates its path waiting for the right moment to assist in our Awakening their role in our evolution is not to control or manipulate us but to help us realize who we truly are our potential our connection to the stars and our place in the vast expanse of the cosmos for these Advanced beings time and space are not the rigid linear constructs that we perceive them to be. Imagine for a moment a fabric woven with infinite possibilities where every potential moment every choice exists simultaneously this is the way these Cosmic observers perceive reality.
——————————–
Energy aspect and our earth as energy farm:
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YMe4HYSSJSE
“Huge Event Approaching Fast” The High Council of Light Choosing what to want/create.
1,174 views 17 Dec 2024 #lightworkers #galacticfederation #light 🤲🏻 Thanks for watching. 🤲🏻 Subscribe and Like and Share 👋🏻 🤲🏻 Love and Light! Namaste💞
Visuals: This is an original narration recorded specifically for this video in the studio by LightWorkers
lightworkers #galacticfederation #light
Transcript
Geetings light workers:
Message of “The High Council of Light” how do we release resistance.
You need to stop looking at resistance whatever you want you need to be. That first, you must invoke that feeling that state from within you, what does it mean.
Stop looking at resistance at what you are wanting to fix, you want to allow wellbeing Joy you begin to feel well-being and joy where you are. It is a tricky thing because everything outside of you is calling for your attention it is easy to get pulled away and distracted but you must be what you desire to be first. Why because it is within you and it will not come from outside it cannot whatever you desire you already are it is just a matter of bringing it to the surface. Your natural state is well-being is joy is love your natural state is balance Harmony Perfection so how do you allow that to be the stronger expression of who you are/want. Turn to these things you are wanting to express you don’t look at resistance at discord at disease at pain and so on. Trying to change these to release these you can but there is a faster way you turn the other cheek as Jesus instructed you turn away from them and give your attention your dedication to what you want to express feel if experience and eventually see. Your first indication of change is your feeling then comes the outward reflection so don’t bother looking outside you want to experience Joy well-being fullness start here inside start with what you are wanting take your mind off the resistance because your attention to it keeps it there when you keep affirming. There is resistance you are saying it is there when you turn around and begin to affirm life you are saying life is there are many things in your environment in your life that you can direct your attention to and soften that resistance without having to tackle the resistance itself.
When you are in hate or angry mode you cannot break down that emotion but you can choose something more pleasing and fun to do and the anger will naturally subside unless you bring it to mind again. It would dissolve truly you are the creator of your every experience because you are the only one directing your attention and your attention holds power holds life and gives the subject of your attention life and power when you withdraw attention from The Unwanted it will disappear. We promise you that much you don’t have to fight anything just turn away of course we hear you say but what about love if you cannot look beyond the resistance you cannot send love you cannot wrestle your way to love force your way to love. Look for something else to love it is by far the easier and faster route so don’t ask how do I get there focus on there wherever there is and try to find there here because it is here it is all here there.
Is nothing there the collective gold frequencies the collective greetings dear ones we are very pleased to have this time to speak with you today as we have recently offered two webinars for the program your 12 strand DNA calling in the power of the gold frequencies we wish to share this chapter from the book messages from the spirits of abundance. It speaks on the powerful Golden Light particles flowing to earth now from your son soul in that book in a chapter titled on the Divine Purpose of Gold’s presence on the earth a light bringer. Asks what is the Divine menate for gold, to fulfill its Divine Purpose on the earth the answer that follows comes from the Lords of gold: we are glad you have asked this our element of gold is a powerful one on many levels and few people understand why that is or how that came to be. We have no condemnation for what we see happening on your planet now we see many in a place of struggle and we see one human judge asset or another value than devalue this is an ongoing cycle of confusion regarding not so much what people value on an individual level as what they are told to Value as a solid investment. This is nonsense that which you value will always find a way to bring some form of richness to your lives financially or otherwise. The Divine Mandate of gold is an excellent topic the element of gold has been valued for thousands of years on your world, current its value is not as trusted or understood as fully as it has been in the past. Yet many still collect it invest in it desire it. For the most part people are greatly unaware of the true essence of gold its Consciousness its abilities and its actual high value we speak of high value as being that which holds a high vibration and holds an intention to represent higher light this why you will hear some people speak on the healing properties of gold and its powerful presence in light based healing ritual and in meditation. You will see some put the color gold in their homes whether in an image or a gold object many do so whether consciously or not to Anchor the financial boost of gold in their lives and to drawing greater riches in one form or another others. Simply enjoy the color and the sheen of Gold without fully realizing why? For those wishing to benefit from its presence simply holding the image of gold dust or liquid gold flowing through one’s being can strengthen one’s energy Fields this also greatly helps one to resonate with the inherent wealth of the gold frequency in its highest form. Over thousands of years royalty magicians healers those of great wealth have had gold in their presence almost non-stop this is to sure that the vibration of either luxury and wealth or of higher wisdom and hidden knowledge flowed in their lives. Often they had a love for this precious element since childhood without fully understanding why gold inlay in architecture indicated that higher reasoning was used in those places in our work it indicated refinement and expectation of high social standing it often also held a spiritual significance the organized religions are aware of this and have used gold in their structures and interior enhancements for many centuries though more to signify power and wealth than spiritual progression. In some cases gold has a masculine presence in manyways yet it has complemented the beauty of women via jewelry and clothing since time Memorial using the feminine Essence to magnify its aure we would say that gold is of such a high vibration on this planet that it need not be given a Divine mandate and yet yes it has a Divine Purpose as you have sensed it was used in many ancient pyramids to assist Transmissions of energies and of messages aiding communication Technologies and psychic Transmissions between persons and groups around the earth through space and even between galaxies. It was also reviewed for its ability to hold information and tofacilitate shifts in vibrational frequencies including in portals and Stargates as with most higher vibrational elements it speaks a rare language one grasped by the wise Priests of Egypt during the time of Egypt’s period of high Awakening and in other great civilizations it is a receiver of and a connector to the wisdom of the higher Realms. When spoken to in its own energetic language though the gold in many modern manufactured gold items have had some of that Essence vibrationally removed from them still these items connect etherically to their true higher nature and to the presence of Gold.
Everywhere on the planet its nature is transformative and must be directed with positive intent in order for The Alchemist or spiritual Seeker. working with gold to benefit and not suffer from this element it can be toxic to those of Dark Intent and low vibration for gold always knows who and what it is it is as a collective Force reverting to its true nature now as your planet moves ever higher in vibration all of your spirits call to the presence and essence of gold to purify your heart minds and souls and to assist you in blessing all about you with the air and flow of active abundance address properly and respected in all good ways meditating on the essence and energy of gold in its high vibrational light particle form can open portals to Greater self- understanding wealth healing and appreciation of all that is precious and rare in the higher Realms as well as upon the Earth. You are here at this time to be healed to cleanse your essence of all that which over many Earth lives has led you to forget your true essence.
Gold’s Divine Purpose is to remind humanity and the Earth herself of the vibrations of the higher Realms and to demonstrate one of the characteristics of the divine presence in Earth life. That is the transformational capability and the Purity that all in the higher realm SE Earth beings Desiring. Now the desire to move Earth life to a higher level and to heal the Brokenness of the planet and her history gold shine in all its glowing warmth to do far more than to enrich or adore in its etheric form it desires to cleanse and to heal to assist and to uplift all who call upon its Essence it is the essence color and light Ray associated with the Divine masculine and as such carries the energies of divine action. The Fulfillment of divine order and the Divine Design of the divine feminine it adorns and expresses within the throne and presence of Creator God as silver does for the throne of Creator goddess.
You will have heard of the healing properties of monatomic gold and this is so yet the Alchemists of old did not desire to transform base metals to highly refined ones only to Aid healing as important as that can be. They desired to enter the very refined and ingenious higher consciousness of gold and to embody that presence image often that you are wearing large rings of gold all around you in your etheric body image or draw this metaphor and allow it to remind you that you walk amongst the queens and the kings of this Galaxy and this universe known or unknown that you are here at this time to be healed to reintegrate any lost parts of your essence and to cleanse your essence of all that which over many Earth lives has led you to forget your true Essence let it be your companion and your assistant on your journey there are many gifts of Nature and the etheric Realms the spirit and qualities of gold are particularly beautiful and empowering ones.
We live now in a so-called 3D world energy based. Without energy/food your manifestation here will end.
The concept of loosh, in my opinion, holds a major clue to human freedom. What is loosh, as it was described to Robert Monroe? It is a kind of energy that animals and humans generate in situations that involve two things: an intense desire plus a negative emotion. In the last article I equated loosh with force. But when loosh arises in the harvestable form, it is laced with some form of negativity: fear (in the example of a mother defending her young),
Sadness or hopelessness (in the example of a lonely person), fear again (in the example of prey/predator combat). So how do we explain this? Life energy isn’t negative, so what really is loosh?
Loosh is a strong inrush of vital energy caused by a strong desire in the individual experiencing it. It’s that adrenaline surge you feel in a fight-or-flight situation. But it’s more than a chemical, because we are told loosh is also generated in a situation like a lonely person pining, where no adrenaline is involved. In both cases, there is a common element: a strong emotional desire. Negativity seems to be what makes the harvesting possible, but it is not the loosh. It’s something that sometimes laces loosh, and its presence is necessary for access to the substance by interdimensional energy-eaters. Negativity is not the essential emotion but an overlay emotion, and when it is present, it creates a drain on the inrush of vital energy.
Let me explain more concretely. Whenever we have a strong desire without tangential feelings of fear, sadness, remorse, etc., what do we experience? A surge of life, a re-charge. We say pumped or psyched. (Made to feel guilty/responsible for something real or not) We feel power. But when we have a strong desire accompanied by the negative emotions, that’s another story. Then our strong desire seems to churn inside us, causing anguish. In the first case, our life energy is infused into us from somewhere. In the second case, it’s being infused and at the same time being drained away.
Yes, this desire more than anything we wanted to feel alive, connected, and in intimate contact with everything around us but only as long as it would feel safe, as long as we can take the known with us, as long as we can oversee how it will all turn out, and as long as I do not have too be too exposed, and too vulnerable, in other words the right environment only to be betrayed.
There it went wrong on planet earth. We as mammals/humans took the risk of opening more, hoping that despite that emotional vulnerability, because it did look in fact at that time the only possible response that makes any sort of sense in a world that had gone a bit mad.
There it went wrong:
Unfortunately our worries proved to be justified. Please click on the video links here for an explanation and the background about what did happen to us on planet earth. I did not write it but tells the story about what did happen wel and the consequences. It is about the enslavement of the Mammals/humanity by deceptive means through others known as the reptiloids. Mammals have a soul structure and reptiloids not but they did managed to enter and take control being made as copies of humans.
Now with the movement of the position of planet earth within the Galaxy closer to the sun and the resulting earth frequencies starting to rise showing and with it also the large numbers of under cover reptiloids present on earth/involved.
We have several energy centra in our body. To manifest within the physical universe you do need energy.
There is the brain/head where the logic rules and the heart as seat of the feelings and when not in sync spells problems.
Why; people must have access to knowledge in simple form to prepare themselves for enlightenment, because what they carry in their lives is too often trauma based and have forgotten who they are and come from. Blinded. Thank you.
people must have access to knowledge in simple form to prepare themselves for enlightenment, because what they carry in their lives is too much trauma for a spirit not knowing how to preserve true self. thank you.
The 12 cosmic laws and frequencies. This link gives access to a video with information and include emotions. Please click on the link. I like this video very much for it’s content.
Introduction to Emotion & Energy.
Introduction to The Metaphysics of Emotions – emotional energy is real
The Metaphysics of Emotions – emotional energy is real by Robert Burney MA
“Many people use meditation as a form of antidepressant to stay disassociated from their feelings. There are also many people who use wonderful tools like positive affirmations and positive visualization to discount and deny emotions. Meditation and chanting, affirmations and visualization, music and dancing, movement and exercise, etc., are tools that can be very helpful in maintaining some balance on our recovery journey / spiritual path – but can also be used in ways that deny feelings. Positive affirmations and visualization are vital in changing our perspective of life away from the negative programming of childhood into alignment with Metaphysical Law / the Law of Attraction – but it is vital to honor our emotions and emotional process if we truly want to start having some freedom from the past.”
” . . . . . . . not only does traditional science, medicine, and psychology discount emotions – treat them as a chemical reaction or an extension of thought, but many of the so called New Age teachers do the same. Emotions are, on one level, chemical reactions – just as on another level, our emotional reactions are very much influenced by our mental attitudes. But emotions are also energy that exists in a very real way on the etheric plane in the emotional body. To discount the level in which emotions are energy is very dysfunctional in my belief. To discount the emotional energy that was generated in our childhood, and still exists in our being, is to discount our own experiences and being – to say nothing of being very dangerous to our physical and mental health.”
“When we give power away to other people because our relationship with self is dysfunctional, we actually allow cords of energy to tie us to those people. These cords (ribbons, cables, tethers, threads, strands) of energy exist on the Etheric plane – which is where the Life Force energy runs through the chakra system. . . . . . . On an energetic level, abandonment means getting unplugged from our energy source. Abandonment feels life-threatening because the cords that bind us to other people, and feed us Life Force energy, gets unplugged and we do not know how to access that energy for ourselves. That is why it is so important to learn to plug in internally, access the Transcendent emotional energy of Love, Light, Joy, and Truth that is available to us within.”
“What so many people who are teaching the Law of Attraction don’t seem to understand however – or at least don’t communicate it in how they are teaching it – is that changing that ego programming now does not make the emotional energy from the past disappear. We cannot just start being in the Now and let go of the past (except in the moment – the more we heal the more ability we have to let go of the past and be present in the moment for more moments of the day.) We have repressed, suppressed, pressurized emotional energy within us in relationship to our emotional wounds. That is why it is so important to do the grief work to release some of that energy – to take power from those emotional “buttons” that dictate our reactions in intimate relationships. We can’t just start being spiritual in our relationships with other human beings without healing those emotional wounds from the past – releasing some of that repressed emotional energy.”
“I want to again emphasis that it is not necessary to understand all of this metaphysical stuff. What is important is to feel the resonance of Truth that will help you remember that it is all perfect when looked at from a large enough paradigm. Emotional energy is generated in our emotional body on the Etheric plane. That is where the chakra system exists. Many of you have probably had energy work done that helps you to understand that there is Truth in the ancient Chinese techniques of acupuncture. That there are energy junctions in our body – that are not acknowledged in traditional Western medicine – that do affect our physical bodies.”
On this page is an article by grief therapist/codependence counselor/Spiritual teacher about the Metaphysics of emotional energy.
Welcome to a page of Joy2MeU.
The Web Site of Spiritual Teacher, codependence counselor, grief therapist, author, Robert Burney Logo of Joy2Meu Web Site. Site index page; Sacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’
Robert is the author of the Joyously inspirational book Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls. The Metaphysics of Emotions – emotional energy is real by Robert Burney MA
In October 2008 as I am working on my November Joy2MeU Update in which I promised my yahoo mailing list that I would talk about my experience of participating in a Landmark Forum Education weekend, I realized that in conjunction with that I would need to finish an article I started last year about the Law of Attraction. In early 1991 I wrote an article on New Age Misinterpretations of Metaphysical Truth and when The Secret came out I felt a need to expand on what I had touched upon in the Misinterpretations article because I have seen so many people hurt because of the ways in which spiritual teachers, new age gurus, and new thought churches were/are teaching the Law of Attraction.
That there are so many resources these days that are teaching people that they need to learn to love themselves and stop allowing the past to dictate how they are living life today is a wonderful sign of the new Age of Healing & Joy that has dawned in human consciousness on the planet that I talked about in my book. That is the very good news.
We have now entered a very special time in human history. An Age of Healing and Joy has dawned in human consciousness on this planet. We now have tools, knowledge, and most importantly, clearer access to healing energy and Spiritual guidance than has ever before been available in recorded human history on this planet.
(Text in this color is used for quotes from Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls)
The not so good news is that far too many of those teachers and organizations are teaching a lot of Truth mixed with some misinterpretations and false beliefs.
The teachings of all the Master Teachers, of all the world’s religions, contain some Truth along with a lot of distortions and lies. Discerning Truth is often like recovering treasure from shipwrecks that have been sitting on the ocean floor for hundreds of years – the grains of Truth, the nuggets of gold, have become encrusted with garbage over the years.”
“There is Truth all around us. We can find messages everywhere once we start picking the baby out of the bathwater – once we begin to be willing and open to feeling and trusting the emotional energy communications of Truth from our Souls. The teachings of all of the Master Teachers, of all religions, philosophies, mythologies, fairy tales, even comic books, have Truth in them.
Too many of the people who are teaching really wonderful concepts and Truths, are in my opinion still reacting out of their own personal codependency.
“Mystical messengers and Master Teachers are Spiritual Beings in human body who were/are open to accessing Higher Truth in relationship to some part of this puzzle of life. We are all Spiritual Beings in human body who have the capacity to tune into Mystical Truth, into intuitive guidance – to whatever degree is necessary for our Karmic mission in this lifetime. None of us are, none of them were, perfect humans – we are all perfect in our Spiritual Essence.
They have served Divine purpose by passing on some nuggets of Truth, some deeper understanding of different pieces of the puzzle. People as diverse as William Shakespeare and Albert Einstein: Carl Jung and Martin Luther King; Carlos Castanado and Joseph Campbell; Thomas Jefferson and Margaret Mead; were mystical messengers, way showers, who contributed to changing the planetary conditions in some way, enlarging the paradigm in relationship to some aspect of consciousness. . . .
. . . . . There are many mystical messengers among us today. They include people like: Richard Bach and Bob Dylan; John Bradshaw and Melody Beattie; Oprah Winfrey and Marianne Williamson; Neale Donald Walsch and James Redfield; etc. This does not mean that these people are totally clear channels for Truth – or that on a personal level they are in recovery. One of the most important paradigm enlarging books of the 1970 and 80s was written by a person who was, and is (last I heard), a practicing alcoholic.
The thing that all of us old souls have in common, that all mystical messengers have in common, is that we grew up in dysfunctional families in dysfunctional cultures. We are all codependent. Unfortunately, from my perspective, many of the mystical messengers present now have not done their emotional healing to the depth that allows them to change their core subconscious programing – and because of this they are still allowing codependency to twist and distort the messages of Truth they are carrying.” – Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life Chapter 12: Codependency in New Age Movement
In the article I referred to in the first paragraph that I am writing this article as a companion to – The Law of Attraction – Misunderstood & Misinterpreted – I talk about some of the reasons I believe these mystical messengers / spiritual teachers are giving out messages that are affected by codependency. Those include black and white thinking and shame about being human, but the discounting of emotions is the one that this article is addressing.
Emotions are real. Emotions are energy that is manifested into the body in a dimension, on a level, that cannot be seen or measured in any concrete way.
Traditional Western medical science has discounted emotions because it can’t be measured or detected as tangible, physical substance.
“Traditional Western medical science has ignored and discounted the spiritual and emotional components of being.
The traditional medical perspective in relationship to any physically or psychologically manifested dis-ease is limited by a left brain (concrete, rational) intellectual paradigm which is entirely focused on that which can be seen, measured, quantified. Therefore, any spiritual, emotional, and mental dis-ease is seen as resulting from biochemical, physiological, physical conditions.
Doctors (which includes psychiatrists of course) – and other traditional medical and mental health professionals – were trained to identify mental and emotional problems as biological and to see the solution as chemical.
There are certainly neurobiological aspects to any behavioral manifestation, but it is not possible for a scientific perspective which requires empirical proof to truly ascertain the cause of any condition – because emotional and spiritual components of a human’s being can not be quantified. In other words, brain chemistry is definitely out of balance in relationship to any physical disorder or mental condition – including OCD, Bi-Polar Disorder, Depression, etc. That imbalance in brain chemistry definitely has an impact on emotions – but it is not possible to say absolutely which is the cause and which is the effect. The chicken and egg conundrum.
In other words, did the emotional trauma and the fear and shame based relationship to life cause the chemical imbalance in the brain – or did the chemical imbalance come first. Traditional Western medicine is not holistic – it does not treat the whole being, it treats symptoms. Medication is necessary for some people. It is an invaluable temporary help for others. It is not the whole answer. The great majority of doctors are limited by their training, the intellectual paradigm which determines their perspective, to believing that they do know the answers.” – Obsession / Obsessive Thinking Part 1
In the quote above I use the word empirical – a word that I mention in my article on the Law of Attraction that led me to the word metempirical – beyond experience, beyond evidence and observation. It is actually very easy to observe when someone is having feelings – but there isn’t any measurable, discernible substance to those emotions, thus they have been discounted in Western Civilization. In the quote from my book within the following quote, I mention that this is a swing to the other extreme from earlier periods of Civilized history.
“The internal human dynamic is immensely complicated and complex. In order to start understanding it with more clarity, it is vital to break out of the limited belief systems imposed upon us by humanities inability to discern between different levels of reality.
This inability to discern between different levels of realty is part (along with the planetary conditions which will be addressed shortly) of the reason that many religious teachings are twisted, distorted, grotesquely warped misinterpretations of what were originally symbolic, metaphoric, allegorical attempts to explain the unexplainable.
Western Civilization (in reaction to earlier ages when it was out of balance to the other extreme of allowing superstition to rule) does not acknowledge that multiple levels of reality exist and as a result, has been way out of balance towards the left brain way of thinking – rational, logical, concrete, what you see is all there is. Since what is seen is a three dimensional illusion, anything that does not fit neatly into that three dimensional world has been labeled as not being real. Logically then, according to Western thought, the supernatural does not exist – it is only imagination and superstition – therefore anyone who believes in the supernatural is crazy.
Because emotional energy could not be seen or measured or weighed, and was not sanctioned by the AMA, emotions were discounted and devalued.
The emotional component of the internal human dynamic has been ignored – or seen as an extension of the mental. It is vital to start separating, and discerning a boundary between, the emotional and the mental levels of our being in order to heal our emotional wounds.
Just as the inability to discern between levels of reality caused humans to become enmeshed in their view of the macrocosm – and create a concept of god with human qualities – so too has this lack of discernment caused humans to discount the emotional component of the human experience. Psychology is a term that discounts emotions. It is not only traditional science that discounts emotions, but many New Age healers and practitioners also tend to discount emotional energy or to label certain emotions as negative. . . .
. . . . . Anyone who gives you a message that carries with it shame about being human, about feeling afraid or angry or whatever, needs to awaken to a larger perspective – needs to expand their intellectual paradigm and raise their consciousness to a higher level that is more aligned with Love. It doesn’t matter how famous they are. It is possible that their work has had a huge impact on your growth. Be grateful for that, but give yourself permission to have the discernment to recognize when something they are saying doesn’t resonate with Love.” – Attack on America: A Spiritual Healing Perspective & Call for Higher Consciousness Chapter 6: ego strength and self worth
In that quote from my book – as I also mentioned in my Law of Attraction article – I used the word supernatural. If I were writing that paragraph today I would use the word metaphysical.
“Metaphysical means beyond the physical – that is beyond the concrete three-dimensional reality that we experience, that can be seen and measured. One of the reasons that emotions have been so discounted in Western Civilization has been because it is not possible to take an x-ray and see that we have unresolved grief from the past that is knocking our system out of balance and causing us to be depressed. Emotions have also been discounted in Eastern Civilization although the Eastern approach to medicine and science is much more Holistic in general and does acknowledges the existence of energies of a metaphysical nature.” – Energetic Attraction – emotional familiarity or Karmic connection?
I mention in this last quote that Western Civilization is not holistic in it’s approach to mental health – it discounts the emotional and spiritual components as I mentioned in the earlier quote.
Our mental health system not only does not promote healing – it actually blocks the process. The mental health system in this country is designed to get your behavior and emotions under control so that you can fit back into the dysfunctional system.
Drugs that are designed to disconnect you from your feelings block the healing process. Mental health professionals who need to have you see them regularly in order to be financially supported, need to have you be dependent upon them, need to keep you a patient in order to survive.
Any counselor, therapist, psychologist – and especially psychiatrist – that is adhering to training that takes the traditional perspective of emotions will most likely not have done their own emotional healing, and because of that will not be comfortable with any “patient” being very emotional.
“It is also a vital part of the process to learn discernment. To learn to ask for help and guidance from people who are trustworthy, that means people who will not betray, abandon, shame, and abuse you. That means friends who will not abuse and betray you. That means counselors and therapists who will not judge and shame you and project their issues onto you.
(I believe that the cases of “false memories” that are getting a lot of publicity these days are in reality cases of emotional incest – which is rampant in our society and can be devastating to a person’s relationship with his/her own sexuality – that are being misunderstood and misdiagnosed as sexual abuse by therapists who have not done their own emotional healing and project their own issues of emotional incest and/or sexual abuse onto their patients).
Someone who has not done her/his own emotionally healing grief work cannot guide you through yours. Or as John Bradshaw put it in his excellent PBS series on reclaiming the inner child, “No one can lead you somewhere that they haven’t been.””
(Quotations in this color are from Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls)
In his PBS series on healing the inner child, John Bradshaw talked about how important it is to choose counselors and therapists who have done their own emotional healing. He stated that he had been in recovery for 10 years and counseling for that period of time before he started doing the emotional healing. Prior to starting that process if someone he was working with started to get emotional, he would immediately take steps to pull them out of the emotions back onto an intellectual level.
One of the most important things to check out when you are interviewing a new counselor/therapist – is whether they have done any emotional healing. If they have not done any grief and anger work – actual emotional release work involving the deep grieving of sobs and snot running out the nose, and anger work, beating on cushions while they shout out their rage – then they will not want you to get emotional. Doing the deep emotional work can be terrifying – and unless the person who is facilitating your work has been through it themselves, they will be scared by your emotions. They will try to get you back into an intellectual framework – and many of them will tell you that you need to go on medication.” – Choosing a therapist or counselor with discernment
What is so sad to me – and sometimes makes me angry so that I rant and rave – is that it is not just traditional mental health professionals that discount emotions, but also New Age and alternative healers and spiritual teachers. New Age is in many ways a synthesis of Western and Eastern beliefs and practices. What too many of the people involved in New Age don’t understand is this: the reality that both traditions discount emotions is a symptom of a larger dysfunction caused by the planetary conditions that dictated the course of human evolution on this planet.
Eastern beliefs though more holistic in general and accepting of the metaphysical energies that are the focus of acupuncture (to name one example, Feng Shui, Chi, etc. ), have also discounted emotions – as something that one should rise above. In order to become “enlightened” it was thought that one must rise above being human and feeling messy human emotions.
Both Western and Eastern beliefs are out of balance and codependent in my belief.
All civilizations are dysfunctional to varying degrees, as are subcultures within those civilizations. They just have different flavors of dysfunction, of imbalance.
As an example: In much of Asia the individual is discounted for the good of the whole – whether that be family or corporation or country. The individual takes his or her self-definition from the larger system. That is just as out of balance and dysfunctional as the Western Civilization manifestation of glorifying the individual to the detriment of the whole. It is just a different variety of dysfunction.
The goal of this dance of Recovery is integration and balance. That means celebrating being a tree while also glorying in being a part of the forest. Recovery is a process of becoming conscious of our individual wholeness and our ONENESS with all.
“As I pointed out in the online book I wrote explaining my perception of the September 11th terrorist attack as a manifestation of the human condition of codependency, both Western and Eastern Civilization have been out of balance.
“The dysfunction in Western Civilization has evolved to be more focused toward a left brain, masculine type of view of reality – concrete, rational, subdue the planet and multiply. Eastern Civilization has tended toward more feminine, abstract, contemplative – detachment from the concrete, a perspective with more detachment from the Illusion. But Eastern Civilization, though based upon a more intuitive perspective, did not, for the most part, manifest that in the treatment of women.” – Attack on America: A Spiritual Healing Perspective & Call for Higher Consciousness Chapter 4
Eastern Civilization also did not manifest any balance emotionally. Whereas Western Civilization has tended towards allowing righteous male anger and aggression to drive civilization’s evolution, Eastern culture has in general tended more towards denial of all emotions – a stoic role model for appropriate emotional behavior.” Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life Chapter 11: Codependent Counselors / Therapists / Healers
When I am working with people, teaching them my approach to inner healing, I always asked if they have been involved in Eastern meditation practices. The reason that I ask that is to be able to tell them that when I talk about how important the observer perspective is to codependency recovery I am not talking about the passive observer that is taught in meditation practices. The type of observer perspective I teach people is pro-active and intervening – not just passively observing thoughts and feelings but actually taking action to change the internal programming that we do have the power to change.
“By cultivating this detached perspective – detached from our ego experience of being human – we can observe both the mental and emotional levels of our being from a more discerning perspective. It facilitates changing the intellectual programming and taking some of the terror out of healing the emotional wounds. It allows us to set internal boundaries within, and between, the mental and emotional levels of our being.
When I speak of a detached observer perspective, I am not talking about the kind of observation that is taught in some spiritual meditation practices. Many people use that type of observation as a way to avoid feeling the feelings. That type of detachment from emotions is what some people experience on anti-depressants. Some people use chanting and meditation as anti-depressants. Chanting and meditation can be invaluable tools but applied in an imbalanced manner can, like positive affirmations, be used as tools to deny feelings.
Just observing the feelings does not heal them; does not fundamentally change our relationship patterns; does not make our fear of intimacy go away. We need to feel, experience, and release the emotional energy in order to heal the wounds and take power away from them.” – Co-Creation: Owning your Power to Manifest Love
I teach people to develop an observer / witness perspective that is pro-active and intervening, that actually becomes our Recovery Control Center / our Conscious Recovering Adult Observer perspective – so that we change how we are relating to our own internal process instead of just reacting to old tapes and old wounds.
When we are reacting out of our childhood emotional wounds, then what we are feeling may have very little to do with the situation we are in or with the people with whom we are dealing in the moment.
In order to start be-ing in the moment in a healthy, age-appropriate way it is necessary to heal our “inner child.” The inner child we need to heal is actually our “inner children” who have been running our lives because we have been unconsciously reacting to life out of the emotional wounds and attitudes, the old tapes, of our childhoods. . . .
Until we heal our wounds, until we become honest and clear in our emotional process, we are not able to be discerning. We are not capable of responding to life in the now – we are only able to react out of old grief, out of old tapes.
We need to develop a detached, objective observer perspective in order to become more aware of our own internal cause and effect – so that we can change the ego programming and transform how we relate to our own emotions by recognizing them as energy that needs to flow.
“I have had many clients who have practiced sitting in meditation for many years, who were taught to use meditation as a way of repressing the feelings – “observing” the feelings is not the same as owning and feeling and experiencing. Just as some “new age” or Metaphysical people use Spiritual Truths as another tool to deny the feelings (I have worked with many people who thought they had no right to be angry at their parents because they “chose” them – that choice was made in alignment with the need to settle Karma, not of totally free selection, and in no way negates our need to own our right to be angry about how their behavior affected us. Just the other day a friend told me that her boyfriends mother refuses to take any responsibility for what happened in his childhood because he “chose” her.) so too have meditation practices of observing the feelings been used by some to avoid feeling the feelings.
(Being able to observe ourselves is a very important tool in the process but like any other tool – acceptance, forgiveness, honesty, etc. – can be taken out of balance and applied dysfunctionally.)
I dated a woman for a while who had been practicing for many years – it was very interesting for me to observe (I was at a point in my process where I was working on letting go of rescuing and needing to change the other person – so I was just observing) how she ignored conflict. We never did any processing of difficulties which arose because she would act as if it never happened. Avoiding conflict also denies intimacy – we cannot be emotionally intimate with someone we can’t be angry at. Conflict is an inherent part of relationships and is to be worked through to grow from – it is the garden out of which deeper intimacy grows.” – Buddha, Buddhism, and Japanese cultural dysfunction
Many people use meditation as a form of antidepressant to stay disassociated from their feelings. There are also many people who use wonderful tools like positive affirmations and positive visualization to discount and deny emotions. Meditation and chanting, affirmations and visualization, music and dancing, movement and exercise, etc., are tools that can be very helpful in maintaining some balance on our recovery journey / spiritual path – but can also be used in ways that deny feelings. Positive affirmations and visualization are vital in changing our perspective of life away from the negative programming of childhood into alignment with Metaphysical Law / the Law of Attraction – but it is vital to honor our emotions and emotional process if we truly want to start having some freedom from the past.
I am in this article going to using some quotes and excerpts from some of my writing to try to communicate about the metaphysics of emotional energy as I understand it. I am not going to do a lot of additional writing about it at this time, just a few comments to introduce or sum up the quotes I will be using. As I made a point of stating in my article on the Law of Attraction, it is not necessary to understand all of this, what is important is to be open to larger concepts that can help us find a more enjoyable, balanced, and functional way to relate to this human adventure we are experiencing – a way of living that helps us to be more Loving to our selves and others, that helps us to manifest more Love into human consciousness on the planet.
“I want to again emphasis that it is not necessary to understand all of this metaphysical stuff. What is important is to feel the resonance of Truth that will help you remember that it is all perfect when looked at from a large enough paradigm.
Emotional energy is generated in our emotional body on the Etheric plane. That is where the chakra system exists. Many of you have probably had energy work done that helps you to understand that there is Truth in the ancient Chinese techniques of acupuncture. That there are energy junctions in our body – that are not acknowledged in traditional Western medicine – that do affect our physical bodies.
Opening up your imagination to remembering that this human experience includes dimensions and levels that are not concrete and rational from a three-dimensional perspective will help you to change your relationship with your own emotions. Emotions are energy. They exist on a level of reality that needs to be honored and respected if we are going to heal our relationship with ourselves. Discounting emotions is dysfunctional if our goal is to see ourselves and our relationships clearly enough to heal and tune into Love and Joy.” – Attack on America – Chapter 8 At War Within
In December of 1999 I published an article entitled My Spiritual Belief System and the New Millennium. That article is now completely available only in a subscription area of my site but the following quote can be found on the part of the page that is still available.
“So, as this millennium draws to a close, here is my Spiritual Belief system as it relates to the evolution of human kind and the New Millennium. I am publishing this here for the world to see, not out of some delusion that I know everything, but rather to share with you a perspective that gives me comfort because it supports my need to believe that the ultimate governing principle in the Universe is Love. My belief system developed out of my need to find a paradigm that would support the belief that Unconditional Love is the Ultimate Truth. This belief system not only resonates in my heart as Truth – it also gave me permission to start believing that I am Lovable and Loved.
Integrating this belief system into my emotional relationship with life has helped me: to learn to be more Loving to my self and others; to experience life as a journey of growth even when it feels like punishment; to relax, let go of fear, and enJoy life for more moments of the day than I ever believed possible. This belief paradigm is my Truth, and it supports the fundamental principle that I have committed my life to teaching and remembering: Love is the Ultimate Truth.” – My Spiritual Belief System and the New Millennium
In the Law of Attraction article a quote is included from the Author’s Foreword of my book that sums up part of the reason I am writing this article. I will include a paragraph of it here just to reiterate that purpose.
I share this message with you, the reader of this book, in the hopes that it will help you to remember the Truth of who you are, and why you are here. This information is not meant to be absolute or the final word – it is meant as an alternative perspective for you to consider. A Cosmic Perspective that just might help to make life an easier, more enjoyable experience for you.
Sacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’
Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life, Attack on America: A Spiritual Healing Perspective & Call for Higher Consciousness, The True Nature of Love series of articles, and the article My Spiritual Belief System and the New Millennium can be found in Dancing in Light a subscription area of the Joy2MeU web site. Quotes from the Dance of Wounded Souls Trilogy and the journal of my personal recovery can be found in another subscription area The Joy2MeU Journal
Metaphysical = beyond the physical I am going to start off with the following excerpt from one of the first articles in my inner child healing section. It lists some of the reasons that it is so important to feel the feelings.
Feeling the Feelings – grief / emotional energy release
“Attempting to suppress emotions is dysfunctional; it does not work. Emotions are energy: E-motion = energy in motion. It is supposed to be in motion, it was meant to flow.
Emotions have a purpose, a very good reason to be – even those emotions that feel uncomfortable. Fear is a warning, anger is for protection, tears are for cleansing and releasing. These are not negative emotional responses! We were taught to react negatively to them. It is our reaction that is dysfunctional and negative, not the emotion.”
“The way to stop reacting out of our inner children is to release the stored emotional energy from our childhoods by doing the grief work that will heal our wounds. The only effective, long term way to clear our emotional process – to clear the inner channel to Truth which exists in all of us – is to grieve the wounds which we suffered as children. The most important single tool, the tool which is vital to changing behavior patterns and attitudes in this healing transformation, is the grief process. The process of grieving.
We are all carrying around repressed pain, terror, shame, and rage energy from our childhoods, whether it was twenty years ago or fifty years ago. We have this grief energy within us even if we came from a relatively healthy family, because this society is emotionally dishonest and dysfunctional.”
(Text in this color are quotes from Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls)
Emotions are energy that is manifested in our bodies. They exist below the neck. They are not thoughts (although attitudes set up our emotional reactions.) In order to do the emotional healing it is vital to start paying attention to where energy is manifesting in our bodies. Where is there tension, tightness? Could that “indigestion” really be some feelings? Are those “butterflies” in my stomach telling me something emotionally?
When I am working with someone and they start having some feelings coming up, the first thing I have to tell them is to keep breathing. Most of us have learned a variety of ways to control our emotions and one of them is to stop breathing and close our throats. That is because grief in the form of sadness accumulates in our upper chest and breathing into it helps some of it to escape – so we learned to stop breathing at those moments when we start getting emotional, when our voice starts breaking.
Western civilization has for many years been way out of balance towards the left brain way of thinking – concrete, rational, what you see is all there is (this was in reaction to earlier times of being out of balance the other way, towards superstition and ignorance.) Because emotional energy can not be seen or measured or weighed (“The x-ray shows you’ve got 5 pounds of grief in there.”) emotions were discounted and devalued. This has started to change somewhat in recent years but most of us grew up in a society that taught us that being too emotional was a bad thing that we should avoid. (Certain cultures / subcultures give more permission for emotions but those are usually out of balance to the other extreme of allowing the emotions to rule – the goal is balance: between mental and emotional, between intuitive and rational.)
Emotions are a vital part of our being for several reasons.
Because it is energy and energy cannot just disappear. The emotional energy generated by the circumstances of our childhood and early life does not go away just because we were forced to deny it. It is still trapped in our body – in a pressurized, explosive state, as a result of being suppressed. If we don’t learn how to release it in a healthy way it will explode outward or implode back in on us. Eventually it will transform into some other form – such as cancer.
As long as we have pockets of pressurized emotional energy that we have to avoid dealing with – those emotional wounds will run our lives. We use food, cigarettes, alcohol and drugs, work, religion, exercise, meditation, television, etc., to help us keep suppressing that energy. To help us keep ourselves focused on something else, anything else, besides the emotional wounds that terrify us. The emotional wounds are what cause obsession and compulsion, are what the “critical parent” voice works so hard to keep us from dealing with.
Our emotions tell us who we are – our Soul communicates with us through emotional energy vibrations. Truth is an emotional energy vibrational communication from our Soul on the Spiritual Plane to our being/spirit/soul on this physical plane – it is something that we feel in our heart/our gut, something that resonates within us.
Our problem has been that because of our unhealed childhood wounds it has been very difficult to tell the difference between an intuitive emotional Truth and the emotional truth that comes from our childhood wounds. When one of our buttons is pushed and we react out of the insecure, scared little kid inside of us (or the angry/rage filled kid, or the powerless/helpless kid, etc.) then we are reacting to what our emotional truth was when we were 5 or 9 or 14 – not to what is happening now. Since we have been doing that all of our lives, we learned not to trust our emotional reactions (and got the message not to trust them in a variety of ways when we were kids.)
We are attracted to people that feel familiar on an energetic level – which means (until we start clearing our emotional process) people that emotionally / vibrationally feel like our parents did when we were very little kids. At a certain point in my process I realized that if I met a woman who felt like my soul mate, that the chances were pretty huge that she was one more unavailable woman that fit my pattern of being attracted to someone who would reinforce the message that I wasn’t good enough, that I was unlovable. Until we start releasing the hurt, sadness, rage, shame, terror – the emotional grief energy – from our childhoods we will keep having dysfunctional relationships.
. . . . . . The more we are able to feel and release the feelings / emotional energy, the more clearly we can tune into the emotional energy that is Truth – and Love, Light, Joy, Beauty – coming from The Source Energy.” – Feeling the Feelings – grief / emotional energy release
Here is a quote from Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life Chapter 12: Codependency in New Age Movement. Within it is a quote from my book that shows how strongly I believe it is necessary to own our feelings – as well as a reference to the emotions as energy that exist on the etheric plane in the emotional body.
“New Age and alternative healers, Spiritual Teachers, self help gurus, etc., who have not done their emotional healing and enlarged their subconscious intellectual paradigm enough to consciously stop empowering polarity and shame emotionally as well as intellectually, are set up to be trapped in their codependency just as traditional mental health practitioners are limited by the emotionally dishonest beliefs of dysfunctional civilization.
” . . . . . . . not only does traditional science, medicine, and psychology discount emotions – treat them as a chemical reaction or an extension of thought, but many of the so called New Age teachers do the same. Emotions are, on one level, chemical reactions – just as on another level, our emotional reactions are very much influenced by our mental attitudes. But emotions are also energy that exists in a very real way on the etheric plane in the emotional body. To discount the level in which emotions are energy is very dysfunctional in my belief. To discount the emotional energy that was generated in our childhood, and still exists in our being, is to discount our own experiences and being – to say nothing of being very dangerous to our physical and mental health.
It is very attractive for people to believe that they can evolve spiritually without doing their grief work. Emotions are messy, especially the old repressed ones that can feel so overwhelming. It is natural and normal for human beings to want to do things the easier, softer way. So, many people want to hear someone tell them that it is possible to become enlightened without healing emotionally. Many of those so called experts will even teach that if one is feeling the emotions then one is doing something wrong.
I believe that such teachings are inaccurate. I believe that our emotions are an important and vital part of our being that needs to be own and honored. I believe that fear is a teacher that helps us move toward Love, that helps us to learn how to love ourselves. I do not believe that, in and of itself, it is wrong or bad or the opposite of love. Our relationship with it can cause it to be very dysfunctional – which is why we need to own it so we can change our relationship with it. The reality of being human is that this experience is really scary sometime. I am saying that is OK – that it is not shameful or unevolved to feel fear.” – New Age Misinterpretations of Metaphysical Truth
Reiki, energy healing, crystals, body work, breath work, dance/movement, art therapy, meditation, yoga, etc., are all wonderful tools that can be very helpful in the healing process – but unless we consciously own our feelings, our grief and rage and terror from childhood, we are not owning our self and our experiences in this lifetime.
“Far too many spiritual practices are used to deny feelings instead of owning and releasing them. Far too many New Age practitioners and teachers give people the false message that ‘negative’ emotions can be transformed energetically without ever really owning and feeling them.
There are many energetic modalities that are wonderful tools in the healing process – but they are tools, they are not the total solution. If we do not own the emotions and do the grief and rage work, we are not honoring and respecting the emotional part of our being.
The emotional work is messy. It is terrifying. Many people will do whatever they can to avoid it. That is normal and human – it is not bad or shameful. But it is dysfunctional – it doesn’t work
We can intellectually throw out false beliefs. We can intellectually remember and embrace the Truth of ONENESS and Light and Love. But we cannot integrate Spiritual Truths into our day-to-day human existence, in a way which allows us to substantially change the dysfunctional behavior patterns that we had to adopt to survive, until we deal with our emotional wounds.
Until we deal with the subconscious emotional programming from our childhoods.
We cannot learn to Love without honoring our Rage!
We cannot allow ourselves to be Truly Intimate with ourselves or anyone else without owning our Grief.
We cannot clearly reconnect with the Light unless we are willing to own and honor our experience of the Darkness.
We cannot fully feel the Joy unless we are willing to feel the Sadness.
We need to do our emotional healing, to heal our wounded souls, in order to reconnect with our Souls on the highest vibrational levels.
In order to reconnect with the God-Force that is Love and Light, Joy and Truth.
Intellectually learning what healthy behavior is, or just remembering Spiritual Truth, does not heal our fear of intimacy – or the core place within us where we feel shame about our being. We need to own our emotional wounds to own our self. Reiki or crystals or any of the wonderful tools available to us can be aids in the process – but they cannot replace going through the process.
We cannot learn to Truly accept and Love the person we are – Truly own our True Magnificent Spiritual essence – without being willing to heal our human emotional wounds, without owning our personal grief from this lifetime.
It is necessary to own and honor the child who we were in order to Love the person we are. And the only way to do that is to own that child’s experiences, honor that child’s feelings, and release the emotional grief energy that we are still carrying around.” – Attack on America – A Spiritual Healing Perspective Chapter 6
We learned how to relate to self, to life, and to other people in early childhood from people who were wounded in their childhood. To think that we can learn to Truly Love our self without ever owning our childhood experience is pretty silly in my opinion. It was incredibly painful for us to come into human body in the Spiritually hostile, emotionally dishonest and abusive, shame based, patriarchal environment of modern civilization. It had a very traumatic effect on our perspective of, and relationship with, our self. We need to consciously heal that relationship with self in order to Truly own our connection to Self – to the Spirit, to The Source.” – Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life Chapter 12: Codependency in New Age Movement
On my biography page I share a bit about the origins of my book – and the reality that it wasn’t the first writing I did about the Dance of Wounded Souls. The first writing I did was in 1988 when I started writing a Magical, Mystical Spiritual Fable that was the Universe’s way of helping to start exploring this metaphysical stuff. I was writing that “far out” metaphysical fable at the same time I was doing my inner child healing and codependency recovery and saw them pretty much as two different things. It was when they came together in some public talks I did in 1991 that Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls was born. Prior to writing the True Nature of Love series in 1999, I had mostly tried to avoid getting into “far out” metaphysical stuff in what I was posting on my web site and limit it to the subscription area of my site. In the the first of two excerpts below from an article in that series, I use a quote from that Fable – which I refer to as the first book of a Trilogy (a trilogy that will never be completed I know now) – and even kind of apologized for getting so far out in that writing.
“Many of the expressions that are in common usage in the language of human interrelationship are incredibly accurate on multiple levels. One such expression is ‘giving your power away.’ If we are not clear in our relationship with self, if we are reacting to the definitions of self that we learned in childhood, then we are giving power away both literally and figuratively on multiple levels.
The level that most people are not aware of, and that is important for the focus of this column, is energetically. When we give power away to other people because our relationship with self is dysfunctional, we actually allow cords of energy to tie us to those people. These cords (ribbons, cables, tethers, threads, strands) of energy exist on the Etheric plane – which is where the Life Force energy runs through the chakra system.
We can literally be drained of our Life Force by these dysfunctional connections to other people. All of us learned to allow ourselves to both be drained of Life Force by others as well as to steal Life Force energy from others to survive.
We need to steal Life Force energy from others because we are blocked from clearly accessing our own Life Force energy by our dysfunctional relationship with self. Because our inner channel is not clear. In clearing up our inner channel to tune into the higher vibrational emotional energy of Light, Love, Joy, and Truth, we are also accessing our own Life Force energy. (The Life Force energy and the vibrational range of Light, Love, Joy, Truth, and Beauty are not the same thing but they are intimately interrelated.)
So, when I talk about giving our power away on an energetic level, it is an actual drain of energy, of power. Our codependence/ego defense system is set up to help us survive by trying to keep us from being drained of power at the same time it tries to steal energy from outside sources. Since we cannot clearly access the Source energy we have available to us to within, we look externally for sources of power and energy.
Codependency is outer or external dependence. We are dependent on outer or external sources to feed us the energy we need to survive. We make people, places, and things and/or money, property and prestige the Higher Power that we look to as the source of our energy, our power.
We are attached to those things literally on an energetic level by the cords of energy that are created on the Etheric plane due to the relationship between the bodies of our being that exist on that plane – which includes our mental and emotional bodies.
(I am now going to use a quote from my Trilogy, and again a little later in this column a continuation of this quote as well as a quote from another article, that are part of my Joy2MeU Journal and are only available to subscribers of that Journal. I apologize for that to all of you that are not subscribers. This is not an attempt to get you to subscribe – although it would certainly be OK if you decided to do that – it is just the best way I can find to facilitate communicating what I am attempting to communicate here. For those of you who are not subscribers, there is plenty of material on this web site to focus on that will help you clear up your relationship with your self without having to understand the more metaphysical aspects of this life experience. In fact, many people focus on the metaphysical aspects as a way of avoiding doing the emotional healing – so sometimes it is best not to get too caught up in the metaphysical.)
“The holographic illusion which is the Physical plane is composed of multiple levels of illusions. The most basic illusion within the Physical plane is that substance and separation exist. They do not. Everything in the physical universe is composed of energy. This energy interacts to form energy fields. These energy fields interact according to energy patterns to form other energy fields, which in turn interact according to energy patterns to form other energy fields, which in turn interact . . . etc., etc. The interaction of the One energy produces energy fields on the sub-subatomic level. These energy fields interact to produce subatomic energy fields, which in turn combine/interact to produce the energy field that we call the atom. (Remember energy fields are formed by energy vortex interaction, and atoms are are little bundles of swirling energy.) These atoms interact/combine to form the energy field that is the molecule. Molecular energy fields interact to form every type of substance/matter which humans perceive.
All energy fields are temporary effects of energy vortex interaction. (Temporary is a relative term. Physicists measure the lifetime of some subatomic particles/energy fields in quintillionths of a seconds, while the planet Earth has existed for billions of years – both are temporary.) The energy patterns which govern these interactions are also energy fields in and of themselves. For example – the individual human mind is an energy field, but it is also an energy pattern that governs the flow of communications between a humans’ Spiritual being and physical being, and within the seven bodies which make up the humans’ being. (The seven bodies and the mind will be discussed later. Note that attitudes in the mind can block the flow of communication from the Soul because the mind is an energy pattern.)
Each energy field vibrates at certain frequencies, and is interrelated and interdependent with all other energy fields. Each letter in this sentence is an energy field composed of energy fields vibrating at certain frequencies, each combination of letters that forms a word, each combination of words that forms a sentence, etc., etc., etc. (Millions of atoms can go into making up a single letter – aren’t you glad you asked.) Each word, each concept, each idea, is an energy field interacting according to energy patterns that are energy fields.
(Get the point? The bottom line is that nothing is what it appears to be. You are made up of the same subatomic, atomic, and molecular energy as the chair you are sitting in and the air you are breathing. Just bring to consciousness for a moment the fact that your physical body vehicle is composed of an uncountable number of energy fields interacting according to energy patterns. Just to imagine the number of energy fields interacting within your physical body at this moment is overwhelming. Now think of the number of energy fields and energy patterns that come into play when dealing with something outside of yourself, and then of course there is your emotional body and your mental body, etc. – and you wonder why relationships are so hard.) – The Dance of the Wounded Souls Trilogy Book 1 – “In The Beginning . . .” History of the Universe Part V
The fact that the mind is an energy field that is also an energy pattern of interaction is very important to realize. Communication from within (both internally between different parts of our being and from our spirit/Soul/Higher Power) and without – stimulation from our environment and everything/everyone in it – flows through the energy field that is the mind to our being.
Our experiential reality is determined by the interpretations of our mind – by the intellectual paradigm which we are using to define / determine / translate / explain our reality. The attitudes, definitions, and belief systems which we hold mentally dictate our emotional reactions. Attitudes, definitions, and beliefs determine perspective and expectation – which in turn dictates our relationships. Our relationships to our self, to life, to other people, to The God-Force / Goddess Energy / Great Spirit. Our relationships to our own emotions, bodies, gender, etc., are dictated by the attitudes, definitions, and beliefs that we are holding mentally / intellectually. And we acquired those mental constructs / ideas / concepts in early childhood from the emotional experiences, intellectual teachings, and role modeling of the beings around us. If we have not done our emotional healing so that we can get in touch with our subconscious intellectual programming then we are still reacting to that early childhood programming / intellectual paradigm even though we may not be aware of it consciously.
“The Truth is that the intellectual value systems, the attitudes, that we use in deciding what’s right and wrong were not ours in the first place. We accepted on a subconscious and emotional level the values that were imposed on us as children. Even if we throw out those attitudes and beliefs intellectually as adults, they still dictate our emotional reactions. Even if, especially if, we live our lives rebelling against them. By going to either extreme – accepting them without question or rejecting them without consideration – we are giving power away.”
“It was impossible to start Loving myself and trusting myself, impossible to start finding some peace within, until I started to change my perspective of, and my definitions of, who I was and what emotions it was okay for me to feel.
Enlarging my perspective means changing my definitions, the definitions that were imposed on me as a child about who I am and how to do this life business. In Recovery it has been necessary to change my definitions of, and my perspective of, almost everything. That was the only way that it was possible to start learning how to Love myself.
I spent most of my life feeling like I was being punished because I was taught that God was punishing and that I was unworthy and deserved to be punished. I had thrown out those beliefs about God and life on a conscious, intellectual level in my late teens – but in Recovery I was horrified to discover that I was still reacting to life emotionally based on those beliefs.
I realized that my perspective of life was being determined by beliefs that I had been taught as a child even though they were not what I believed as an adult.”
“I went home to do some writing and was pretty amazed at what it revealed. I realized that I was still reacting to life out of the religious programming of my childhood – even though I had thrown out that belief system on a conscious, intellectual level in my late teens and early twenties. The writing that I did that night helped me to recognize that my emotional programming was dictating my relationship with life even though it was not what I consciously believed.
I realized that the belief that “life was about sin and punishment and I was a sinner who deserved to be punished” was running my life. When I felt “bad” or “bad” things happened to me – I tried to blame it on others to keep from realizing how much I was hating myself for being flawed and defective, a sinner. When I felt good or good things happened I was holding my breath because I knew it would be taken away because I didn’t deserve it. Often when things got too good I would sabotage it because I couldn’t stand the suspense of waiting for god to take it away – which “he” would because I didn’t deserve it.
I could suddenly see that I had been playing a game, with that punishing god I learned about in childhood, for all of my adult life. I tried not to show that I enjoyed or valued anything too much so that maybe god wouldn’t notice and take it away. In other words, I could never relax and be in the moment in Joy or peace because the moment I showed that I was enjoying life god would step in to punish me.” – Joy2MeU Journal Premier issue The Story of “Joy to You & Me”
We cannot get clearly in touch with the subconscious programming without doing the grief work. The subconscious intellectual programming is tied to the emotional wounds we suffered and many years of suppressing those feelings has also buried the attitudes, definitions, and beliefs that are connected to those emotional wounds. It is possible to get intellectually aware of some of them through such tools as hypnosis, or having a therapist or psychic or energy healer tell us they are there – but we cannot really understand how much power they carry without feeling the emotional context – and cannot change them without reducing the emotional charge / releasing the emotional energy tied to them. Knowing they are there will not make them go away.”
Sacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’
“It does not make any difference what our conscious intellectual beliefs are as long as we are reacting energetically to old programming. That is why it is so vital to do the emotional healing. In order to clear our emotional body of the repressed emotional energy so that we can change the intellectual paradigm that is embedded in our mental body / mind, it is necessary to do the emotional healing. All of the intellectual knowledge of Spiritual Truth and healthy relationship behavior that we can acquire will not significantly transform the behavioral patterns that are being driven by the subconscious programming. We cannot heal our fear of intimacy so that we can open up to receiving Love without feeling the feelings. . . .
. . . . The power / energy / juice that we need comes from within – not from outside. People, places, and things can sometimes help us to access the power that is within us – but they are not the source of that power. The source is within!
It has always come from within – we were just trained to look outside for it because of the reversity of the planets energy field of emotional consciousness has caused human beings to do human backwards. Codependence is a disease of reversed focus – looking externally for that which is available within us. . . . .
. . . . There is nothing wrong with who we are – it is our relationship to our self that is messed up. We are all Spiritual Beings having a human experience. We all have Divine worth as children of The Source. We are all perfect parts of The Source. In our relationship with ourselves on this level we need to learn to open up to receiving / accessing the Love that is our True state of being – that is why we are here. To heal so that we can reconnect with Love.
We can have healthy ties / threads / cords of energy connecting us to other people but only by learning to see ourselves clearly. As long as our self definition is enmeshed with other people’s attitudes and behaviors, we are incapable of making True choices about our own best interests. Until we start seeing ourselves clearly, we will continue to be energetically drawn to people who will recreate our childhood emotional wounds.
“Both the classic codependent patterns and the classic counterdependent patterns are behavioral defenses, strategies, designed to protect us from the devastating pain and debilitating shame of being abandoned because we are flawed, because we are not good enough, not worthy and lovable. One tries to protect against abandonment by avoiding confrontation and pleasing the other – while the second tries to avoid abandonment by pretending we don’t need anyone else. Both are dysfunctional and dishonest.” – Joy2MeU Journal – article The Defensive Dance – Codependent & Counterdependent Behavior
On an energetic level, abandonment means getting unplugged from our energy source. Abandonment feels life-threatening because the cords that bind us to other people, and feed us Life Force energy, gets unplugged and we do not know how to access that energy for ourselves. That is why it is so important to learn to plug in internally, access the Transcendent emotional energy of Love, Light, Joy, and Truth that is available to us within.” – The True Nature of Love – part 4, Energetic Clarity
A key line in this is that ‘The attitudes, definitions, and belief systems which we hold mentally dictate our emotional reactions.’ This is a key point in the Law of Attraction teachings – and it is the Truth. We need to change the intellectual paradigm that is dicating our relationship with life in order to learn to be positive co-creators in our lives instead of the negative co-creators we were programmed to be in childhood. It is vital to change the intellectual programming – it is the only way to change our emotional experience of life. That is one of the reasons it is so important to align with the Law of Attraction – so that we can start creating more positive effect in our lives.
What so many people who are teaching the Law of Attraction don’t seem to understand however – or at least don’t communicate it in how they are teaching it – is that changing that ego programming now does not make the emotional energy from the past disappear. We cannot just start being in the Now and let go of the past (except in the moment – the more we heal the more ability we have to let go of the past and be present in the moment for more moments of the day.) We have repressed, suppressed, pressurized emotional energy within us in relationship to our emotional wounds. That is why it is so important to do the grief work to release some of that energy – to take power from those emotional “buttons” that dictate our reactions in intimate relationships. We can’t just start being spiritual in our relationships with other human beings without healing those emotional wounds from the past – releasing some of that repressed emotional energy.
“If you have ever wondered why it is so much easier to feel Spiritual in relationship to nature or animals, here is your answer. It was people who wounded us in childhood. It is people who our egos developed defense systems to protect us from.
I have told people for years, that the only reason to do inner child healing work is if we are going to interact with other people. If one is going to live in isolation on a mountain top meditating, it will be fairly easy to feel Spiritually connected. It is relating to other human beings that is messy.” – Reprogramming our dysfunctional ego defenses
Within this long excerpt from a chapter of my online book about the terrorist attack of September 11, 2001 I use quote from the “Trilogy” book that is a continuation of the quote from it used above. I also quote several short sections that were quoted earlier but I am doing that because I think if gives some useful context and reiterates some important messages. (I decided to use the same color for the quote from my Trilogy book in this excerpt – and one immediately after it and another one below – for clarity.)
“One of the fascinating things about the Age of Healing and Joy that has dawned in human consciousness is that the tools and knowledge that we need to raise our consciousness, to awaken to consciousness, have been unfolding in all areas of human endeavor over time, and at an accelerated rate in the last fifty to one hundred years.
One of the most fascinating things to me, and a key in my personal healing process, is in the area of physics.
I was so desperate to find some meaning and purpose to life that I was willing to go where I was led in my quest to find a concept of a Higher Power that could possibly Love me. I was open to the messages that were coming my way – and willing to buy Illusions when I discovered it in a grocery store at only 3 months of sobriety. I was later willing to start reading and trying to understand quantum physics when I was led to books like The Tao of Physics by Fritjof Capra and The Dancing Wu Li Masters by Gary Zukov. (The links will take you to those books on Amazon.com if you are interested.)
And, let me tell you, I hated science in school. In college I took geology to fulfill my science requirement – even though it involved twice as many course hours – because I hated physics and chemistry and such. (I ended up really getting into geology by the way – fascinating stuff.) So, we are talking a major surrender here.
I don’t remember now how I was led to studying quantum physics – or when exactly on my Spiritual growth path it happened – but it was a major influence for me in a multitude of ways.
One of the most important ways it helped me, was in my relationship with my own emotions. As I opened up my intellectual paradigm to starting to understand that everything was energetic – and that there were different levels and types of energy – I started to understand the importance of emotions as energy. Eventually I came to understand that emotional energy is generated in a dimension that is not part of the three-dimensional concrete reality that traditional views of science, medicine, etc., are based upon.
I am not going to go into a lot of detail here because as I have stated, understanding how it all works is not important – and it is in reality impossible for human beings to see the whole of the puzzle. What is important is having enough imagination to open up to larger perspectives of life so that we can change our relationship with ourselves.
“None of the details of any of these explanations of the unexplainable should be taken too seriously or literally – it is impossible to describe the indescribable. They are merely tools to facilitate a paradigm shift in consciousness – to help us open up to larger definitions of the Creation than those we were taught in childhood. The goal here is to empower a more expansive context within which to view the dance of life – one which allows for a perspective of human existence that does not include shame and sin.” – The Dance of the Wounded Souls Trilogy Book 1 History of the Universe Part IV “Notes to Earthlings”
I am going to use another quote from my Trilogy here in the hopes that it will help you to be open to expanding your intellectual paradigm. Understanding intellectually is not as important as resonating with the memory. What is important is to remember that everything in the puzzle does fit together perfectly – so that you can start being more Loving to yourself. So that you can stop buying into the lies of sin and shame. So that you can stop buying into the arrogant, codependent messages coming from the disease – the damaged ego – that tell you that everyone else is a child of God but there is something defective about you personally. (The sentence that is most important – in terms of emotional process – in this quote is in bold.)
“All of the interactions within the Creation Dream are a result of the basic interaction of energy in motion being resisted by energy that is motionless. This is the primary level of interaction. Out of this interaction are created the energy fields on the sub-sub-atomic level, which interact to form the subatomic, the atomic, and the molecular levels of the cosmic dance of energy that is the dream-movie. On all levels energy interactions take the form of energy vortexes. This the cause of the spiral, or helix, pattern which is the blueprint for the physical universe. It is also the cause of rotation around an internal axis of everything from subatomic and atomic particles (as was stated earlier, what physicists call particles – whether subatomic or the atom itself – are not particles of mass but rather energy fields – bundles of energy – that are energy vortexes.) to the planet Earth itself, which rotates on an axis through the North and South poles. The planet is an energy vortex, the solar system is an energy vortex, (thus planets which rotate on an internal axis rotate around the sun, which rotates on it’s own internal axis) the Creation Dream itself is an energy vortex.
What all of the energy vortexes, within the dream-movie, have in common – and what causes different dimensions to exist . . . . . . – is that they “wobble” on their internal axis. This can be pictured as being like a spinning top as it is slowing down. As the top slows down it starts to wobble on it’s axis, rather than spinning on a straight vertical axis as it does when at it’s maximum spin velocity. The difference between a top and energy vortexes, is that the energy vortexes do not slow down but rather wobble at a constant rate continuously. Within the dream movie there are multiple dimensions because there are different rates of wobble. The Etheric plane, for example, has a different rate of wobble than the Physical plane and thus it’s energy is not discernible in terms of any conventional human means of measurement or detection.
Thus everything in the dream-movie is made up of the same basic energetic structure, with the differences between Dimensions and dimensions being caused by vibrational frequency and rate of wobble. This causes each plane of existence, and the different dimensions within those planes, to differ from each other in terms of density. Because of this difference in density, all seven Dimensions can, and do, exist in the same space (as has been mentioned “space,” as we understand it, only exists on the densest plane, the Physical.) A way that this can be understood is in terms of something we understand on the Physical plane. Think of the relative difference in density between your physical body vehicle and air. Air is relatively less dense to a degree that you can walk through it without noticing it. The difference in relative density between the dimensions can be greater, or less, than the relative density difference between your physical being and air.
Or better yet, picture the difference in density between yourself and television/radio waves. When you turn on your television or radio you get a picture and sound, or music. That is proof to you that these waves are present in your space – yet you do not perceive them in the normal course of events. The relative density of their atomic structure due to vibrational frequency (even with the same rate of wobble) is such that you would not know that they existed in your space – except that you have a receiver (radio/TV) which is capable of tuning into the appropriate energy frequencies so that they can be manifested in a form that is perceivable. This is an example, not only of how “less dense” dimensions of reality can be present in your space, but also that these different frequencies can be tuned in (manifested) with the proper receiver. Every human being is equipped with the “proper receiver” to tune into the Transcendent vibrational frequencies. The human receiver exists within, and the clearer your inner channel, the more consistently you can tune into the higher frequencies.” – The Dance of the Wounded Souls Trilogy Book 1 History of the Universe Part VI
Quantum physics, the study of the microscopic, the subatomic world, has gone even further. Quantum physics has now proven that everything we see is an illusion, that the physical world is an illusion.
Everything is made up of interacting energy. Energy interacts on a subatomic level to form energy fields which physicists call subatomic particles. These subatomic energy fields interact to form atomic energy fields, atoms, which interact to form molecules. Everything in the physical world is made up of interacting atomic and molecular energy fields.
There is no such thing as separation in the physical world. . . . . . . Separation is an illusion. There is energy traveling at thousands of miles per second in your body right at this moment. There is energy interacting between, passing between, you and the chair you are sitting on, you and the air around you, you and any other beings in the room. . . . . . . We are all part of one gigantic, dynamic dance of energy.
Oneness is the Truth, the scientifically proven Truth, on this physical plane. It is also the Truth on multiple levels through multi-dimensional interrelationships.
All the pieces of the puzzle fit together perfectly according to logical, rational, precise, mathematically and musically attuned laws of energy interaction. When we look at the life experience in a large enough perspective we can remember that.
The mystical Truth that we are all ONE in God has been known through the ages. What we have never had before is the ability to integrate that mystical Truth into human physical, perceptual reality.
We now have the tools and the knowledge that we need to do that. We now have the guidance we need to integrate Spiritual Truth into physical experiential reality. To find a place of balance in the physical world in alignment with Spiritual Truth.
Etheric plane
Phrases expressing Metaphysical / Spiritual Truth are sprinkled throughout our language. We use them often without realizing the full implications of them. We hear athletes and movie stars and rap singers use the phrase “everything happens for a reason” when describing how God helped them to win the game or the award or what have you. “Every cloud has a silver lining” or “what goes around, comes around” or “giving your power away” are just a few of the phrases that we use without ever being conscious of the elemental Truths that spawned the phrases – or the power to change our experience of life that are contained in these nuggets of Truth.
“The level that most people are not aware of, and that is important for the focus of this column, is energetically. When we give power away to other people because our relationship with self is dysfunctional, we actually allow cords of energy to tie us to those people. These cords (ribbons, cables, tethers, threads, strands) of energy exist on the Etheric plane – which is where the Life Force energy runs through the chakra system.
We can literally be drained of our Life Force by these dysfunctional connections to other people. All of us learned to allow ourselves to both be drained of Life Force by others as well as to steal Life Force energy from others to survive. We need to steal Life Force energy from others because we are blocked from clearly accessing our own Life Force energy by our dysfunctional relationship with self. Because our inner channel is not clear. In clearing up our inner channel to tune into the higher vibrational emotional energy of Light, Love, Joy, and Truth, we are also accessing our own Life Force energy. (The Life Force energy and the vibrational range of Light, Love, Joy, Truth, and Beauty are not the same thing but they are intimately interrelated.)
So, when I talk about giving our power away on an energetic level, it is an actual drain of energy, of power. Our codependence / ego defense system is set up to help us survive by trying to keep us from being drained of power at the same time it tries to steal energy from outside sources. Since we cannot clearly access the Source energy we have available to us to within, we look externally for sources of power and energy.
Codependency is outer or external dependence. We are dependent on outer or external sources to feed us the energy we need to survive. We make people, places, and things and/or money, property and prestige the Higher Power that we look to as the source of our energy, our power.
We are attached to those things literally on an energetic level by the cords of energy that are created on the Etheric plane due to the relationship between the bodies of our being that exist on that plane – which includes our mental and emotional bodies.” – The True Nature of Love – part 4, Energetic Clarity
The series of article on The True Nature of Love that I wrote in 1999, is a series where I talk about metaphysical levels of the disease and recovery process in a way that I don’t think I have anywhere else except in my Journal. That is very interesting to me considering my life circumstances in 1999. I will be talking about that more specifically in the next chapter. I mention it here because I am using some long quotes from that series in describing the metaphysical levels I am discussing in this and the next chapter (including a quote in the Grieving article portion of this chapter.)
I want to again emphasis that it is not necessary to understand all of this metaphysical stuff. What is important is to feel the resonance of Truth that will help you remember that it is all perfect when looked at from a large enough paradigm. Emotional energy is generated in our emotional body on the Etheric plane. That is where the chakra system exists. Many of you have probably had energy work done that helps you to understand that there is Truth in the ancient Chinese techniques of acupuncture. That there are energy junctions in our body – that are not acknowledged in traditional Western medicine – that do affect our physical bodies.
Opening up your imagination to remembering that this human experience includes dimensions and levels that are not concrete and rational from a three-dimensional perspective will help you to change your relationship with your own emotions. Emotions are energy. They exist on a level of reality that needs to be honored and respected if we are going to heal our relationship with ourselves. Discounting emotions is dysfunctional if our goal is to see ourselves and our relationships clearly enough to heal and tune into Love and Joy. – Attack on America – September 11, 2001 A Spiritual Healing Perspective & Call for Higher Consciousness Chapter 8 At War Within
(The energy vortex interaction that I wrote about in the above quotes is the reason that spiral is one of the most powerful ancient symbols. I include an excerpt from my Journal about the importance to me of the spiral and it’s presence in my book on one of the pages of my web site that originally just included some helpful handouts.)
(The reference above to my life circumstances when I wrote the True Nature of Love series of articles is something that I mentioned in a quote in the Law of Attraction article – that I wrote them while I was homeless for 6 months in 1999.)
“The chakra system of the human body exists on the Etheric plane in the subtle body. The chakras are bioenergetic centers which are gateways through which the flowing energy of the higher frequencies, including the Life Force, enter the human body. These energies then are dispersed throughout the chakra energy system. (The pressure points of acupuncture are smaller energy centers – junctions in the network – of the chakra system.) Each chakra can be thought of as acting like a physical heart, in that energy is flowing into and out of the different levels of the system through each chakra, just as blood flows into and out of the heart. (The heart is in fact a physical representation of the chakras, with blood being a physical symbol of the Life Force energy. The heart is, of course, part of a closed system while the chakra system is open to the Universal flow.) Just as blood nourishes and feeds the physical body, so does the energy of the higher frequencies nourish and feed the bodies of the spirit – including the physical body.” – The Dance of the Wounded Souls Trilogy Book 1 History of the Universe Part VI “Notes to Earthlings”
Tuning into Love instead of fear and shame
In the several quotes on this page I have referred to tuning into, or plugging into, energy internally. As I stated in the quote from my Trilogy above, ‘Every human being is equipped with the “proper receiver” to tune into the Transcendent vibrational frequencies.’
Each and every one of us has an inner channel. . . .
But our inner channel is blocked and cluttered with repressed emotional energy and dysfunctional attitudes. The more we clear our inner channel through aligning with Truth attitudinally, and releasing the repressed emotional energy through the grief process, the clearer we can tune into the music of Love and Joy, Light and Truth.
Aligning with Truth attitudinally – aligning with the metaphysical Law of Attraction – is vital to our healing and Spiritual awakening. Releasing the repressed emotional energy is also – which is the point I am trying to make in this article.
One way of looking at this experience of being human that I have found very helpful – that helped me to change my perspective of, and therefore my relationship with life – is to look at this human experience as having the horizontal and vertical components / planes.
“Codependency and recovery are both multi-leveled, multi-dimensional phenomena. What we are trying to achieve is integration and balance on, and between, different levels. One of the ways it is helpful to me to think of this is in terms of the horizontal and vertical. The horizontal is about being human and relating to other humans and our environment. The vertical is Spiritual, about our relationship to a Higher Power, to the Universal Source.
In this context, what we are trying to achieve in recovery is to integrate the Truth of a Loving God-Force / Goddess Energy / Great Spirit into our relationship with the horizontal. That is what helps us to achieve some balance in our emotional, physical, and mental relationship with being human and in how we relate to other humans and our environment. . . . .
. . . . . Looking at the horizontal and vertical dimensions of life helped me to start being and to start doing in a more balanced way. It helped me to stop being a human doing – thinking that what I accomplished, or how I looked, on the outside is what gives me worth.
I talked in last months column about the transcendent emotions of Joy and Love and how we can access these emotions by being in the moment when relating to nature for instance. I am going to close out this months column with a quote from one of my Update Newsletters where I talk about transcendent vertical emotions and horizontal human emotions.
“I capitalize words such as Truth, Joy, and Love in my writing because that capitalization indicates that I am referring to the Transcendent vibrational energy that flows through the Illusion on the vertical plane. When I do not capitalize joy and love, I am referring to emotions of the horizontal plane. . . . .
. . . . . Happiness is a term I use in relationship to external circumstances. It (happiness) comes from doing, experiencing, interacting, etc. Joy – with the capital J – is about being, not doing.”” – Balance on the horizontal, Integration of the vertical
Here is a quote from my Trilogy in which I discuss what the horizontal and vertical mean in my understanding.
“The higher vibrational emotional frequency of Love, Light, Joy and Truth is not only a higher frequency but also has a different rate of wobble – which makes it possible for this energy to be flowing throughout the Illusion on all levels. This is the anomaly that was mentioned in the discussion of emotional energy in History V – and the reason that the joy that is a horizontal emotion is different from the Joy that is a Transcendent vertical emotion. Here is that discussion to refresh your memory.
There are many aspects of the human emotional process that have been, and will be, discussed throughout these books but it is necessary at this point to mention the difference between vertical emotions and horizontal emotions. The emotional energy vibrational frequency range that is Love, Light, Beauty, Joy, and Truth, is a vertical Transcendent emotion – that is, it exists through all levels within the Illusion, from the Spiritual Plane downward vibrationally to the physical plane. It is the highest vibration naturally occurring within the Temporal Plane, and exists as an anomaly – that is an exception to the structure of the lower vibrational frequencies – because it is not a lower vibrational frequency. It is available to all humans in the moment when they are willing and able to be present and to feel their feelings (stop and smell the roses) – and is available an ever increasing percentage of the time to individuals who are awakening Spiritually as they clear their inner channel and tune in to the Truth within them.
Horizontal emotions exist within the Temporal Plane. These emotions – which include anger, fear, joy, happiness, sadness, etc. – have a vertical component, (that is, higher and lower vibrational frequencies within an emotional range and between different emotions) but are not the lower frequencies of the Love, Light, and Truth frequency range. They are a completely different but, of course related, type of emotion.
The transcendent, vertical, emotions of Love, Joy, etc., exist within and are accessed by tuning into the God place within us. The horizontal emotions are generated by attitudes and experiences of the physical plane, and can be felt in the absence of, or in conjunction with, the transcendent emotional energy.
The horizontal emotion of joy can feel very much the same as Joy – and can in fact help us to access the Transcendent emotional energy of Joy. But the horizontal emotion that is joy is a relative reaction to external stimuli. That is, joy is felt because of some outside or external condition that raises our vibrational frequency within the vertical component of the horizontal emotional spectrum. This can be: an accomplishment such as achieving a goal or winning a contest; the feeling we get from experiencing the Love of another being – or an animal; a sensual experience such as the taste of food, or the feel of silk, or the touch of another being; or any of a number of other types of stimuli that are dependent upon outside circumstances or agencies. There is nothing wrong with feeling joy in reaction to these outer or external stimuli – what is dysfunctional is believing that they are the only source of joy. When we buy into the belief that the only joy or happiness we can experience is dependent upon external circumstances or outside agencies then we are giving power over our relationship with self to the illusions – we are worshiping false gods.
The Transcendent emotional energy of Joy on the other hand has nothing to do with winning or accomplishing – it is about being. About tuning into the Joy that is the Truth of who we really are – Spiritual beings who are part of the Holy Mother Source Energy. It is about the Love that is our True essence. Outside influences can help to remind us of this connection – a sunset, a baby, the Love we see reflected in another’s eyes – but the connection is made in the quality of our interaction with that outside influence. It is in being in the moment that we can tune into the Love, Light, and Joy of our connection with everyone and everything.
The quality of our interactions is dependent upon the intellectual paradigm – the attitudes, beliefs, and definitions – that we are empowering to determine our perspective and expectations. Those perspectives and expectations are what dictate the quality of our relationship with life. As we align our intellectual paradigm with the Truth of Unconditional Love, Joy, and Abundance, we change the quality of our relationship with our self and with life.
We can tune into the Transcendent vibrational frequency of Joy even when conditions on the outside appear to be tragic. The more we awaken Spiritually, and enlarge the intellectual paradigm that is dictating our relationship with life, the more freedom we have to feel Joy in any moment of our lives – because that Joy, that Love, is the Real Truth of who we are. The more we let go of taking the illusion personally and seriously, the more we can have the capacity to be happy, Joyous, and free in the moment.
There is nothing wrong with feeling joy at doing, or receiving, or experiencing, on the human level – but the more that we are aligned with Truth, the more we can magnify those moments of joy to include the Joy of being Unconditionally Loved and Lovable. This also helps us stop giving power to the illusion by believing that something or someone outside of us is the source of Joy – the Source is within.” – The Dance of the Wounded Souls Trilogy Book 1 History of the Universe Part VI “Notes to Earthlings”
The difference between the horizontal and the vertical emotions is what I was referring to in the Law of Attraction article when I wrote: ‘. . . a statement from Marianne Williamson that “What is not love is fear.” That is not only black and white but simplistic and linear as if Love and fear were the same type of emotional energy.’ As I have said, the goal is to align attitudinally with Love as the Truth – but that doesn’t mean we are not going to feel fear at times in our human adventure.
Marianne Williamson is obviously a powerful teacher of Truth, a mystical messenger carrying the message of Love – but she could use some codependency recovery to help her stop making black and white statements that are shaming and give people the impression they are doing something wrong if they feel fear.
All of us who are drawn to this healing, who have a soul compulsion to follow a spiritual path, who are in recovery seeking answers beyond what is available in most 12 step meetings, are old souls who are present in body in this lifetime to heal these wounds and settle Karma. Marianne Williamson is obviously an old soul who has done much work clearing her inner channel to Truth and Love and Light, but I do wish she would recognize the importance of clearing our inner channels of the repressed grief energy.
“The planetary conditions that blocked humans from accessing Christ Consciousness – the vibrational Knowing of the Truth of ONENESS – were in place for tens of thousands of years. Conditions have now changed! We have entered a new time, an Age of Healing & Joy has dawned in Human Consciousness on the planet. All of the “old-souls” involved in healing in this time have the capacity to access the Truth of ONENESS and Love through their inner channel.
(The term “old-soul” refers to the stage of consciousness evolution an individual has attained by this lifetime – it does not mean better than, or farther along than, those who do not have to do the healing. There is no hierarchy in the Truth of a Loving Great Spirit – those who appear to have low, or no, consciousness in this lifetime are simply doing their healing in another space-time illusion parallel to this one. All old-souls are born at a heart-chakra level of consciousness and therefore have more sensitivity, and less capacity for denial, than other people. In other words, the gift of having access to Truth and Love carries with it the price of greatly increased emotional sensitivity.)
Due to the planetary conditions, the human ego developed a belief in separation – which is what made violence possible and caused the human condition as we inherited it. The reflection of that human condition on the individual level is the disease of Codependence. Codependence is caused by the ego being traumatized and programed in early childhood so that our relationship with ourselves and the God-Force is dysfunctional – that is, it does not work to help us access the Truth of ONENESS and Love. It is through healing our relationship with ourselves that we open our inner channel and start tuning into the Truth.” – Jesus & Christ Consciousness
It is important to own our horizontal human emotions at the same time we are aligning with Higher Truth attitudinally. Developing a boundary between emotional and mental – relating to our thoughts and emotions as two different kinds / levels of energy, because they are – is the key to integrating Spiritual Truth into our emotional relationship with life. We need to clear our intellectual programming (including subconscious) of false beliefs and dysfunctional definitions and attitudes, at the same time we are learning to be Loving, nurturing and compassionate in relating to our own emotional wounds to take power away from the repressed emotional energy from our past. We need to set boundaries with both the critical parent voice and with the emotional wounds / inner children so that we can stop letting the past have so much power in how we are living today.
One of most important steps to empowerment is integrating Spiritual Truth into our experience of the process. In order to do that it is necessary to practice discernment in our relationship with the emotional and mental components of our being.
We learned to relate to our inner process from a reversed perspective. We were trained to be emotionally dishonest (that is, to not feel the feelings or to go to the other extreme by allowing the feelings to totally run our lives) and to give power to, to buy into, the reversed attitudes (it is shameful to be human, it is bad to make mistakes, God is punishing and judgmental etc.) To find balance within we have to change our relationship with our inner process.
Feeling and releasing the emotional energy without giving power to the false beliefs is a vital component of achieving balance between the emotional and the mental. The more we align ourselves attitudinally, and clear out our inner channel, the easier it is for us to pick out the Truth from amid the dysfunctional attitudes – so that we can set an internal boundary between the emotional and mental.
Feelings are real but they are not necessarily fact or Truth.
We can feel like a victim and still know that the fact is we set ourselves up. We can feel like we made a mistake and still know that every mistake is an opportunity for growth, a perfect part of the learning process. We can feel betrayed or abandoned or shamed, and still know that we have just been given an opportunity to become aware of an area that needs some light shined on it, an issue that needs some healing.
We can have moments where we feel like God/life is punishing us and still know that “This, too, shall pass” and “More will be revealed,” – that later on, down the path a ways, we will be able to look back and see that what we perceived in the moment to be tragedy and injustice is really just another opportunity for growth, another gift of fertilizer to help us grow.
I needed to learn how to set boundaries within, both emotionally and mentally by integrating Spiritual Truth into my process. Because “I feel feel like a failure” does not mean that is the Truth. The Spiritual Truth is that “failure” is an opportunity for growth. I can set a boundary with my emotions by not buying into the illusion that what I am feeling is who I am. I can set a boundary intellectually by telling that part of my mind that is judging and shaming me to shut up, because that is my disease lying to me. I can feel and release the emotional pain energy at the same time I am telling myself the Truth by not buying into the shame and judgment.
If I am feeling like a “failure” and giving power to the “critical parent” voice within that is telling me that I am a failure – then I can get stuck in a very painful place where I am shaming myself for being me. In this dynamic I am being the victim of myself and also being my own perpetrator – and the next step is to rescue myself by using one of the old tools to go unconscious (food, alcohol, sex, etc.) Thus the disease has me running around in a squirrel cage of suffering and shame, a dance of pain, blame, and self-abuse.
By learning to set a boundary with and between our emotional truth, what we feel, and our mental perspective, what we believe – in alignment with the Spiritual Truth we have integrated into the process – we can honor and release the feelings without buying into the false beliefs.
The more we can learn intellectual discernment within, so that we are not giving power to false beliefs, the clearer we can become in seeing and accepting our own personal path. The more honest and balanced we become in our emotional process, the clearer we can become in following our own personal Truth.
This excerpt is from an article in which I stress the importance of recognizing the healing and recovery are a process. Life is not about reaching destinations – it is a journey. The goal is to learn to relax and enjoy the journey while we are healing. When we are living life in reaction to old tapes and old wounds, we do not have the capacity to relax and enjoy the journey.
Etheric X-ray
“I learned in my own grieving process – and later applied in my work with clients – to pay attention to where the energy was manifesting in the body. The grief associated with my emotional incest issues was being carried in my lower back on the right side. As I mentioned above, this grief was near the second chakra because it was associated with my relationship with my own body and sexuality. It was in my back because that is where I carry issues I don’t want to see. It was on my right side – which is the masculine side – because it was blocking me in my relationship with my own gender, which was greatly affecting my relationship with women.
It would seem that the process of healing would be easier if we could go into a healers office and get an etheric x-ray taken of our emotional, mental, spiritual bodies as well as of our physical bodies. The diagnosis might come out sounding something like this:
Well, we have, what looks like a good 3 pounds of grief energy here in your back near the second chakra – that indicates some grief related to sexual issues that you don’t want to look at, probably some sexual abuse, or at the least some wounds in relationship to sexuality and gender.
And a good 5 pounds of grief around your heart chakra. Those indicate multiple traumas to the heart – a strong pattern of looking for Love in all the wrong places, trying to fill your heart with love from external sources.
There is also some severe congestion in your throat area. Your throat chakra is completely closed – which indicates an inability to own your voice and speak your Truth. It also includes internal communication problems, that is blockage in your ability to trust your own intuition. Which is related to the dark mass here in your forehead. That is your third eye – or Spiritual vision – chakra, and shows that the intellectual programming in your mind is too limited and blocks your ability to see your self or life from an expanded Spiritual perspective. etc., etc.
But the reality of how the healing process works is that we need to peel away the layers of our codependent defense system gradually. There are healers who can tell us that we have these grief issues – as I stated in the quote from my True Nature of Love series that I used in the article on grieving that was part of the last chapter.
“It is possible to get intellectually aware of some of them through such tools as hypnosis, or having a therapist or psychic or energy healer tell us they are there – but we cannot really understand how much power they carry without feeling the emotional context – and cannot change them without reducing the emotional charge / releasing the emotional energy tied to them. Knowing they are there will not make them go away.” – Grieving – examples of how the process works
In the same case study that I quote there, I mention how I said to the man the very first session that there were childhood issues that were keeping from being able to let go. I could have quizzed him more completely about his history and most likely have pinpointed that the time of his parents divorce was the crucial period in relationship to what he was going through when he came to me. But that would not have helped him to get in touch with those issues in an emotional context. He needed to go through the process of pealing layers of his defenses to gradually get to those specific emotional wounds.
There was a quote in a meditation book that I read a year before I went into treatment. This was before I had surrendered to doing the emotional healing. It was a message from the Universe that was part of my path of being lead to do the emotional work. It really made me angry when I first read it. A year later when I was in treatment, someone in my primary therapy group – which I attended at least once every weekday – would be asked to read the days meditation. There were 5 or 6 daily meditation books lying around in that therapy room. Whoever was asked to read the days meditation would pick one of those books and open it up – either randomly or specifically to the meditation for that day. During my 30 days in treatment, I only was asked to read the meditation once. I reached down on the floor and grabbed the nearest meditation book and opened it up. I opened it up to the same quote I had read a year earlier. It still made me angry. It said something to this affect:
A knowledge of the path does not replace putting one foot in front of the other.
We are here to go through the process – to experience the journey. The human part of me wants to jump to the end and get to happily ever after. I needed to learn to accept that the process unfolded gradually, that there were always more layers of the onion to be peeled – and some tears to be cried with each level.
It is through experiencing the journey in the moment one day at a time, that we heal our wounds and settle the Karma we are here to settle.
The reality is that our emotional pain is so great that if all of our defenses and denial were stripped away at once, it would kill us. So, getting such an etheric x-ray would only point us in the direction we need to travel – it wouldn’t help us skip any part of the process. We get the guidance we need to know the direction to travel, by following the carrots – the messages from the Universe. We don’t get to know what the future holds. We do get everything we need for our journey one day at a time – even when it doesn’t feel like it.
There is no quick fix! Understanding the process does not replace going through it! There is no magic pill, there is no magic book, there is no guru or channeled entity that can make it possible to avoid the journey within, the journey through the feelings.” – Attack on America – Chapter 9
Vomiting out grief energy
This last excerpt is important because it does emphasize that we need to go through the process – that life and recovery are a journey. As the quote from my book that ended that excerpt states: Understanding the process does not replace going through it! It doesn’t matter how much knowledge one has of the metaphysics, we still need to feel and release the emotions in order to clear our inner channel to Truth and Love.
Each and every one of us has an inner channel. We now have the capability to atone – which means tune into – to atone, to tune into the Higher Consciousness. To tune into the Higher vibrational emotional energies that are Joy, Light, Truth, Beauty, and Love.
We can tune into the Truth of “at ONE ness.” Atone = at ONE. Atonement = at ONE ment, in a condition of ONENESS.
We now have access to the highest vibrational frequencies – we can tune into the Truth of ONENESS. By aligning with Truth we are tuning into the higher energy vibrations that reconnect us with the Truth of ONENESS.
This is the age of atonement, but it does not have anything to do with judgment and punishment. It has to do with tuning our inner channel into the right frequencies.
But our inner channel is blocked and cluttered with repressed emotional energy and dysfunctional attitudes. The more we clear our inner channel through aligning with Truth attitudinally, and releasing the repressed emotional energy through the grief process, the clearer we can tune into the music of Love and Joy, Light and Truth.
It is not easy because we have been taught to look at being human backwards. We were forced to accept a reversed perspective. We were emotionally and subconsciously programmed to react to life dysfunctional based on reversed belief systems.
We are Spiritual Beings having a human experience.
NOT human creatures who have to earn Spiritual existence. We are not flawed, shameful humans who have to do human perfectly, who have to do the “right” things in order to transcend.
A quote I use later on this page I state: ‘We are the music of The Great Spirit – we’ve just been way out of tune.’ Chapter 13 in my online book is focused on the same theme.
“When I was working on these two chapters focused on codependency and the New Age Movement, I got an e-mail from someone who had recently ordered my book that said the following:
“Dance, Dance, wherever you may be. That’s what the Lord of the Dance said He. Dance, Dance, wherever you may be and I’ll be with you in the Dance said He.”
The trick is to change the music! I got it! The trick is to get free, so you can dance to a different music. The freer you get the more you hear, or should I say feel or see the music. You did a great job – Thanks
“The dance of life for humans has been grounded in shame and fear, empowered by belief in separation, lack, and scarcity. These are lower vibrational emotions and beliefs based on the three dimensional illusion that humans experience as reality. As long as the dance of humans harmonizes to music – vibrational emanations – that are rooted in shame, fear, and separation the only way to do the dance is destructively.”
“It is on the Spiritual Plane that the highest vibrational frequency range naturally available to human experience is generated (by the Souls). This frequency range is the transcendent Emotional energy of Love. This Love frequency range also contains frequencies which are experienced as Truth, Joy, Beauty, and Light as well as sometimes being called; the God within, the Goddess within, the Christ within, The Holy Spirit, etc.”
The later two quotes are from my page: The True Nature of Love – part 3, Love as a Vibrational Frequency. The second one in a different color because it is a quote from my Trilogy that I used on that page. I believe that the first part of the person’s e-mail – up to “I’ll be with you in the Dance said He.” – is from a song called Lord of the Dance.
What is important about this e-mail I received is that the person did “get it.” We need to change the music we are dancing to – and in order to do that we need to change the subconscious intellectual paradigm that is dictating our emotional reactions. And we cannot do that without doing the deep emotional healing. . . . .
. . . . . Our emotions are what drive us, what propel us, through life. Our emotions tell us who we are. If our relationship with our own emotions is messed up, we cannot see reality clearly.
If life is a dance, then our emotions provide the music. Dancing in the dark according to rules that are dysfunctional is not much fun. Dancing through life believing that we have responsibility for the feelings and behaviors of others, doesn’t allow us to relax and enjoy life very much. Believing that we have to earn love by doing the dance “right,’ by being perfect, in order to reach the destination where we will get to live happily-ever-after – sets us up to be unhappy and blame ourselves for being unworthy and unlovable.” – Emotional Honesty and Emotional Responsibility Part 2 – codependence recovery
It is through doing our deep emotional healing and changing the subconscious intellectual paradigm – changing the music that we are dancing to – that we can start having discernment internally that allows us to more clearly hear / feel the messages of our intuition. There is a huge difference between our emotional truth – the feelings that are triggered by our emotional wounds and/or created by the perspective we are viewing life from – and intuitive Truth that is coming from our Soul. As long as our emotional truth – what we feel – is being dictated by childhood emotional wounds and the perspectives of self and life learned in childhood, then our relationship to this human dance will be dictated by music provided by our damaged ego self rather than the intuitive Truth that is coming from our Spiritual Self. . . .
. . . . We have been dancing through life in disharmony and imbalance – in dis-ease. It is by clearing up our relationship with our own internal process – so that we can change our core relationship with self and life – that we can start to dance with some balance and harmony to the music of the ultimate Truth of Love and Joy.” – Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life Chapter 13: Changing the Music: Love instead of fear and shame
Multiple Levels / Perspectives
One of the reasons that many of my articles get very long (as this one obviously is;-), is because there are so many levels involved in this experience of being human – and I catch myself wanting to explain those levels and how they relate to each other. I try to communicate about multiple perspectives from the metaphysical and Cosmic down to and including how the process looks and feels on a personal level. It can get pretty complicated.
“The individual human being is a fully contained system involving multiple interrelationships within multiple levels. This is easy to see, and understand, when looking at the physical level. The interrelationship of the organs to each other, to the blood, to the skin, to the nervous system, etc. – is a dance of grand, and compelling, complexity.
Just as grand, and compelling, is the complexity of the dance of interrelationship between the mental, emotional, and spiritual components/levels that dynamically interact to form the make up of the individual being – the persona, personality, consciousness, of the self. The more awareness is acquired about the different levels of the self, and the interrelationships between those levels, the easier it becomes to diagnose the dysfunctional interaction dynamics.” – Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2: A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life Author’s Foreword
It is vitally important to become conscious of the larger perspective – that is what consciousness raising / enLightenment is all about. But the larger perspective / aligning with Metaphysical Law – though vital to change our intellectual programming and make a paradigm shift to a more Loving perspective of life – does not help us make fundamental, significant changes to how we live our lives day to day, or how we relate to people on an intimate level, until we can integrate the larger Truth into our emotional relationship with life, love, and the experience of being human. Or as I explained it more bluntly in this quote from my book.
In the next section, Part Five, when I discuss the Cosmic Perspective and the Cosmic Perfection of this life experience, I will be discussing the paradox, and confusion to human beings, that has been the result of these multiple levels of reality – but I have devoted Part Two and Part Four to discussing the Spiritual growth process and our perspective on that process because the Cosmic Perfection does not mean crap unless we can start integrating it into our day to day life experience.
In order to help you understand what it looks and feels like to experience the feelings and the process, I am going to include a couple of examples at this point. I referred earlier to sometimes ranting and raving when I see people giving out messages that it is not okay to feel the feelings. I thought I would share here one of the times I was really bursting with frustration about the emotional dishonesty I was seeing – in the aftermath of the terrorist attach of 9/11.
If I see one more person on television starting to get emotional and then choke it down and apologize, I AM GOING TO SCREAM!
“Please feel your feelings. Let those sobs out. We are supposed to feel. It is healthy to grieve. Breathe right into those feelings. Sobs are little balls of emotional energy being released. If you breathe into the feelings it breaks up the grief and the little energy balls of emotions can rise up and be released from your being. That is good. Keep taking deep breaths. Get into a rhythm. Inhale, sob sob sob cry cry cry as you exhale, inhale, sob sob sob cry cry cry – that is good. That is healthy. Do not shame yourself for feeling. Do not apologize for your feelings. It means your human. It means you care. Sobs, tears, snot from the nose are all ways of releasing energy and cleansing chemicals out of our body. Grief is not a pretty sight – but it is a beautifully healing and a Loving thing to do for yourself. That emotional energy does not go away just because we stop breathing and choke it back down. It does not disappear. The more you can release, the faster you can move through it. Watch the History Channel some time when they interview vets from World War II or something like that. People who have never really grieved will get emotional and choke it back down 40 – 50 years later, because they never released it. It didn’t go away, they have been repressing it and denying it all those years. Release it now. It is healthy. It is the Loving thing to do for yourself. Amen. . . .
. . . . . Feel your feelings and release them. Give yourself permission to let it all out. Wail and scream and sob. Try not to let the messages of an emotionally dysfunctional society, or the discomfort of emotionally repressed people around you, keep you from owning the grief to the fullest. They want you to pull it together and get yourself under control so they will be comfortable. Let it out! Release it! Do not shame yourself for it, or apologize – it is marvelously healing to grieve. Owning our grief is part of being True to our self. In an emotionally honest society Dan Rather would have been crying and sobbing on his own program – serving as a role model for others – instead of keeping up appearances and stuffing his grief until some of it leaked out on the David Letterman Show.” – Attack on America: A Spiritual Healing Perspective & Call for Higher Consciousness Chapter 1
I have made reference to how important it is to start learning how to set internal boundaries within, and between, the mental and emotional levels of our being.
Within the mental we want to start countering the negative, black and white, fear and shame based messages coming from the critical parent voice with positive affirmations and reality checks – so that we can choose to relate to whatever is happening in our lives from the perspective of our adult recovering spiritual consciousness / recovery control center, instead reacting and projecting our past experiences and old perspectives onto what is happening in the now.
Having a boundary between mental and emotional allows us to focus on Higher Truth intellectually while also owning and having compassion for our emotional wounds.
We can then have a boundary with those emotional wounds by not allowing them to define what we are experiencing in the now, but at the same time owning and releasing any repressed emotional energy from the past that has been triggered by what happens in the now.
Here is an example of how that looks from one of the earliest Newsletters that I wrote for my original web site in 1998.
“Working on the positive affirmations page was also a perfect part of my process as usual. While I was doing it I got a perfect example of how wonderful and powerful positive affirmations are – and how dramatically they have changed the quality of my life.
My car broke down.
It was a wonderful opportunity to be reminded of how much work I have done over the years in integrating my Spiritual belief system into my emotional responses to life – when some seeming tragedy occurs like my car breaking down, my very first reaction is gratitude that it happened when and where it did instead of when and where it could have. I used to react to life events (like car break downs) and other people’s behavior out of my childhood programming that told me that if something “bad” happened it was because I was bad. I had gotten the message in childhood (in a variety of ways) that there was something wrong with me, that I was unworthy and unlovable, and that God was going to punish me for it. So life events felt like punishment.
Due to all the work that I have done in changing my subconscious programming (including at several different times making recordings of positive affirmations and messages of Love in my own voice to myself that I would play as I was going to sleep at night) my first reaction to life events now, and for the last 4 or 5 years, has been acceptance followed by gratitude because whatever it was could have happened at a worse time and place than it did.
It is amazing to me to see my capacity to let go of things that used to drive me crazy with worry and feel like punishment. The key for me has definitely been integrating the belief that everything is unfolding perfectly into my emotional process – it makes life so much easier.
Of course, that does not mean to ignore the feelings. Unfortunately, a lot of people use tools like affirmations, meditation, gratitude lists, etc. as another way of denying the feelings. These tools are meant to be used to balance the feelings not negate them. After my initial reaction of gratitude, then I let my adult take charge in terms of doing the footwork – finding a mechanic, calling a friend, calling a tow truck. As the car was being towed and I was following with my friend then I relaxed into the feelings and let myself cry with the pain of how hard life can feel sometimes. And when I say cry I mean cry – with heaving sobs. I can access those feelings and release them because of the energy/breath techniques that I have learned on the way (I describe these on the Grief Process page).
Just using the affirmations to keep from feeling my feelings would be out of balance, just staying in the adult to keep from feeling my feelings would be out of balance, just feeling the feelings and letting myself feel like a victim is also out of balance – we need to be able to use all of the tools and own all of the parts of ourselves.
What we are working toward is to find balance. That means using tools like the positive affirmations to integrate a supportive Spiritual belief system into our inner process, as well as using them to balance the feelings that come up. It does not matter what happens in my life I start immediately to tell my self and my inner children that it is all perfect somehow, that everything is going to work out in the long run – that way I can keep from buying into the shame and doom messages that are coming from the disease so that I can maintain some emotional balance.” – Joy to You & Me Update Newsletters 8-23-98 and 10-25-98
Learning to have internal boundaries is the key to being able to be consciously present in the moment. We need to stop putting so much time, energy, and effort into trying to figure out how to control the things we cannot control – like the future – at the same time we are taking actions that will help us head in the directions we want to go. Just living in the now is out of balance and dysfunctional because then we are not being conscious co-creators in our lives. We need to take control of the things we have some control over (which includes our attitudes towards the situations and people in our lives) and let go of trying to control the things we cannot control – like the future – at the same time we are taking actions that will help us to head in the direction of what we want to create for ourselves in the future.
Here is a quote from one of the Question & Answer pages (the Q & A pages were the idea I had that my critical parent voice was beating me up for, at the same time my inner child was thinking we were going to be rewarded, in the excerpt I used in the Law of Attraction article) I had on my original web site.
“We are powerless over outcomes in the future. The future is not really our business – it is our Higher Powers. We worry about the future because of our innate human fear of the unknown – it is natural and normal for humans to fear the unknown – but ultimately the future is not something we can control. Now that does not mean that we are not co-creators of our lives – that doesn’t mean that we just sit around doing nothing. There is an old story about a guy who wanted a garden and went out on his land and spent every day praying to God for a garden. This went on for days and then weeks and then months – finally one day the man got fed up and yelled at God “Where is my garden?” A gentle voice came down from heaven saying, “My son, you must plant the seeds.”
We need to do any footwork necessary, gather any information that is helpful, make any connections that can help us, etc. and then let go of the outcome. Some days are seed planting days and some days aren’t – if we put all of our energy into trying to create the future we want then we miss out on today – but if we just think of today and never think of the future then we are not being co-creators of our life.
We need to have a balance between being a responsible adult and being free to be spontaneous in the moment. By having internal boundaries and starting to change our patterns so we are not always reacting to the past – we can start having the choice of being present in the now. It is very important to be available for life today. I heard someone in a Twelve Step meeting not long ago say “What if today is the happiest day of my life and I miss it because I am busy getting better?” Balance is what we are seeking – balance between being in the now and taking care of business so we can eat tomorrow. . . . .
And most important, remember to lighten up and enjoy life when you can – take time to smell the roses and hear the birds and watch the sunset – we need to own the anger and the pain and the fear but they are not what defines us – who we really are is Light and Love and Joy and Beauty – and that is the Truth. We are the music of The Great Spirit – we’ve just been way out of tune.” – Excerpt from Joy to You & Me Question & Answer Page 5 9-98 quoted on The Recovery Process for inner child healing – emotional balance
To shame people for feeling fear is really awful. Fear of the unknown is innate to human beings. It is part of the human survival programming. If we had not learned to check the cave for saber toothed tigers before moving the family in, we would not still be here. We need to own and accept our fear of the unknown. It is our codependent fear that is dysfunctional. That codependent fear is – as I say in some of my writing – a magnified mutant monster type of fear.
“Fear of the unknown is a natural, normal part of being human. It has a purpose – and deserves to be honored as something which serves us. But, like our relationship with all the aspects of our being, our relationship with that fear is dysfunctional.
The damaged ego responds to it’s programming by generating fear of the things we learned to fear as a child: making mistakes; doing it wrong; being emotional; speaking our Truth; taking risks; being alone; not being alone; whatever. We then empower the fear by focusing on it, magnifying it, and generally giving it the power to define us and our life – or by denying it, which also gives it power because in denying our fear we are denying our self and reality. Going to either extreme results in the inability to see the situation clearly.
Because our ego was programmed to react to life from fear, negativity, scarcity, and lack (again due to emotional trauma we experienced, and the messages and role modeling of the adults around us) the disease focuses on and magnifies fear – and then it scrambles around trying to find something to cover up and repress the very fear it is generating. The disease blows the fear way out of proportion and then leads us to addictive and/or compulsive behavior as a way of stuffing the fear.
This is the essence of the dysfunction. We live our life reacting to fear, and the shame, that the disease empowers and then “helps” us avoid by causing us to focus on something outside of ourselves as the cause and/or the cure for the core place within us where we feel empty – where we feel unlovable and unworthy.
We are afraid of our own emotions – of all the repressed feelings and unresolved grief that we are carrying. We learned to be afraid of our own anger and pain and fear. We feel afraid of our fear of our own emotions. It is this fear once (or twice) removed that is paralyzing. That is, the fear of our own fear is our greatest block to healing. We are afraid of our own pain and anger – and then we are afraid of our fear of our own pain and anger.
In order to start finding some balance in recovery, it is important to learn how to take power away from the fear. In order to do that, it is very important to clear up our relationship with fear. And to look at all the different levels involved in our reaction.
The first step is to stop judging ourselves for our fear (or anger, or pain, or loneliness, etc.) – or denying to ourselves that we even have fear.” The Recovery Process for inner child healing – through the fear
Fear and shame were the music of the dance that we were dancing as long as we were reacting to life out of ego-self – our ego programming (which included feeling ashamed for feeling fear and shame.) The more we can align with living life out of Spiritual Self instead of ego self – the more we can change the music of our dance.
“Thus, one piece of the puzzle fell into place. Emotions are energy. Energy has a vibrational frequency. Anger has a higher vibrational frequency than pain or fear – thus the human defense mechanism which allows us to turn pain or fear into anger because it is has more energy mass and therefore feels empowering instead of vulnerable and weak. Much of world history becomes clearer just by understanding how humans – as part of trying to survive – have reacted to fear and pain by getting angry and acting out that anger.
. . . . . The dance of life for humans has been grounded in shame and fear, empowered by belief in separation, lack, and scarcity. These are lower vibrational emotions and beliefs based on the three dimensional illusion that humans experience as reality. As long as the dance of humans harmonizes to music – vibrational emanations – that are rooted in shame, fear, and separation the only way to do the dance is destructively.
As I did my deep grief work and started to clear up my internal process so that I could more clearly differentiate between Truth that was a vibrational communication from my Soul and the emotional truth that was coming from my wounded soul, I was able to start trusting myself to be able to discern Truth. . . .
. . . . I was able to have a more trusting and Loving relationship with myself through getting more in touch with my Spiritual Self, my Higher Self, and through that Higher Self with God as I was coming to understand God. I was able to start having a personal, intimate relationship with my own concept of a Higher Power / God / Goddess / Great Spirit. I learned to trust the vibrational communications, the feeling of something resonating within. I was studying Quantum Physics, Molecular Biology, religion, theology, philosophy, mythology, esoteric metaphysics, science fiction – whatever was brought into my path to study. In those studies I was sorting out the wheat from the chaff – I was picking out the nuggets of Truth from the twisted, distorted beliefs they were embedded within.
I started writing a book based on what I was learning. This book was the first book of a Trilogy that was an adult fable about the history of the Universe. In that book I wrote about different vibrational levels of reality. I was writing a mystical, magical fairy tale based on a belief system that made it possible to view life as fair and Loving from a Cosmic Perspective. The Higher Power in this belief system is so powerful that everything is unfolding perfectly, with no accidents, coincidences, or mistakes. And this Higher Power is unconditionally Loving because we are part of this Higher Power – not separate from it. We have never been separate from the God Force. Every human is just a little piece of the energy of ALL THAT IS which exists in perfect ONENESS because it vibrates at the frequency of Absolute Harmony that is LOVE.
We are extensions of, manifestations of, this Higher Power temporarily in human form experiencing life in a lower vibrational illusion of three dimensional reality. We are Spiritual Beings having a human experience – not sinful, shameful humans who have to earn the Love of the Source. We are here to experience being human – to go through the school of Spiritual Evolution. . . .
. . . . It is on the Spiritual Plane that the highest vibrational frequency range naturally available to human experience is generated (by the Souls). This frequency range is the transcendent Emotional energy of Love. This Love frequency range also contains frequencies which are experienced as Truth, Joy, Beauty, and Light as well as sometimes being called; the God within, the Goddess within, the Christ within, The Holy Spirit, etc.” – The True Nature of Love – part 3, Love as a Vibrational Frequency
Another reason my articles get so long is because I want to qualify statements so that they don’t come across as if I were saying what is right and what is wrong. In doing a final proofreading of this article I saw again how in trying to communicate about how important it is to not buy into the black and white thinking it sometimes comes off as sounding black and white. When I say ‘We cannot just start being in the Now and let go of the past’ – that is a True statement in the context I was using it in – but not Truth in and of itself. We can be in the Now and let go of the past – in the moment. We can’t let go of the past and have it gone – never to haunt us again – but we can let go of it in the moment. [I did end up deciding to add this aside: (except in the moment – the more we heal the more ability we have to let go of the past and be present in the moment for more moments of the day.) You wouldn’t believe how many times I could add some qualification like that because it is hard using polarized language to explain all this complicated stuff.]
Anyone who has done a lot of healing or spiritual work and has gotten to a very peaceful, serene, happy, Joyous place in their journey while living alone – and then gets in a romantic relationship knows this one. ‘It is interacting with other human beings that gets messy.’ 😉
Anyway, I just decided to conclude this with a quote from my book where I address the trying to communicate about a multilevel reality in polarized language conundrum. I think I have made my point about emotional energy and need to stop now.;-)
We were taught to look at and do “human” backwards. We need to make a 180-degree swing in our perspectives.
That includes our perspective on this healing process. Many of us have pursued healing and Recovery just like we did the rest of our lives – as if it were a destination to be reached where we would find “happily ever after.” We have gone to healers and psychics and therapists in order to learn the “right” way to do life.
Recovery is not a dance of right and wrong, of black and white – it is a dance of integration and balance. The questions in Recovery are: Is it working for you? Is the way you live your life working to meet your needs? Is the way you are living your life bringing you some happiness?
When I state that the grief process works, I am not saying that it is the “right” thing to do, or that you are bad or wrong if you are not actively pursuing your emotional healing.
Maybe it has not been time for you to do your grief work yet. Maybe you have not had a safe place to do it. Maybe it is not part of your path in this lifetime.
No one can tell you what your path is!
What I am telling you is that the grief process works to dramatically change the quality of the life experience. What I am saying is that it is possible to find some Peace and Joy in life. Unfortunately, in sharing this information I am forced to use language that is polarized – that is black and white.
When I say that you cannot Truly Love others unless you Love yourself – that does not mean that you have to completely Love yourself first before you can start to Love others. The way the process works is that every time we learn to Love and accept ourselves a little tiny bit more, we also gain the capacity to Love and accept others a little tiny bit more.
When I say that you cannot start to access intuitive Truth until you clear out your inner channel – I am not saying that you have to complete your healing process before you can start getting messages. You can start getting messages as soon as you are willing to start listening. The more you heal the clearer the messages become.
When I talk about ways that we use to go unconscious – like workaholism, or exercise, or food, or whatever – I am not saying that you should be ashamed if you are doing some of these things.
We cannot go from unconscious to conscious overnight! This healing is a long gradual process. We all still need to go unconscious sometimes. Recovery is a dance that celebrates progress, not one that achieves perfection.
Progress not perfection. As I said in quote from my article on Soul Mates and Twin Souls that I shared at the beginning of the law of Attraction article:
“I very seriously pursued learning about past lives and different planes of existence and all of the esoteric, metaphysical knowledge I could access. And that pursuit was important in helping me to enlarge my intellectual paradigm – but a few years later I realized that the whole purpose of the pursuit had been to bring about a shift in my relationship with myself, my concept of God/Goddess, and with life. The details that I had accessed about past lives and other dimensions of existence were not really important in terms of how I live my life today – but the shift in my paradigm, and therefore my relationships, was vital. At that point in time, I threw away all the notes I had taken about different past lives and such.
The whole purpose of my quest was to discover a belief system that could allow me to start believing that I am in fact Lovable and worthy. Figuring out how it all works isn’t what is important – what is important is discovering the faith to believe that there is a Loving Force in control. That is what helped me start Loving myself more – to start relaxing and enjoying life a little bit more instead of always giving fear and shame all of the power.” – The True Nature of Love – Twin Souls, Souls Mates, and Kindred Spirits
The “and such” part included notes on the etheric plane and such. We can’t possibly understand all of this, it is just important to be open to larger perspectives that are aligned with Love. If someone is giving out messages that feel shaming, feel black and white, that don’t feel Loving – then don’t buy into it. Pick out the baby from the dirty bath water. Take what works for you and leave the rest.
I posted this page last night ending it with the quote from my book – and then woke up this morning knowing that it wasn’t quite finished. I used a lot of quotes from writings that I wrote years ago for these two articles, because I don’t write much about the metaphysical and cosmic perspectives these days. Not because I don’t believe them any more – but because they aren’t really important in my day to day life now.
As I have mentioned repeatedly, it is important to enlarge our perspective in order to have a more Loving relationship with ourselves and life – so it was important that I spent a lot of time and energy investigating levels that most people don’t ever really have to think much about in their recovery. I hope these articles will help you to stop buying into any messages you hear that don’t ultimately support Love as the highest Truth, as the ultimate Truth. I wrote these two articles because I see a lot of spiritual teachers out there who are teaching that Love is who you really are and that we are all connected in ONENESS – but sadly, are still giving out messages that aren’t Loving.
I am going to end this article with first a quote from my Attack on America book – which includes a quote from my Trilogy about my Cosmic beliefs. And then I am going to include some lines from the very end of my book Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls. The purpose of these articles is to help you learn to be a little more Loving to your self. We are all butterflies whose minds keep telling us we are caterpillars; Swans who still feel like ugly ducklings. It is our codependency that causes us to keep allowing the old tapes and old wounds to define us. Codependency Recovery is about owning who we really are by tuning into the Truth that resonates with our Spirit – even when, especially when, life is not feeling very Loving.
Life is in some ways not feeling very Loving to me right now, so I wrote these articles to remind me of who I am and why I am here in human body at this place in time. I hope that sharing my experience, strength, and hope helps remind you of who you really are and why you are here – so that you can lighten up and en-Joy today more than you would have if you hadn’t read this article.
I end all of my workshops and grief groups with two prayers. One of them is a group Serenity Prayer. The other is to have everyone do the Hokey Pokey. That is a reminder to lighten up and not take this life business so personally and seriously. We are unconditionally Loved. We always have been, and always will be. Each and every one of us is perfectly where we are supposed to be on our Spiritual Path – and we are being guided Home. Love & Joy to You & Me. ~ Robert 11/9/08
“The bottom line is finding a way to live life that works to help us be more Loving to ourselves. That works to help us open up to happiness and Joy and freedom from living in reaction to the past. I am sharing my relative Truth with you as an alternate perspective for you to consider. It has helped me to Lighten up and enjoy life. (We are moving from dark to Light and from heavy / serious to light and not so attached to the illusion – learning to relate to life more as a sitcom and less as a tragedy.) A quote from that personal journal I write for my Joy2MeU Journal states it quite nicely I think.
“I was explaining to someone in a phone counseling session the other day, about how important I believe a Loving Spiritual belief system is in recovery. She said, but that is just a crutch, you are just playing a mind trick on yourself.
I said, so what. It works. Who can know what the Ultimate Truth really is? Not me. I choose a belief system that helps make my life easier and more enjoyable today. That works for me. That is the bottom line – it is functional.
I also happen to believe it is the Truth. What I have discovered as I kept surrendering and enlarging my paradigm – is that each new level I arrived at made perfect logical sense. I have to surrender to the intuitive, emotional side in order to reach a higher perspective, that I can then see makes perfect sense in a rational logical way.
That is how I have arrived at a more balanced way of living life, at a way that makes life a lot more enjoyable. If god really is judgmental and punishing, I will find out soon enough – that doesn’t mean I have to let it mess up my life today. ;-)” – Joy2MeU Journal: My Unfolding Process – Transition, June -July 2001 – posted 7-01
I really like that: why let it mess up my life today. 😉
. . . . In the meantime, I am going to end this with a capsule summary of my Cosmic belief system. This is the understanding of Truth that works for me.
Spiritual Beings having a human experience
The True meaning and purpose of life is Spiritual evolution. Life is not about money, property and prestige. Life is not about success and failure, sin and punishment, right and wrong. We are not limited, shameful human beings who have to earn some spiritual afterlife. This life experience is not a test we can fail.
We are Spiritual Beings having a human experience. We are a perfect part of the ONENESS of the Universal Source Energy / God / Goddess / Great Spirit. We are all extensions of, manifestations of, The Universal Source Energy. We have always been a part of the ONENESS – and always will be.
A small part of who we Truly are has extended downward vibrationally into an space/time Illusion of reality. Linear time exists only within this Illusion. Within this Illusion our consciousness is experiencing separation and evolving back to consciousness of ONENESS. This Spiritual evolutionary process is experienced as a journey through multiple realities, and multiple lifetimes within these illusions of reality.
The lifetime which you are experiencing at this moment is leg of that Spiritual evolutionary journey. We are here for a short time going to boarding school. This lifetime is only a small segment of a much longer journey. When we leave here, we go to the next segment of the journey. It is as if when we die, we are going off to college. Eventually we get to experience going Home to LOVE. In Truth we have never left, we are just experiencing a dream.
Once upon a time, in a place where there is no time, in a place where there is no place, God was alone.
God is a great sea of living energy that has always been, and always will be. This energy field, the great sea of living energy, is ALL THAT IS in Reality. Nothing has ever existed, or ever will exist, outside of, or separate from, the energy field of ALL THAT IS. . . . . . .
God is, was, and ever will be, ALL-ONE.
And God was alone.
Now it came to pass that God, being the Mental energy of living intelligence and therefore ALL-Knowing, had a brilliant idea.
This idea is so brilliant that it has allowed God to remain ALL-ONE without being alone. In other words, this ingenious concept has allowed the Eternal I AM to share consciousness of the blessing of Infinite Bliss in ONENESS without changing the Reality of ALL THAT IS. Through this idea The Holy Mother Source Energy has created children composed of the energy of ALL THAT IS for the purpose of sharing LOVE.
(This Goddess is one smart cookie.)
For God’s idea was to dream of creating a reality different from the Reality of All THAT IS. Such a dream is properly called a Creation Dream. The story you are about to read is about the Creation Dream which you are experiencing at this moment.
For you are one of the children of God/Goddess. ” – The Dance of the Wounded Souls Trilogy Book 1 History of the Universe Prologue
An excerpt from Attack on America – A Spiritual Healing Perspective Chapter 7 The Age of Atonement
This is the Age of Healing and Joy. It is time to start remembering who you Truly are, to start feeling and tuning into the Truth which exists within you.
We are all butterflies.
We are all swans.
We are Spiritual Beings.
The Springtime of the Spirit has arrived: It is possible to learn to Love yourself.
It is possible to be happy, Joyous, and free – if you are willing to be scared and hurt, angry and sad.
You are Lovable.
You are Loved.
You are LOVE.
Sacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ The Law of Attraction – Misunderstood & Misinterpreted
Codependency Recovery: Wounded Souls Dancing in the Light Book 2:
A Dysfunctional Relationship with Life, Attack on America: A Spiritual Healing Perspective & Call for Higher Consciousness, The True Nature of Love series of articles, and the article My Spiritual Belief System and the New Millennium can be found in Dancing in Light a subscription are of the Joy2MeU web site. Quotes from the Dance of Wounded Souls Trilogy and the journal of my personal recovery can be found in another subscription area The Joy2MeU Journal
November 2008 Joy2MeU Update Newsletter (hopefully will be published on November 14th, 2008)
Abundant Spirituality + codependence recovery + inner child healing + Love = Joy2MeULogo of Joy to You & Me Enterprises, publisher of Codependence: The Dance of Wounded Souls Joy2MeU Home Page
New pageSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Site IndexSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Codependence PagesSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Inner Child Healing Pages
Spiritual Belief System PagesSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Metaphysical PagesSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Alcoholism Pages
Miscellaneous Topics PagesSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Romantic Relationships PagesSacred Spiral with tail pointing to right signifying ‘going toward.’ Information Pages
Positieve and negative emotions, trauma and fear (Our Reality)
In this interesting adventure, we’ll look into the old way of using and guiding life energy, also known as ‘Chi’ or ‘Prana,’ to make yourself feel better, grow spiritually, and find peace inside.
We will show you different ways and things people have been doing for a really long time to keep this important energy in balance. People use these techniques for healing, meditation, and getting to know themselves better.
If you’re just starting to learn about spiritual energy or if you already know a bit and want to learn more, this video will give you ideas and advice to help you get in touch with your inner energy.
Thank you for joining me on this transformative journey. As you continue on your path, I extend my sincerest wishes for your growth and fulfillment.
I personally like the way in which it is explained in the video link and did copy it for promotion purposes. Energy and attention. E-motion is energy in motion. Similar to electricity. The current is the energy and magnetism the transporter of that energy or quanta. A wave.
By skilfully use/control attention get unbelievable results. The use of non-polar attention.There are many others who wrote and make video’s this is one of the best for me.
long ago wise people like yogis and Buddhist monks found out that the way we see things can actually change how things are they figured out how to do amazing things in their lives by paying really close attention they showed us new experiences and hidden Opportunities.
That what we focus on can shape our world this journey is all about understanding how powerful our attention is and how it connects to the universe we’ll explore how we can use our Focus to change our lives. It’s not some secret or mysterious thing it’s about knowing how Focus energy and quantum mechanics work together can our lives really change just by thinking about things this exploration the science of attention and understanding reality aims to answer that question.
Think of a river it represents the flow of energy and attention like a river our attention moves and directs energy this simple idea shows how what we focus on affects our reality when we concentrate on a goal or desire we bring it into our reality like a moth drawn to a flame have you ever noticed that focusing on a thought or dream can make it come true it’s not luck it’s the power of your attention shaping your life wherever we focus.
We guide the universe to act in our favor we also need to understand when our energy gets stuck and we keep repeating the same patterns it’s like a dam blocking a River’s flow to change this we must shift our focus and allow energy to flow freely Again by doing this we move toward a more fulfilling.
Transcript of the video.
Life as Einstein said energy can’t be created or destroyed only transformed with focused attention we can transform the energy within us Breaking Free from old patterns and creating new possibilities our universe has contrasts positive and negative love and hate light and darkness similarly our attention can be divided into different types with polar attention being a key aspect polar attention is like shining a mental Spotlight on one end of a spectrum while being aware that the opposite end is also present every situation has two opposing sides like a problem and its solution picture a coin labeled problem on one side and solution on on the other when life throws a challenge your way think about which side of this coin you’re focusing on the aspect you pay attention to gain strength focusing on the problem makes it seem bigger but directing your focus towards Solutions.
Also guides you towards Enlightenment . It’s not about ignoring problems but changing your Viewpoint to see Solutions problems and solutions are not isolated they are different aspects of the same situation by skillfully directing your your polar attention you can choose to align with the more beneficial end of the spectrum Breaking Free from unproductive cycles resulting due to of energy stagnation.
Leading to remarkable changes in your reality the power of focused redirecting.
An other name Focus for Manifestation attention, the key that unlocks the door to transformative experiences.
Let now move from the concept of polar attention to another interesting aspect of our Consciousness non-polar or neutral attention. Non-polar attention is a more comprehensive form of focus it goes beyond divisions and contrasts in how we see things with neutral attention. You become like an observer watching everything unfold without getting emotionally involved imagine yourself as a calm lake. Polar attention is like ripples created by a stone disturbing the water’s surface but with neutral attention you embody the entire Lake watching the ripples without being affected by them.
Accepting both poles of a situation without being drawn in in or pushed away is crucial in breaking down existing patterns and setting the stage for a new reality observing without judgment or attachment weakens the influence of the current state opening up opportunities for a new reality to take shape. So how can we use the incredible power of neutral attention to make significant changes in our lives it involves developing a balanced mind that welcomes experiences as they come and maintains an even perspective mastering non polar attention helps us transcend the limits of our current circumstances and empowers us to be the architects of our destiny at the heart of the universe’s Grand Design.
It is a simple Principle; Energy flows in the direction of our attention it’s not just about how much attention we give but also the nature of that attention whether it’s positive or negative this is a fundamental aspect of life’s response to our thoughts and feelings when we focus on negative thoughts fear or anger we unknowingly attract situations and experiences that Echo the same emotions.
On the flip side focusing on positive emotions like love joy and gratitude naturally draws experiences that resonate with those Positive Vibes this concept is the Cornerstone of the Law of Attraction illustrating how our thoughts and emotions actively shape our reality understanding and applying the Law of Attraction opens up possibilities allowing us to manifest our deepest desires and cultivate a life full of abundance happiness and fulfillment.
Our feelings are like a compass that helps us navigate through many different experiences when we really like something or really dislike it those strong emotions create a cycle of attraction or wanting more and repulsion or trying to avoid it for example when we really love something we can’t help but pay a lot of attention to it. On the other hand if we strongly dislike something it’s hard to stop thinking about about it in both cases whether cultivating Equanimity it’s love or hate.
What we focus on sends a clear message to the universe asking for more of the same and shaping our reality it’s also important to talk about our Natural Instinct for fear and survival fear was essential for our ancestors to stay safe from dangers but in today’s world this fear response can become a habit and stick around even when there’s no immediate danger this lingering fear Keeps Us in a survival mode where negative thoughts become more common attracting more negativity into our lives to make a change we need to recognize and deal with this ingrained fear.
By being aware of our fears we can choose to shift our Focus from negative to positive thoughts this deliberate shift starts a chain reaction of positive things happening and changes the course of Our Lives. The real power to shape our reality is in our hands it’s all about where we put our attention and what we we intend to happen when we understand how positive and negative Focus can impact us we hold the key to creating a reality that matches our biggest dreams and desires.
Now let’s look at how Society influences what we pay attention to and how we see things nowadays media and social platforms have a big influence on us we’re bombarded with a constant stream of information that often focuses on fear and negativity news social media and even everyday conversations are filled with stories of fear tragedy and Scandal. This exposure to fear-based content shapes our expectations making us unknowingly attract similar experiences into our lives it’s important to notice this pattern and actively look for positive information and stories that promote personal growth and resilience.
Next let’s talk about how intense emotions like anger fear and pride impact Society these strong strong emotions are often used by political groups and marketing campaigns to influence public opinion they tap into the power of fear the energy of anger and the feeling of unity created by Pride.
However when these emotions are manipulated for certain purposes they can create divisions increase conflicts and make things more hostile making our Collective Journey towards Harmony more complicated our personal relationships also tend to follow patterns based on past trauma.
Our experiences in childhood past relationships and important life events shape how we see love trust and connection if we don’t deal with these patterns they often repeat in our relationships leading us to attract Partners who bring up familiar but painful emotions to break free from these repeating patterns.
It’s important to face and heal our past traumas by doing this we change our focus and in turn change our reality as Albert Einstein wisely said we can’t use Imagination for Reality Shaping.
Solve our problems with the same thinking that created them finally let’s talk about embracing neutral attention for personal growth in our journey to grow as individuals a really important tool is paying attention without judging things as good or bad which we call non-polar or neutral attention it’s like watching events in tough times without immediately deciding if they are good or bad instead we see them as just part of life opportunities for learning and understanding ourselves better when we Face challenges or tough experiences.
They can feel really big and affect our lives a lot but if we look at them neutrally without saying they’re good or bad we can see them as chances to grow discover ourselves and understand things better when we watch our emotions without judging or fighting against them. We can deal with tough experiences better and stop them from getting stuck in our minds neutral attention is a powerful way to avoid making negative experiences even stronger sometimes if we think too much about bad things we unintentionally make them have a bigger impact on us but if we look at these experiences neutrally. We take away their power to make our lives more negative neutral observation also has a big effect it’s like shining a fair light inside us showing our experiences without judging them this neutral light helps us heal and change like the sun melting away morning Frost.
By using this type of attention we can get rid of our fears doubts and pain making a path for a reality full of growth strength and positive changes now let’s talk about the connection between our feelings and thoughts kind of like a dance between our heart and mind our thoughts are like the waves on the surface always changing because of our feelings.
These feelings the energy of our our emotions are a strong force that creates Ripples and guides our thoughts this connection is so powerful that it can shape our reality and change how we see and experience things when we focus too much on negative thoughts it’s like a big storm disturbing the peace of a calm lake thinking too much about bad experiences or fears messes up the balance between our heart and mind.
This creates a reality full of confusion and distress like looking at the world through a distorted mirror but realizing how our heart and mind work together gives us a chance to choose a more positive path by paying attention to our thoughts and feelings carefully.
We can shift our Focus to more positive emotions and thoughts imagine guiding a wild horse with skill and care we can lead it where we want it to go, similarly by focusing on positive things we can change our thoughts and in turn our reality this doesn’t mean ignoring or hiding NE negative thoughts it’s about choosing to think more positive thoughts.
It’s like planting seeds of joy peace and love in our minds and giving them attention over time these seeds will grow into a beautiful garden creating a reality that reflects the beauty inside us to really use the power of attention.
We need to accept things as they are without judging them this goes beyond just understanding our current situation it means fully embracing our experiences with without deciding if they are good or bad this important practice is what we call non-polar attention non-polar attention. It is about observing our lives without saying if things are good or bad it helps us stay grounded. Like being calm in the middle of a storm zen master shanu Suzuki once said that in The Beginner’s mind there are many possibilities as beginners we can use the power of non-polar attention to stay open to different possibilities.
Acceptance is really important in transformative Journey. Overcoming resistance which is like a chain that holds us back from moving forward acceptance is the key to Breaking these chains by accepting where we are right now we can let go of resistance and make room for New Beginnings.
Imagine a river that flows around a big rock the river doesn’t fight the rock it accepts it and finds a new way in the same way we need to navigate life’s challenges accepting them as important parts of our journey to grow and change understanding acceptance helps us see hidden opportunities in tough times it lets us look at events without judging them uncovering the chances for growth and change hidden beneath layers of judgment and resistance.
This new way of looking at things helps us see that every tough situation no matter how hard it seems has something good in it all we need is the courage to find these hidden chances the next important step is to keep our our attention on the reality we want to make happen.
This means making sure our energy thoughts and feelings focus on making our desired reality come true instead of getting distracted by small things the first thing to do to stay focused is to be calm and composed even when things are stressful.
Think of it like a peaceful Lake that doesn’t get disturbed by strong winds being Cal helps us use our energy to create the reality we want instead of reacting to things k helps us move from just accepting things to actively creating a reality that matches our deepest hopes and dreams imagination is like a key to making our reality.
Albert Einstein a really smart scientist once said that imagination is everything it’s like a sneak peek into the good things that can happen in life this idea tells us to use our imagination to make the reality we want turning challenges into steps toward our dreams, we’re like artists creating Our Lives lives with our thoughts and energy focused attention is three-Step Approach to Life Transformation. Super important in this creative process it helps us see different parts of our world and make our life unique this idea is based on both ancient spiritual teachings and modern quantum physics it shows that our focused attention can shape our reality connecting our thoughts with the real world.
To make this happen we need to accept where we are find inner balance and then put our focus on the reality we want to create this powerful three-step approach lets you tell your life story using your thoughts and energy by paying attention staying balanced and making choices that show your true self. You have the power to shape and change your life embrace your ability to create and change your reality. Like roomie said;everything you want is already inside you start this journey of discovering and creating yourself today with imagination and hope sh share your thoughts.
Below adding to our journey toward deeper understanding as we wrap up this insightful Journey we invite you to subscribe to our channel for more empowering content if you found this video helpful don’t forget to hit the like button and please share your thoughts in the comments below your feedback.
Fuels our Collective Journey towards deeper understanding thank you for joining us and we look forward to having you with us in the next exploration subscribe like and comment and let’s continue shaping positive realities together
If they think overpopulation is a problem, why INSIST that everyone get vaccinated to save lives? Why not just let us die naturally? They are contradicting themselves.
The Annunaki or pyramid civilization re presenting different civilization being in charge on earth and I use to call or known under the old empire. There are the Eden experiment and the connection between the pyramid civilization and the Orion star system.
From what we where told by the whistleblowers in Dulce is that humans, there are now involved in crossbreeding there and in addition some genetic re-arrangements of DNA and genes but also that the Aliens present there has shown not much interest in this aspect but more concern with the reproduction of there own species what seems to be difficult and complicated. As well documented in the Ilat litum plates and equal importance is cross-breeding. As a result of these activities, there are now five different types of advanced= and survive on earth if we leave out the dolphin and whales.
Fred Bloggs
Warren T
Dan Gleeballs
In the circles at the end of the hexagram points it even spells the word Mason. (image right)
Proctor & Gamble (image left) vigorously denies the accusations, contending that the horns are merely curls of hair. And the 13 stars? According to Proctor & Gamble, they represent the original 13 colonies of the U.S.A. The man in the moon, a company spokesman claims, also honours the original colonies.
